# NG_samples

slug: the-impact-of-digital-transformation-on-supply-chain-efficiency
title: The Impact Of Digital Transformation On Supply Chain Efficiency
academic_level: Undergraduate
subject: Supply Chain
type_of_paper: Research Proposal
citation_style: APA
meta_title: The Impact Of Digital Transformation On Supply Chain Efficiency
meta_keywords: supply chain operations
canonical_url: https://www.cheap-essay-writing.co.uk/
meta_robots: index,follow
created_at: 2025-06-23 09:49:09
updated_at: 2026-01-14 15:50:06
status: published
content:
  <h2>The Impact Of Digital Transformation On Supply Chain Efficiency And Effectiveness In Online Fashion Retail Industry</h2>
  <p>[Student ID]</p>
  <p>[Name of Institution]</p>
  <p>[Date of Submission]</p>
  <h3>Chapter 1 Introduction</h3>
  <h4>1.1 Background of the Study</h4>
  <p>Supply chain management has undergone tremendous changes with the adoption of digital technologies. The online fashion retail industry in particular has seen widespread digital transformation of supply chain processes to improve effectiveness and efficiency. Advancements in areas like cloud computing, analytics, Internet of Things (IoT), automation, and Artificial Intelligence (AI) have enabled retailers to streamline their end-to-end supply chain operations (Ishfaq et al., 2022). Traditionally, retail supply chains lacked visibility and coordination between various entities involved such as suppliers, manufacturers, warehouses, transportation providers and retail stores. Data sharing was limited due to siloed legacy systems (Reinartz et al., 2019). This led to inefficiencies in the form of inaccurate demand forecasts, excess inventory, stock-outs and delays. However, with digital tools, retailers can now access real-time data across the supply network for improved decision making. Technologies like RFID (radio-frequency identification) tagging and sensors provide end-to-end transparency.</p>
  <p>Cloud-based platforms facilitate collaboration and information exchange between stakeholders. Advanced analytics helps identify demand patterns to optimize inventory levels. IoT-enabled equipment like warehouse robots automate processes for higher productivity. AI-powered predictive algorithms enable proactive management of disruptions. Such digital levers have empowered retail supply chains to be more responsive, resilient and customer-centric. Specifically for the apparel industry, fast fashion trends demand very quick turnarounds (Fatima et al., 2022). Traditional processes were proving inadequate to rapidly design, produce and deliver new collections. Digital methodologies like 3D product visualization and simulation aided faster design cycles. Technologies like additive manufacturing facilitated on-demand production close to the point of consumption. Demand sensing apps scanned social media for emerging trends.</p>
  <p>Consumers today expect hyper-personalized and seamless shopping experiences regardless of channel. Digitally native retailers like ASOS and Zara leveraged digital infrastructure to offer options like virtual and augmented reality, try-before-you-buy, predictive sizing, automated returns and highly customizable products. This boosted customer engagement and purchases. However, legacy multi-channel retailers faced challenges integrating offline and online fulfillment amid rising service expectations (Zak, 2020). The Covid-19 pandemic further disrupted global supply chains and accelerated the need for digital solutions. Digital capabilities helped cope with sudden surges in e-commerce demand while stores shuttered (Gu, 2022). Advanced planning tools minimized downtime from lockdowns. Automation ensured business continuity with reduced on-site staff. Analytics identified new buying patterns. IoT maintained infrastructure safety. Contactless services eased consumer concerns.</p>
  <p>While digital technologies unlocked numerous opportunities, retailers also confronted issues in technology adoption. Legacy systems were incompatible with new solutions. High costs and risks deterred investments. Change management challenges arose due to organizational culture shifts. Privacy and security vulnerabilities emerged. Lack of skills and limited resources posed adoption hurdles. System integrations across enterprise systems remained complicated. Overall, digital transformation of retail supply chains aimed at more flexibility, visibility, automation, predictive ability and collaboration to enhance efficiencies amid constantly evolving industry dynamics and disruptions (Chandra et al., 2022). However, many retailers still struggle with full-scale implementations. Future strategies require innovative business models, tailored technology roadmaps and organizational alignment.</p>
  <h4>1.2 Problem Statement</h4>
  <p>While digital transformation has enabled significant improvements in supply chain effectiveness and efficiencies for many online leading fashion retailers, the full potential of technology is yet to be realized across the online fashion retail industry. Various studies indicate prevalent challenges faced by retailers in their digitalization journey. A 2021 survey by Logicalis, a digital transformation advisor, found that 55% of retail decision-makers believe their supply chain lacks visibility (Sagar, 2024). Manual, paper-based processes still dominate, impairing end-to-end transparency. PwC's 2023 Global Consumer Insights Survey revealed that only 26% of retail executives are extremely confident in their supply chain visibility capabilities (PWC, 2023).</p>
  <p>Furthermore, Research shows UK online fashion retail inventory inaccuracies cost over &pound;400 million annually, with global excess inventory and stock-outs totaling billions yearly. More comprehensive digital solutions for real-time visibility and demand-sensing are still needed (Venier, 2022). Excess inventory carrying costs due to bullwhip effects and stock-outs amount to billions more globally every year. Clearly, digital solutions able to provide real-time inventory visibility and demand-sensing are not comprehensively implemented (Sheng et al., 2021). A Gartner report stated that only 30% of supply chain projects aimed at digital transformation deliver any benefits to date. Challenges include identifying clear goals, securing stakeholder consensus, and integrating with legacy ecosystems amid changing priorities and budgets. Advanced technologies like AI/ML and IoT enable predictive planning but are adopted patchily due to financial and capability risks.</p>
  <p>Studies also point to widespread skills gaps. A World Economic Forum survey identified technology proficiency as the top capability lacking in supply chain roles. As roles transform, reskilling and multidisciplinary talent development become crucial but ongoing issues (Simon, B. 2024). YouGov revealed that only one in six UK employees feel fully equipped with digital skills for their jobs. The Covid-19 crisis has strained many retail supply chains, exposing existing vulnerabilities. Manual operations collapsed while digital systems were overwhelmed. Temporary but necessary solutions now need institutionalizing for long-term resilience (YouGov, 2023). Geo-political risks also loom larger with over-reliance on certain regions. Therefore, building adaptive, re-configurable and collaborative models assumes strategic importance.</p>
  <p>Clearly, while a digital foundation is being built industry-wide, many gaps remain to fully leverage technologies for supply chain efficiencies, now more crucial than ever in a volatile macroeconomic environment. Comprehensive digital transformations integrating cutting-edge solutions are required. Retailers must develop holistic, innovative strategies to derive maximum value from their investments.</p>
  <h4>1.3 Research Aim</h4>
  <p>The aim of the research is to evaluate the impact of digital transformation initiatives on supply chain efficiency and effectiveness in the online fashion retail industry. The study seeks to analyze contemporary digital technologies and strategies adopted by leading retailers to streamline operations and enhance capabilities in the face of ongoing disruption.</p>
  <h4>1.4 Research Objectives</h4>
  <ul>
  <li>
  To examine key supply chain inefficiencies faced by online fashion retailers due to legacy infrastructure and processes.
  </li>
  <li>
  To explore various emerging digital technologies and methodologies implemented across online fashion retail supply chain functions like planning, procurement, manufacturing, warehousing and logistics.
  </li>
  <li>
  To analyze strategies adopted by innovative online fashion retailers to digitally transform and integrate their supply chain ecosystems.
  </li>
  <li>
  To assess the impact of identified digital initiatives on dimensions of supply chain performance including lead times, on-time delivery, inventory levels, fulfillment costs and customer experience.
  </li>
  <li>
  To recommend best practices for digital transformation along with approaches to overcome prevalent adoption challenges.
  </li>
  </ul>
  <h4>1.5 Research Questions</h4>
  <ol>
  <li>
  What are the prevailing inefficiencies in traditional online fashion retail supply chain models?
  </li>
  <li>
  What kinds of digital technologies are online fashion retailers leveraging to transform supply chain operations?
  </li>
  <li>
  How leading retailer have&rsquo;s strategized and implemented end-to-end digital transformation?
  </li>
  <li>
  How has adoption of digital solutions enhanced supply chain performance metrics?
  </li>
  <li>
  What frameworks and enablers allow comprehensive, synchronized digital transformation?
  </li>
  </ol>
  <h4>1.6 Significance of the Study</h4>
  <p>This research study analyzing digital transformation strategies and their impact on supply chain efficiency is significant for several reasons. As disruptions persist in the dynamic online fashion retail landscape, optimized and resilient supply chain operations are crucial to business success. The findings will help online fashion retailers assess their current state and identify gaps to formulate effective digital roadmaps. Benchmarking technology adoption and best practices of industry frontrunners will guide investments and change management. Recommendations around frameworks, skill development and integrated solutions will empower sustainable transformations (K&uuml;pper et al.., 2019). For vendors, this study provides insights into customer pain points and solution requirements. The analyzed technologies, trends and case studies offer avenues to develop innovative products and services addressing prevalent challenges.</p>
  <p>Being one of the first comprehensive analyses in the post-pandemic context, the study captures ongoing transformation momentum and evolving needs. Current and prospective online fashion retail practitioners will gain perspectives on new and hybrid roles facilitated by digital tools. Researchers also have opportunities for further exploration into emerging areas uncovered (Gong, 2023). Policymakers formulating national industry and skills strategies can leverage insights around capability development support priorities. Investors can identify digital technology segments offering high growth opportunities. While previous studies acknowledged digitalization imperatives, this research delves deeper into strategic implementations across dimensions (Reinartz et al., 2019; Wang et al., 2022). It offers a data-backed understanding of actual supply chain performance impacts in a real-world setting. Such empirical evaluation is valuable for both practitioners and academics.</p>
  <p>Overall, in today&rsquo;s VUCA environment requiring agile yet resilient function, this study significantly aids both established as well as new-age retailers, vendors, influencers and researchers in maximizing opportunities while mitigating risks through digitally-empowered supply chain operations.</p>
  <h4>1.7 Structure of the Study</h4>
  <div dir="ltr" align="left">
  <table><colgroup><col width="72"><col width="157"><col width="395"></colgroup>
  <tbody>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>Chapter</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Title</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Description</p>
  </td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>1</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Introduction</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Provides background to the study, states the problem statement, research aim and objectives, presents the research questions and outlines the significance of the study.</p>
  </td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>2</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Literature Review</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Analyzes existing academic literature and industry reports on digital technologies adoption in retail supply chains and reviews key technology concepts, frameworks and case studies.</p>
  </td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>3</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Methodology</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Describes the research approach, strategies, design and methods used for primary and secondary data collection, explains data collection tools and techniques, and covers data analysis procedures.</p>
  </td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>4</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Results and Findings&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Presents primary and secondary data findings, analyzes digital transformation strategies, technologies and impact on supply chain KPIs for case retailers.</p>
  </td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>5</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Conclusion and Recommendations</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Summarizes research conclusions, discusses findings and presents recommendations, addresses limitations and outlines scope for future work.</p>
  </td>
  </tr>
  </tbody>
  </table>
  </div>
  <p>Table 1 Structure of the Study&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Source: Author</p>
  <h3>References</h3>
  <ul>
  <li>
  Chandra, P., Dutta, P. and Yeh, C.H., 2022. Role of E-Commerce Coupled with Digital Technology During COVID-19 Crisis in Asia. In Changing Face of E-commerce in Asia (pp. 359-387).
  </li>
  <li>
  Fatima, Z., Tanveer, M.H., Waseemullah, Zardari, S., Naz, L.F., Khadim, H., Ahmed, N. and Tahir, M., 2022. Production plant and warehouse automation with IoT and industry 5.0. Applied Sciences, 12(4), p.2053.
  </li>
  <li>
  Gong, S., 2023. Digital transformation of supply chain management in retail and e-commerce. International Journal of Retail &amp; Distribution Management.
  </li>
  <li>
  Gu, S., 2022. The Impact of COVID-19 on Supply Chains and E-commerce Logistics (Master's thesis, UiT Norges arktiske universitet).
  </li>
  <li>
  Ishfaq, R., Davis‐Sramek, B. and Gibson, B., 2022. Digital supply chains in omnichannel retail: A conceptual framework. Journal of Business Logistics, 43(2), pp.169-188.
  </li>
  <li>
  K&uuml;pper, D., Knizek, C., Ryeson, D. and Noecker, J., 2019. Quality 4.0 takes more than technology. Boston Consulting Group (BCG), 20.
  </li>
  <li>
  PWC, 2023. Global Consumer Insights Survey. [Online] PWC. Available at: https://www.pwc.com/gx/en/industries/consumer-markets/consumer-insights-survey.html [Accessed 15 Mar. 2024].
  </li>
  <li>
  Reinartz, W., Wiegand, N. and Imschloss, M., 2019. The impact of digital transformation on the retailing value chain. International Journal of Research in Marketing, 36(3), pp.350-366.
  </li>
  <li>
  Reinartz, W., Wiegand, N. and Imschloss, M., 2019. The impact of digital transformation on the retailing value chain. International Journal of Research in Marketing, 36(3), pp.350-366.
  </li>
  <li>
  Sagar, S., 2024. The Impact of Digital Transformation on Retail Management and Consumer Behavior.
  </li>
  <li>
  Sheng, J., Amankwah‐Amoah, J., Khan, Z. and Wang, X., 2021. COVID‐19 pandemic in the new era of big data analytics: Methodological innovations and future research directions. British Journal of Management, 32(4), pp.1164-1183.
  </li>
  <li>
  Simon, B. 2024. Technology and talent are the fuel of global trade&rsquo;s recovery. [Online] World Economic Forum. Available at: https://www.weforum.org/agenda/2024/02/technology-and-talent-are-the-fuel-of-global-trades-recovery/ [Accessed 15 Mar. 2024].
  </li>
  <li>
  Venier, A., 2022. Business and strategic impact of digitalization, new distribution channels and technologies on companies supply chain ecosystem. The De&rsquo;Longhi Group experience.
  </li>
  <li>
  Wang, X., Kumar, V., Kumari, A. and Kuzmin, E., 2022. Impact of digital technology on supply chain efficiency in manufacturing industry. In Digital Transformation in Industry: Digital Twins and New Business Models (pp. 347-371). Cham: Springer International Publishing.
  </li>
  <li>
  YouGov, 2023. Britons think artificial intelligence will cost jobs&hellip; but not their own | YouGov. [Online] yougov.co.uk. Available at: https://yougov.co.uk/technology/articles/45730-britons-think-ai-will-cost-jobs-not-their-own [Accessed 15 Mar. 2024].
  </li>
  <li>
  Zak, M., 2020. Augmented Reality try-on adoption in the Online Clothing Industry: understanding key challenges and critical success Factors (Master's thesis, University of Twente).
  </li>
  </ul>
  <p>&nbsp;</p>

meta_description:
  Advancements in areas like cloud computing, analytics, Internet of Things (IoT), automation, and Artificial Intelligence (AI) have enabled retailers to streamline their end-to-end supply chain operations.


slug: exploring-the-role-of-self-concept-in-the-effectiveness-of-digital-marketing
title: Exploring The Role Of Self-concept In The Effectiveness Of Digital Marketing
academic_level: Graduate
subject: Marketing
type_of_paper: Dissertation - Literature Review Chapter
citation_style: APA
meta_title: Exploring the role of Self-Concept in the effectiveness of Digital Marketing
meta_keywords: gym memberships
canonical_url: https://www.cheap-essay-writing.co.uk/
meta_robots: index,follow
created_at: 2025-06-23 10:09:57
updated_at: 2026-01-14 15:49:56
status: published
content:
  <h2>Exploring The Role Of Self-concept In The Effectiveness Of Digital Marketing By Commercial Gyms For 18-25 Year Old In Yorkshire, Uk.</h2>
  <h3>LITERATURE REVIEW</h3>
  <h4>2.1 Consumer behaviour theories relevant to the purchase of services such as gym memberships</h4>
  <p>Digital marketing has been described by Bala and Verma (2018) as the use of websites, applications, mobile devices, social media, search engines and other digital means to endorse and trade products and services. In relation to assessing the impact of digital marketing on consumer behaviour regarding gym memberships, there are specific understandings that need to be focussed upon. The effect of social media advertising is the foremost one. Kapnia (2022) emphasised that the influence of social media advertising on consumer behaviour in the fitness industry has been on the rise. There are varied platforms like Facebook Pages, Instagram Pages, and YouTube Channels, which have concentrated on gyms, further aiming precise demographics based on interests, location and behaviour. This permits the companies to guarantee that they are offering advertisements based on preferences that are thoroughly linked to the targeted group&rsquo;s needs and wants. According to Chaffey and Smith (2022), when the ad content is strategically crafted, it helps to highlight the benefits of gym memberships, presenting success stories and providing promotions which can be used by gyms to capture the attention of potential customers and help drive conversations.</p>
  <p>Apart from social media advertising, Gavilanes, Flatten and Brettel (2018) underlined that engagement through content marketing is also an important aspect in the digital marketing area. It is imperative to note that content marketing has become a powerful tool for engaging consumers and building brand awareness in the fitness sector. Gyms can now make use of blogs, videos, podcasts, and infographics to ensure that they are able to offer information, tips, and insights that are valuable in terms of the health, fitness, and wellness of the target audience. However, Campbell and Farrell (2020) asserted that there is a need to ensure that high quality content is created which is extremely relevant and resonates with the target audience. This would help gyms to position themselves as authoritative sources and establish trust, ultimately influencing consumers' decision to sign up for memberships.</p>
  <p>One aspect that needs to be focused upon in digital marketing for gym memberships is the use of influencer partnerships. According to Roosen, L&uuml;ttje and Junghagen (2020), collaborating with influencers and fitness enthusiasts tends to amplify gyms' digital marketing efforts and reach a wider audience. The idea here is to focus on the area of influencers usually having dedicated followers who trust their recommendations and advice. This helps in ensuring that gyms are partnering with influencers that promote gym memberships, share workout routines, and provide authentic testimonials. This way gyms can then leverage the influencers'' credibility and influence to attract new customers and drive conversions. However, Kazancoglu and Aydin (2018) were of the view that opting for optimisation of website and mobile experience is a better approach to focus on.</p>
  <p>In the current society, consumers usually expect seamless online transactions when they are carrying out any kind of research and purchasing services, like gym memberships. In such a scenario, Daniel et al. (2023) emphasised that gyms should ensure that their websites are user-friendly, visually appealing and optimised for mobile devices. This comprise the use of easy navigation, clear call-to-action, along with secure payment options. It should also be noted that a positive online experience would help significantly in impacting consumers' perceptions of the gym and their likelihood of completing the membership signup processes.</p>
  <p>According to Saura (2021), the data driven decision making is a key aspect of digital marketing too. The digital marketing offers gyms with access to a wealth of data and analytics which tends to inform their strategies and optimise performance. Through the use of analysing metrics (in the form of website traffic, conversion rates, social media engagement), gyms have the advantage of gaining valuable insights into the consumer behaviour, preferences and trends. This particular approach of data driven ensures that gyms are able to refine their digital marketing tactics, target their effort more effectively and be able to maximise their return on investment.</p>
  <h5>2.1.1 Theory of planned behavior</h5>
  <p>The Theory of Planned Behaviour (TBP) was originally suggested by Icek Ajzen concentrating on it as a valuable framework that helps with comprehending the consumer decision-making processes (Ajzen, 2020). The key centre of the theory is that an individual&rsquo;s purpose to achieve an explicit behaviour is obstructed by three main factors which are the attitude towards the behaviour, subjective norms, and perceived behavioural control. According to the Fogel and Ustoyev (2021), within the TBP, consumers&rsquo; attitudes towards purchasing gym memberships are developed through their beliefs regarding the benefits of regular exercise and fitness activities. The digital marketing efforts emphasises on the health benefits, convenience, affordability, and the overall value proposition of gym memberships. As a whole, the three aspects helps in positively influencing consumers&rsquo; attitudes regarding joining a gym. An example that can be used here is that gyms can showcase success stories of individuals that have attained their fitness goals by using gym memberships as this would work as a motivating factor for other consumers. Apart from this, gyms can also offer free trial sessions which would with creating a favourable attitude towards the behaviour of joining a gym and attaining gym memberships.</p>
  <p>One of aspect of the TPB theory is subjective norms. Nagar (2020) asserted that subjective norms emphasises on the perceived social pressure or expectations from others in relations to the behaviour of attaining a gym memberships. It is imperative to note that consumers tend to become influenced by the opinions of friends, family or peers that value fitness and lead healthy lifestyles. Silva, Farias and Silva (2023) highlighted that by making use of digital marketing campaigns, social proofs (in the form of testimonials from satisfied gym members of endorsements from fitness influencers) could help with reinforcement of positive subjective norms. This would encourage consumers to associate their behaviour with perceived social expectations.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Hagger et al. (2022) debated that perceived behavioural control of TPB theory is an area that is far more significant than the previous two aspects discussed above. Perceived behavioural control shows consumers' perceptions of their ability to perform the behaviour and overcome potential obstacles or barriers. Within this area, digital marketing strategies focus on the ease of signing up for gym memberships, accessing facilities, scheduling workouts, and tracking progress, which can help with improving consumers' perceived behavioural control. However, Mooney (2018) was of the view that providing informative content, interactive tools and personalised recommendations are the key to ensuring that consumers are convinced about getting gym memberships. By using the aforementioned measures, digital channels can help consumers make informed decisions and feel confident about their ability to commit to gym membership.</p>
  <p>Focusing on the Source Credibility model being linked to the TBP, it should be noted that digital marketing influences consumer decision-making processes as well for gym memberships. Zakaria, Mustaffa and Mohamad (2020) highlighted that the Source Credibility Model was developed by Hovland, Janis and Kelly in 1953, focusing on the credibility of the message source that affects the individual's attitudes and behaviours. The model emphasised that individuals are more inclined to accept messages that are delivered through credible sources than those that are delivered through non-credible sources. At this point, Wang and Scheinbaum (2018) asserted that credibility is mainly assessed based on the expertise, trustworthiness and attractiveness of the message source.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>In relation to gym memberships, a key aspect to focus on is expertise. Zhao, Stylianou, and Zheng (2018) stated that consumers tend to trust and become influenced by messages from sources that are known to be knowledgeable and experienced in the fitness industry. A digital marketing campaign that features endorsements from certified fitness trainers, renowned athletes, or reputable health organisations tends to improve the perceived expertise of the message source. However, Wang and Scheinbaum (2018) debated that more than expertise, it is the trustworthiness that consumers focus on. When digital marketing focuses on feature endorsements that are from trustworthy sources (for instance, well-known fitness influencers who have shown a proven track record of promoting health and wellness), it helps to improve consumer trust and confidence in joining a gym.</p>
  <h5>2.1.2 Theory of Self-concept</h5>
  <p>According to Alsaker and Kroger (2020), the theory of self-concept is a psychological concept focusing on the way individuals perceive and evaluate themselves. The theory further emphasises that individuals have a fundamental need to maintain a consistent and positive self-image and that their behaviours comprise purchasing decisions, which are influenced by their self-concept. In relation to the purchasing services of gym memberships, the self-concept provides various aspects to focus on.</p>
  <p>Wu et al. (2020) asserted that a basic norm is that individuals tend to seek products and services that align with their desired self-image or ideal self-concept. This means that for individuals who are looking to join a gym or commit to a fitness regimen, it would mainly be driven by a desire to improve their self-image by adopting a healthier lifestyle, improving physical fitness and attaining personal fitness goals. One of the aforementioned factors is considered to be the sole reason why individuals opt for gym memberships. According to Reeler (2019), digital marketing campaigns tend to target potential gym members who are focused on improving their own self-image by focusing on health, vitality and confidence.</p>
  <p>In contrast to the above aspect, the social identity is also a part of self-concept. Scheepers and Ellemers (2019) highlighted that social identity refers to how individuals perceive themselves in relation to various social groups. In the context of joining a gym or getting a gym membership, individuals can be motivated by a desire to identify with a particular social group or community of like-minded individuals that are focused on prioritising health and fitness. Bagnoli et al. (2022) emphasised that digital marketing strategies tend to capitalise on the aforementioned health and fitness, by highlighting the sense of belonging and camaraderie from current members. Moreover, they also facilitate social interactions through online forums and social media groups.</p>
  <p>Self-esteem emphasises on the way individuals evaluate their own worth and capabilities playing a major role in self-concept and consumer behaviour (Bejan, 2023). In relation to joining a gym or getting a gym membership, the main idea is to ensure that engagement is carried out in regards to regular exercise which tend to have positive impact on self-esteem through offering a sense of accomplishment, mastery and empowerment. Hall (2023) asserted that digital marketing campaigns usually target individuals through messaging emphasising on gym memberships. This particular approach boost the self-esteem through helping them achieve fitness goals, overcoming challenges and feeling further confident in their own physical abilities.</p>
  <p>The self-expression or the desire to convey one&rsquo;s identity, values and personality through consumer choices is part of the self-concept theory (Wang et al., 2018). It is imperative to note that for some individuals, the idea of joining a gym or a fitness facility could be seen as a form of self-expression. This means that they are reflecting their unique preferences, interests, and lifestyles. Miranda (2018) asserted that digital marketing focuses on catering to this area of self-concept through highlighting distinctive features, amenities, and values of the gym. This allows consumer to be able to align their membership with their personal identity and self-expression.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>The entire focus should be to ensure that gyms are able to develop a targeted and effective digital marketing strategies which would help in attracting and retaining members. However, at the same, it is vital that individual&rsquo;s desires for self-image enhancement, social identity, self-esteem and self-expression are focused upon as this would help in influencing consumers. The idea here is to ensure that gyms are able to position themselves as valuable facilitators of personal growth, well-being and self-fulfilment, which would ultimately help in driving higher engagement and loyalty among members.</p>
  <h4>2.2 Current fitness trends among young adults</h4>
  <p>The current fitness trends among young adults, specifically in the age group of 18-25 years of the Gen Z demographic, are basically impacted by various factors which comprises cultural shifts, technological advancements, and changing lifestyle preferences. Donati Zeppa et al. (2020) highlighted that High-Intensity Interval Training (HIIT) is perceived to be a major popular trend among young adults. The key reason behind this being is the effectiveness of the training in delivering quick and intense workouts that produces results in a shorter amount of time. According to Atakan et al. (2021), HIIT workouts usually include short bursts of high-intensity exercises which are followed by brief rest periods. This particular approach helps with appealing to busy young adults that value efficiency and effectiveness in their fitness routines.&nbsp;</p>
  <p><strong id="docs-internal-guid-3b32c0e6-7fff-49ab-c944-4be031eb2145"><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXc3OYMhPc09fspfSaGNRuf9J0-Cube4-UKxeYgtf9A-Gqu2ThIlKQVPmPgGXJbF8u1o_CUHjzlR_fmZZ1sZVFaPrYCLqeCQXzJZBy1UdA7ylNz9YSAdxxVP_e_FmQnw-Hd6tYekw8x5Q8zlOgexf_8?key=HCGJFgUPHVHVqK-xi0zulg" alt="Sports | Free Full-Text | Psychological Adaptations to High-Intensity  Interval Training in Overweight and Obese Adults: A Topical Review" width="227" height="237"></strong></p>
  <p>Figure 1 - HIIT (Source: Donati Zeppa et al. (2020)</p>
  <p>On the other hand, Mulchrone (2021) highlighted that with the rise of digital fitness platforms, applications and online workout videos, numerous young adults are now opting for at-home workout routines. These routines offer them convenience, flexibility and accessibility. Moreover, Guo and Fussell (2022) asserted that virtual workout classes, live streaming sessions and on-demand fitness content are another added advantage. These aforementioned aspects allow young adults to exercise from the comfort of their homes without having the need for expensive gym memberships or equipment. This can be considered as a major disadvantage for the gyms.</p>
  <p>Another area to focus on is the functional fitness. Iversen et al. (2021) stated that functional training which is the focus on movements that mimic real-life activities and improve the overall strengths, flexibility and mobility has become popular among young adults. Supporting the prior notion, Oliva-Lozano and Muyor (2020) determined that functional fitness exercises such as squats, lunges, kettlebell swings and TRX suspension training tend to appeal to the young adults that are looking for practical, functional movements which are translated into improving performance in their daily activities and sports. It is vital to note that this would help significantly in making certain that consumers are opting for gym memberships, rather than trying such an exercise at home which could result in injury too.</p>
  <p>Outdoor activities is an area that numerous young adults have started to embrace. Longshore et al. (2019) stated that outdoor workouts focuses on fitness activities of running, cycling, hiking and outdoor boot campus which is considered to be a way to connect with nature, along with diversifying the workout routines. Moreover, Donnelly and MacIntyre (2019) asserted that outdoor workout provide a refreshing alternative to traditional gym settings which is an activity that can refresh minds. It also provides opportunities for social interaction and community engagement. It is imperative to note that the aforementioned aspect is considered to be a vital aspect for the Gen Z demographics.</p>
  <p>Mind-body practices, an area also known as mindfulness is something that has recently become popular among young adults. Xu et al. (2022) highlighted that mindfulness-based practices comprising yoga, Pilates and mediation are considered to be popular among adults because it provides holistic approaches towards fitness and well-being. Moreover, these practices do not only focus on improving physical strength, but also provide flexibility and balance (Tellhed et al., 2019). The Gen X demographics is considered to be more attuned towards this particular exercise because it promotes mental clarity, stress relief, and emotion resilience is an area that this specific target is focused upon.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Goodyear, Kerner and Quennerstedt (2019) highlighted that wearable fitness technology is an area that numerous young adults have started to use in their life. The wearable fitness technology comprises of fitness trackers, smart watches, and health monitoring applications which helps the individuals to tract their activity levels, monitor their progress and set fitness goals. Furthermore, Gowin et al. (2019) was of the view that these device also provide real-time feedback and accountability which helps individuals to note down their health pointers and improve on them accordingly.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>According to Gibson, Wagner and Heyward (2024), group fitness classes is an area that has been on the rise. There are various group fitness classes, such as indoor cycling, dance cardio and circuit training which help young adults to feel energetic, motivated and feel that they are working on their health in a positive way. It is imperative to note that group workouts tend to provide social interaction, peer support, and a sense of belonging which are considered to be extremely appealing to the Gen Z demographic that are looking for community and connection.</p>
  <h4>2.3 The impacts of social media on fitness habits of 18-25 year olds</h4>
  <p>Social media is an aspect that has been affecting individuals in various ways, from affecting their purchasing decision to their behaviour towards various brands&rsquo; products acceptance. It is imperious to note that social media impacts the fitness habits of 18-25 years olds as well, in terms of evaluating the efficiency of digital marketing via commercial gyms that targets this specific demographic. Roosen, L&uuml;ttje and Junghagen (2020) proclaimed that social media platforms tend to aid as a powerful channels for commercial gyms that emphases on increasing their visibility and reach among 18-25 years olds. By carrying out targeted advertising, sponsored content and influencer partnerships, gyms can guarantee that they are able to endorse their facilities, services and membership offers in such a way that it would attract young adults easily. Moreover, it is vital to note that gyms can also make use of platforms like Instagram TikTok and YouTube which are known to be extremely popular among 18-25 years old individuals (Lim et al., 2022).</p>
  <p>According to Mooney (2018), social media platforms are inundated through fitness-related content that comprises workout videos, transformation stories and motivational quotes as well as fitness challenges. It is important for gyms to make certainty that that 18-25 years old are scrolling through the fitness content on social media. This tends to help in sparking motivation, igniting interest in adopting healthier habits and encouraging individuals to explore different workout routines and fitness trends which are usually promoted by gyms.</p>
  <p>Allman‐Farinelli and Nour (2021) highlighted that social media helps with virtual communities and online forums which comprises of 18-25 years old that connect with like-minded individuals. The main focus here is to not only share their fitness journeys, but also look for support and encouragement from other people. It is imperative to note that commercial gyms usually make use of social media so that they are able to create online communities regarding their brand. It helps in providing a platform for young adults to interact, share tips and celebrate achievement which helps in ensuring that every individual is held accountable for their fitness routines and progresses that they are involved in.</p>
  <p>According to Easton et al. (2018), social media platforms tend to serve as valuable sources of education and information for 18-25 years olds for those individuals that are focused on improving their fitness habits. The main focus here is to ensure that gyms are making use social media to share informative content, expert advice and tips on nutrition, along with exercise techniques. Cale (2021) asserted that the aforementioned approach would help with empowering young adults and help them make informed decisions regarding their health and fitness journey.</p>
  <p>A key aspect of making certain that social media is made successful is by ensuring that engagement and interaction by organisations are kept as a high priority (Drummond, O'Toole and McGrath, 2020). Mooney (2018) was of the view that social media allows commercial gyms to engage with 18-25 years old in ways that are considered to be impactful; for instance carrying out a two-way communication, soliciting feedback and addressing customer inquiries and concerns. It is imperative to note that commercial gyms can also use social media for the purpose of interactive features. These features could be live streaming workouts, Q&amp;A sessions with fitness trainers and connecting with young adults on a personal level through polls and surveys. The end result of the aforementioned approach would be that gyms would be able to build trust and loyalty over time.</p>
  <p>A key aspect to focus on about social media is that it is ripped with social proof, comprising testimonials, before and after photos and user-generated content (de Aguiar Ferreira, 2019). These social proofs tend to show the successes and experiences of individuals who have benefitted from gym memberships and fitness programs. According to Pilgrim and Bohnet-Joschko (2019), when young adults see their peers and influencers attaining their fitness goals through commercial gym offerings, it tends to lead to a powerful validation and encouragement that they too can prioritise their own health and fitness.</p>
  <p>It is vital to note that social media has a major impact on the young adults, mainly 18-25 years olds in terms of influencing them to make use of gyms for their health and fitness purposes. However, at the same time, it is important that gyms are making use of social media in such a way that actually reflects that the gym is invested in the well-being of its consumers and is not using social media for publicity stunts.</p>
  <h4>2.4 General fitness industry marketing strategies for retention and engagement of 18-25-year-olds</h4>
  <p>The fitness industry needs to focus on developing marketing strategies that would help with the retention and engagement of 18-25-year-olds, as there are numerous workout exercises that can be done at home, and individuals do not need to visit fitness facilities or gyms. According to Anderson, Kim and Zhang (2021), the marketing strategies that are to be developed should be focused on specific areas of influencing the target audience for gym sign-ups, personal trainer sign-ups, and engagement in classes as this would help the fitness industry to be able to generate revenue.</p>
  <p>One of the strategies that can be implemented is personalised digital marketing campaigns. Chrismas, Majed and Kneffel (2019) highlighted that with the focus on the target audience of 18-25-year-olds, the focus could be on fitness goals, preferences, and self-concept indicators of lifestyle, interests, and values. These particular aspects of data analytics can be used to develop personalised marketing messages that resonate with the individual's self-image and aspirations. Harvey, Li and Wintersberger (2023) were of the view that a better approach would be to highlight the way gym memberships, personal training sessions and group classes are aligned with their desire for self-concept and that by opting for the aforementioned aspects, they would be achieving their fitness goals in a better way.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>According to Audrezet, De Kerviler and Moulard (2020), social media influencer partnerships are a better strategy to opt for. When gyms tend to collaborate with fitness influencers and Gen Z role models who are focused on the positive self-concept and provide a strong presence on social media platforms of Instagram, TikTok and YouTube, they are actually impacting the minds of the young adults into accepting that opting for gyms would be a better option. The idea here is to encourage influencers to share authentic content regarding their fitness journey, share experiences at the gym and talk about the benefits of using personal trainers or attending classes. Jong and Drummond (2020) highlighted that this would help in showcasing different perspectives, along with body types and fitness journeys, which appeal to a wide range of 18-25-year-olds, creating a positive self-concept around the area of fitness and wellness.</p>
  <p>The strategy of community building and user-generated content is also an approach that gyms can focus on. DeBord et al. (2018) stated that by developing a sense of community among 18-25-year-olds through creating dedicated social media groups, hashtags or online forums, members can work towards sharing their fitness progress, tips and experiences. Moreover, through encouraging individuals to create user-generated content (comprising workout sessions, transformation photos and testimonials) from customers who have been satisfied with the use of the gym, an inclination can be fostered towards joining a gym or getting a gym membership. Bakri, Krisjanous and Richard (2020) determined that features of user-generated content in digital marketing campaigns showcase the diverse and inclusive community which is developed through the membership and self-concept association.</p>
  <p>According to Culos-Reed et al. (2021), virtual fitness experiences highlight the use of providing virtual classes, online coaching sessions or even digital training programs which are tailored towards the preferences and self-concept of 18-25-year-olds. The idea here is to ensure that convenience, flexibility and accessibility are promoted regarding digital fitness in terms of their offerings, highlighting the way they are aligned with the busy lifestyles and tech-savvy preferences of this demographic. Guo and Fussell (2022) asserted that by creating digital content that is engaging in terms of live-streamed workouts, interactive challenges and virtual wellness workshops, young adults would remain motivated and connected to the gym's brand and community as a whole.</p>
  <p>The strategy of exclusive membership benefits and rewards is something that tends to attract a large number of young adults, as many tend to look for any kind of reward that would help them save money. Faulkner, Dale and Lau (2019) explored that by designing loyalty programs and exclusive memberships perks, gyms would be able to target specifically 18-25-year-olds through discount offerings for personal training sessions, access to premium content, or priority booking for popular classes. This would help individuals think that the specific gyms are focused on providing top-quality services that improve their health and wellness. Moreover, Groening and Binnewies (2019) were of the view that by using gamification elements, such as achievement badges, challenges and reward points. The idea is to incentivise regular engagement that would help in promoting the gym's services and encourage adherence to fitness goals. The whole focus is to ensure that digital marketing strategies are being used to improve the perceived value of membership and reinforce the positive self-concept that is linked with being a member of the gym.</p>
  <h4>2.5 Analysis of marketing activities by gym brands focused towards young adults</h4>
  <p>Different gyms tend to develop different marketing activities to target their audience. However, when it comes to young adults of 18-25-year-olds, it is imperative to note that different activities are used for the purpose of attracting this specific audience. Whelan and Clohessy (2021) highlighted that it is important to understand the digital marketing aspects in the fitness industry, along with the psychological and social influences that tend to shape fitness behaviours and gym-ups, in order to attract young adults, mainly the Gen Z demographic.</p>
  <p>There are different digital marketing strategies that can focused upon for the Gen Z demographic. Lim et al. (2022) asserted that gym brands target young adults, focusing on employing a variety of digital marketing channels on social media platforms. These platforms are usually Instagram, YouTube and TikTok, along with making use of influencer partnerships and email marketing, along with mobile applications. Vițelar (2019) was of the view that Gen Z is known to be heavy users of social media platforms (mentioned above), which is considered to be a prime area for gyms to focus on and transform their stories to attract and retain young adults' attention. However, Wang, Hsiao and Hsiung (2022) stated that while digital marketing strategies can provide benefits for gyms in targeting their specific audience, it is vital to note that audiences' preferences tend to change with time which can have an effect on the strategies that are being developed by gyms. Therefore, it is vital that an updated survey is carried out from time to time from the target audience to know about their perception of joining a gym or getting a gym membership.</p>
  <p>Psychological influences are an area that should not be ignored when it comes to targeting a specific audience for a business. Krowinska et al. (2023) stated that self-concept and identity play a major role in sharing Gen Z's fitness behaviours and gym sign-ups. The main focus is that gym brands should make use of digital marketing to align their messaging with Gen Z's desire for self-improvement, self-expression and personal growth. Psychologically, individuals tend to make use of fitness regimes to improve their own self-image in a positive way, along with maintaining confidence and focusing on their own well-being. By making use of digital marketing approaches, gym brands can guarantee that they target the psychological aids of individuals, leading to influencing Gen Z's aspirations and values (Dang et al., 2022). However, Saavedra and Bautista Jr (2020) stressed that social comparison and Fear Of Missing Out (FOMO) are the main psychological factors that are inclined to shake Gen Z's fitness behaviours. It is important that gym brands focus on making content that stresses peer achievements, group workouts and social events that would be developed through a sense of community and belonging, reassuring young adults and engaging them with facilities.</p>
  <p>Social influences are likewise an area that I want to focus on. Leu et al. (2022) stated that peer impacts and social norms play a major role in Gen Z's fitness behaviours and gym sign-ups. By making use of social proof and user-generated content on digital platforms, gym brands can show the popularity and desirability of their facilities among young adults. It is vital to note that social media helps with social connections and interactions among Gen Z, which permits the growth of online communities where members have the chance to share experiences, offer support and be able to motivate each other. There is a similar trend of trends and cultural shifts taking place in health and wellness that touch Gen Z's fitness behaviours. Arora et al. (2020) stated that gym brands can focus on monitoring and adapting to the trends via digital marketing campaigns by highlighting the emerging fitness modalities, dietary trends and lifestyle choices that are preferred by young adults.</p>
  <h4>2.6 Influencer marketing and social proof</h4>
  <p>According to Lee and Kahle (2024), influencer marketing and social proof play a vital role in shaping the self-concept of the younger demographic, focusing on individuals aged 18-25 or those that are part of Gen Z. The first factor to consider is authenticity and relatability. Hund (2019) stated that influencer marketing thrives on the authenticity and relatability of influencers, who are usually seen as peers rather than traditional celebrities. Young adults tend to relate with these influencers more closely because of the values, experiences, and aspirations that these individuals share. It would not be wrong to state here that influencers tend to develop a connection and influence their self-concept to associate with the masses.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Apart from authenticity and relatability, Dahl (2021) asserted that aspirational lifestyle also plays a crucial role in assessing how influencer marketing takes place. Influencers usually portray aspirational lifestyles, showing their achievements, experiences and possessions. By making use of these aspects, influencers tend to show qualities or lifestyles which they aspire to attain or have already attained. At this point, the target audience, which is the young adults, tends to associate themselves with these influencers and adopt similar behaviours, preferences, and attitudes, eventually leading to shaping their self-concept in alignment with the ideals that have been shown by the influencers. It is imperative to note that this self-concept alignment of young adults may not always result in benefits for them.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Social comparison, as stated by Schmuck et al. (2019), occurs on social media platforms where young adults tend to compare themselves to influencers and peers. It is imperative to note that any content curated by influencers could lead to unrealistic standards of expectations, which can develop feelings of inadequacy or the desire to copy certain traits or behaviours. However, Choudhry et al. (2022) asserted that by copying the traits of influencers, young adults tend to put themselves into unrealistic thinking patterns that what they are doing is right and they are just showing their own self-concept. This can lead to severe self-harm if the individual is not accepted among his peers for the choices that he makes.</p>
  <p>A psychological phenomenon that needs to be focused upon is social proof. Naeem (2021) asserted that social proof is about individuals looking into behaviours and actions of others in order to make their own decisions. It is imperative to note that when young adults focus on influencers that endorse products, services, or lifestyles, it eventually serves as a value or desirability that influences their perception and self-concept. Roethke et al. (2020) stated that this could be a harmful approach and can be considered as a major demotivating factor.</p>
  <p>Identity formation is about young adults being part of the formative stage. Hogan (2020) explored that in self-concept, young adults are in a formative stage, with influencers playing a vital role in shaping their identities and self-perceptions. With the help of aligning themselves with influencers that represent the desired attributes or values, young adults tend to interlink the aforementioned aspects into their self-concept, shaping their sense of identity and belonging. Apart from this, the influence on purchasing decisions is another area to focus on. Morton (2020) stated that influencer marketing tends to impact young adults' purchasing decisions since young adults tend to trust the recommendations made by influencers that they follow. This means that when a product is promoted by influencers, young adults tend to go ahead with purchasing those same products. At this point, Goodyear, Armour and Wood (2018) debated that even if the product is not needed by the young adult or is not suitable for the young adult's health, this particular health concern is not paid any attention. Young adults tend to risk their health and well-being in order to follow the influencer that they have an association with.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Diversification of representation focuses on influencer marketing, which has contributed to the diversity of representation in media and advertising (Masuda, Han and Lee, 2022). Since the diversification also occurs among influencers; it opens a way for young adults to choose from various influencers and opt for the one that they are able to associate with the most and would like to follow his/her trends. Influencer marketing and social proof are known to have major effects on the shaping of the self-concept of young adults, mainly the 18-25-year-olds or those that belong to Gen Z. Through the leveraging of influencers' authenticity, relatability and aspirational lifestyles, brands help with influencing young adults perception of heir own self as well as of their preferences, which shapes the way self-concept is aligned with values and ideals represented through influencers.</p>
  <h4>2.7 Technology and fitness apps</h4>
  <p>Technology and fitness applications have revolutionised the way commercial gyms are engaged with and market 18-25-year-olds. Eler et al. (2018) highlighted the use of mobile accessibility. There are commercial gyms that tend to adopt fitness applications in order to make their services more appealing and accessible to 18-25-year-olds. It should be noted that these individuals are considered to be heavy users of mobile devices. Farrokhi et al. (2021) asserted that fitness applications allow young adults to be able to access workout routines, track progress, book classes and engage with the gyms' community from their smartphones. It would not be wrong to state that all these lead to improving convenience and flexibility.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Personalisation is an area that fitness applications tend to use to tailor the experiences of individuals by aligning them to their preferences, goals, and fitness levels of 18-25 year olds (Monteiro-Guerra et al., 2019). It is vital to note that commercial gyms tend to make use of data analytics and user insights, which are mainly used to deliver personalised recommendations, content and incentives through the applications. The main focus behind the aforementioned approach is to increase engagement and retention through this particular demographic.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Gamification is an element that can help commercial gyms significantly in engaging with 18-25 year olds. Neupane et al. (2021) stated that commercial gyms can incorporate gamification elements in their fitness applications to motivate and incentivise 18-25-year-olds to stay active and engage with the content. Gyms can provide various features, such as challenges, rewards, leaderboards, and achievement badges, that would help with encouraging young adults to set goals and track goals. It is imperative to note that this would help ensure that a sense of fun and accomplishment is developed among young adults and that they enjoy coming to the gym.</p>
  <p>According to Tu, Hsieh and Feng (2019), social integration within the fitness applications mainly focus on social features of connecting, interacting and sharing their fitness journey with friends and peers. The aspect of social integration allows users to join virtual communities, participate in group challenges, and share workout achievements on social media. It would not be wrong to state here that all of this leads to improving engagement and social interaction within the gyms' ecosystem.</p>
  <p>Content marketing is another rapidly acceptable area for fitness facilities and gyms. Roosen, L&uuml;ttje and Junghagen (2020) stated that commercial gyms tend to make use of fitness applications for content marketing, delivering valuable fitness-related content. These are usually in the form of workout videos, nutritional tips and wellness articles for young adults. With the help of offering informative and engaging content on the applications, gyms can ensure to show themselves as using trusted sources of fitness knowledge and expertise. This helps make the brand further stronger, and loyalty is generated among the targeted audience.</p>
  <p>Luhanga et al. (2018) stated that fitness applications should allow commercial gyms to send push notifications to the target audience, along with targeted engagements. The main purpose behind this approach is that it would allow young adults to be informed, motivated and remain engaged with the content. Push notifications are defined as messages that are sent directly to the user's mobile device. These messages tend to appear directly on the mobile lock screen so that the user can get their attention immediately rather than having a delay (Pielot, Vradi and Park, 2018). The idea here is that gyms should make use of push notifications that would remind users of upcoming classes, provide personal recommendations and promote special offers or events. This helps drive increased participation and retention of the target audience.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>The integration of wearable technology is also an area on the rise. Numerous young adults have started to make use of wearing fitness trackers or smartwatches, which allow them to track their activity seamlessly and monitor performance on a daily basis (Ferreira et al., 2021). It is imperative to note that by integrating this wearable technology, users are able to improve their knowledge regarding their own health and ensure to utilise the gym's services in an effective way.</p>
  <h4>2.8 Limitations in current literature</h4>
  <p>The literature carried out above focused on the self-concept and digital marketing, targeting young adults (18-25 year olds) or Gen Z. It is imperative to note that there are certain limitations that are derived from the above literature. The first limitation is that there is a lack of cultural diversity. Studies (Bala and Verma, 2018; Chrismas, Majed and Kneffel, 2019) highlighted the self-concept and digital marketing mainly in the Western, urban populations, along with neglecting the cultural diversity in the targeted demographic. It is imperative to note that different studies provide different cultural perspectives, which leads to examining the way self-concept and digital marketing tend to vary in different cultural contexts.</p>
  <p>Apart from the lack of cultural diversity, limited generalizability has been found in the literature. It is imperative to note that various studies cited in the literature were carried out in controlled settings or specific geographical regions. This led to the limited generalizability of including a broader population of young adults. There is a need to ensure that more diverse settings and populations are made part of the study, which would enhance the external validity of findings and offer insights that are part of the wider range of literature.</p>
  <p>A major limitation that has been found in the literature is that there has been an overemphasis on social media platforms. It is understood that social media platforms were a major part of the study focusing on digital marketing strategies; however, other digital channels and technologies were usually overlooked. This shows that there is a need for focusing on various other digital channels that would allow us to gain a better insight into the research topic.</p>
  <h3>Reference</h3>
  <ul>
  <li>
  Ajzen, I., 2020. The theory of planned behavior: Frequently asked questions. Human behavior and emerging technologies, 2(4), pp.314-324.
  </li>
  <li>
  Allman‐Farinelli, M. and Nour, M., 2021. Exploring the role of social support and social media for lifestyle interventions to prevent weight gain with young adults: Focus group findings. Journal of Human Nutrition and Dietetics, 34(1), pp.178-187.
  </li>
  <li>
  Alsaker, F.D. and Kroger, J., 2020. Self-concept, self-esteem, and identity. In Handbook of adolescent development (pp. 90-117). Psychology Press.
  </li>
  <li>
  Anderson, D.J.F., Kim, A. and Zhang, J.J., 2021. The fitness industry in the USA. In The Global Private Health &amp; Fitness Business: A Marketing Perspective (pp. 69-75). Emerald Publishing Limited.
  </li>
  <li>
  Arora, A., Dahlstr&ouml;m, P., Hazan, E., Khan, H. and Khanna, R., 2020. Reimagining marketing in the next normal. McKinsey Article.
  </li>
  <li>
  Atakan, M.M., Li, Y., Koşar, Ş.N., Turnag&ouml;l, H.H. and Yan, X., 2021. Evidence-based effects of high-intensity interval training on exercise capacity and health: A review with historical perspective. International journal of environmental research and public health, 18(13), p.7201.
  </li>
  <li>
  Audrezet, A., De Kerviler, G. and Moulard, J.G., 2020. Authenticity under threat: When social media influencers need to go beyond self-presentation. Journal of business research, 117, pp.557-569.
  </li>
  <li>
  Bagnoli, C., Albarelli, A., Biazzo, S., Biotto, G., Marseglia, G.R., Massaro, M., Messina, M., Muraro, A. and Troiano, L., 2022. Strategic innovation driven by digital transformation. In Digital Business Models for Industry 4.0: How Innovation and Technology Shape the Future of Companies (pp. 1-48). Cham: Springer International Publishing.
  </li>
  <li>
  Bakri, M., Krisjanous, J. and Richard, J.E., 2020. Decoding service brand image through user-generated images. Journal of Services Marketing, 34(4), pp.429-442.
  </li>
  <li>
  Bala, M. and Verma, D., 2018. A critical review of digital marketing. M. Bala, D. Verma (2018). A Critical Review of Digital Marketing. International Journal of Management, IT &amp; Engineering, 8(10), pp.321-339.
  </li>
  <li>
  Bejan, B.M., 2023. The Role Of Self-Esteem In The Buying Decision Process. A Theoretical Approach. Studia Universitatis Babes Bolyai-Negotia, 68(1), pp.67-80.
  </li>
  <li>
  Cale, L., 2021. Physical education&rsquo;s journey on the road to health. Sport, Education and Society, 26(5), pp.486-499.
  </li>
  <li>
  Campbell, C. and Farrell, J.R., 2020. More than meets the eye: The functional components underlying influencer marketing. Business horizons, 63(4), pp.469-479.
  </li>
  <li>
  Chaffey, D. and Smith, P.R., 2022. Digital marketing excellence: planning, optimising and integrating online marketing. Routledge.
  </li>
  <li>
  Choudhry, A., Han, J., Xu, X. and Huang, Y., 2022. " I Felt a Little Crazy Following a'Doll'" Investigating Real Influence of Virtual Influencers on Their Followers. Proceedings of the ACM on human-computer interaction, 6(GROUP), pp.1-28.
  </li>
  <li>
  Chrismas, B.C., Majed, L. and Kneffel, Z., 2019. Physical fitness and physical self-concept of male and female young adults in Qatar. PloS one, 14(10), p.e0223359.
  </li>
  <li>
  Culos-Reed, N., Wurz, A., Dowd, J. and Capozzi, L., 2021. Moving online? How to effectively deliver virtual fitness. ACSM's health &amp; fitness journal, 25(2), pp.16-20.
  </li>
  <li>
  Dahl, S., 2021. What is the role of aspirations in social media influencer marketing?.
  </li>
  <li>
  Dang, V.T., Nguyen, H.V., Hoang, T.H., Nguyen, T.H., Tran, V.T., Nguyen, Q.H. and Nguyen, N., 2022. Gyms&rsquo; indoor environmental quality and customer emotion: the mediating roles of perceived service quality and perceived psychological safety. Leisure Studies, 41(2), pp.263-280.
  </li>
  <li>
  Daniel, A.O., Precious, O.I., Oluwapelumi, O. and Ebenezer, O.F.O., 2023. Adaptive Multiple User-Device Interface Generation for Websites. IUP Journal of Computer Sciences, 17(4).
  </li>
  <li>
  de Aguiar Ferreira, M., 2019. Is Luxury Meant To Be Online? How User-Generated Content Influences Value Perceptions In The Context of Fashion Brand Communities.
  </li>
  <li>
  DeBord, L.C., Patel, V., Braun, T.L. and Dao Jr, H., 2018. Social media in dermatology: clinical relevance, academic value, and trends across platforms. Journal of Dermatological Treatment.
  </li>
  <li>
  Donati Zeppa, S., Sisti, D., Amatori, S., Gervasi, M., Agostini, D., Piccoli, G., Bertuccioli, A., Rocchi, M.B., Stocchi, V. and Sestili, P., 2020. High-intensity interval training promotes the shift to a health-supporting dietary pattern in young adults. Nutrients, 12(3), p.843.
  </li>
  <li>
  Donnelly, A.A. and MacIntyre, T.E., 2019. Physical activity in natural settings. Routledge.
  </li>
  <li>
  Drummond, C., O'Toole, T. and McGrath, H., 2020. Digital engagement strategies and tactics in social media marketing. European Journal of Marketing, 54(6), pp.1247-1280.
  </li>
  <li>
  Easton, S., Morton, K., Tappy, Z., Francis, D. and Dennison, L., 2018. Young people&rsquo;s experiences of viewing the fitspiration social media trend: Qualitative study. Journal of medical Internet research, 20(6), p.e219.
  </li>
  <li>
  Eler, M.M., Rojas, J.M., Ge, Y. and Fraser, G., 2018, April. Automated accessibility testing of mobile apps. In 2018 IEEE 11th International Conference on Software Testing, Verification and Validation (ICST) (pp. 116-126). IEEE.
  </li>
  <li>
  Farrokhi, A., Farahbakhsh, R., Rezazadeh, J. and Minerva, R., 2021. Application of Internet of Things and artificial intelligence for smart fitness: A survey. Computer Networks, 189, p.107859.
  </li>
  <li>
  Faulkner, G., Dale, L.P. and Lau, E., 2019. Examining the use of loyalty point incentives to encourage health and fitness centre participation. Preventive Medicine Reports, 14, p.100831.
  </li>
  <li>
  Ferreira, J.J., Fernandes, C.I., Rammal, H.G. and Veiga, P.M., 2021. Wearable technology and consumer interaction: A systematic review and research agenda. Computers in human behavior, 118, p.106710.
  </li>
  <li>
  Fogel, J. and Ustoyev, S., 2021. Social media advertisements with deposit contracts and fitness club/gym membership: are consumers persuaded?. Journal of Consumer Marketing, 38(1), pp.27-38.
  </li>
  <li>
  Gavilanes, J.M., Flatten, T.C. and Brettel, M., 2018. Content strategies for digital consumer engagement in social networks: Why advertising is an antecedent of engagement. Journal of Advertising, 47(1), pp.4-23.
  </li>
  <li>
  Gibson, A.L., Wagner, D.R. and Heyward, V.H., 2024. Advanced fitness assessment and exercise prescription. Human kinetics.
  </li>
  <li>
  Goodyear, V.A., Armour, K.M. and Wood, H., 2018. Young people and their engagement with health-related social media: New perspectives. Sport, education and society.
  </li>
  <li>
  Goodyear, V.A., Kerner, C. and Quennerstedt, M., 2019. Young people&rsquo;s uses of wearable healthy lifestyle technologies; surveillance, self-surveillance and resistance. Sport, education and society, 24(3), pp.212-225.
  </li>
  <li>
  Gowin, M., Wilkerson, A., Maness, S., Larson, D.J., Crowson, H.M., Smith, M. and Cheney, M.K., 2019. Wearable activity tracker use in young adults through the lens of social cognitive theory. American Journal of Health Education, 50(1), pp.40-51.
  </li>
  <li>
  Groening, C. and Binnewies, C., 2019. &ldquo;Achievement unlocked!&rdquo;-The impact of digital achievements as a gamification element on motivation and performance. Computers in Human Behavior, 97, pp.151-166.
  </li>
  <li>
  Guo, J. and Fussell, S.R., 2022. " It's Great to Exercise Together on Zoom!": Understanding the Practices and Challenges of Live Stream Group Fitness Classes. Proceedings of the ACM on human-computer interaction, 6(CSCW1), pp.1-28.
  </li>
  <li>
  Guo, J. and Fussell, S.R., 2022. " It's Great to Exercise Together on Zoom!": Understanding the Practices and Challenges of Live Stream Group Fitness Classes. Proceedings of the ACM on human-computer interaction, 6(CSCW1), pp.1-28.
  </li>
  <li>
  Hagger, M.S., Cheung, M.W.L., Ajzen, I. and Hamilton, K., 2022. Perceived behavioral control moderating effects in the theory of planned behavior: A meta-analysis. Health Psychology, 41(2), p.155.
  </li>
  <li>
  Hall, S., 2023. B2B digital marketing strategy: how to use new frameworks and models to achieve growth. Kogan Page Publishers.
  </li>
  <li>
  Harvey, G., Li, J. and Wintersberger, D., 2023. Resistance exercise: competition, coopetition and collective action among self-employed personal trainers in the UK. Employee Relations: The International Journal, 45(6), pp.1511-1526.
  </li>
  <li>
  Hogan, R., 2020. My feed does not define me: the role of social networking site usage in adolescent self-concept.
  </li>
  <li>
  Hund, E.D., 2019. The influencer industry: Constructing and commodifying authenticity on social media. Publicly Accessible Penn Dissertations, 3636.
  </li>
  <li>
  Iversen, V.M., Norum, M., Schoenfeld, B.J. and Fimland, M.S., 2021. No time to lift? Designing time-efficient training programs for strength and hypertrophy: a narrative review. Sports Medicine, 51(10), pp.2079-2095.
  </li>
  <li>
  Jong, S.T. and Drummond, M.J., 2020. Exploring online fitness culture and young females. In Re-thinking Leisure in a Digital Age (pp. 50-62). Routledge.
  </li>
  <li>
  Kapnia, K., 2022. The rise of social media marketing and its impact on consumer purchasing behavior in sports apparel. Available at: &lt;https://www.theseus.fi/handle/10024/748210&gt; [Accessed on 24 March 2024]
  </li>
  <li>
  Kazancoglu, I. and Aydin, H., 2018. An investigation of consumers&rsquo; purchase intentions towards omni-channel shopping: A qualitative exploratory study. International Journal of Retail &amp; Distribution Management, 46(10), pp.959-976.
  </li>
  <li>
  Krowinska, A., Backhaus, C., Becker, B. and Bosser, F., 2023. Digital Content Marketing: Creating Value in Practice. Taylor &amp; Francis.
  </li>
  <li>
  Lee, C. and Kahle, L., 2024. Services as emulation marketing: conceptualisation and concerns. Journal of Services Marketing, 38(1), pp.103-112.
  </li>
  <li>
  Leu, J., Tay, Z., van Dam, R.M., M&uuml;ller-Riemenschneider, F., Lean, M.E., Nikolaou, C.K. and Rebello, S.A., 2022. &lsquo;You know what, I&rsquo;m in the trend as well&rsquo;: understanding the interplay between digital and real-life social influences on the food and activity choices of young adults. Public health nutrition, 25(8), pp.2137-2155.
  </li>
  <li>
  Lim, M.S., Molenaar, A., Brennan, L., Reid, M. and McCaffrey, T., 2022. Young adults&rsquo; use of different social media platforms for health information: Insights from web-based conversations. Journal of medical Internet research, 24(1), p.e23656.
  </li>
  <li>
  Lim, M.S., Molenaar, A., Brennan, L., Reid, M. and McCaffrey, T., 2022. Young adults&rsquo; use of different social media platforms for health information: Insights from web-based conversations. Journal of medical Internet research, 24(1), p.e23656.
  </li>
  <li>
  Longshore, K., McAlarnen, M.M., Sappington, R. and Harmon, D., 2019. Mindfulness and green exercise: Enhancing our relationship with physical activity and the natural world. In Physical Activity in Natural Settings (pp. 314-334). Routledge.
  </li>
  <li>
  Luhanga, E.T., Hippocrate, A.A.E., Suwa, H., Arakawa, Y. and Yasumoto, K., 2018. Identifying and evaluating user requirements for smartphone group fitness applications. IEEE Access, 6, pp.3256-3269.
  </li>
  <li>
  Masuda, H., Han, S.H. and Lee, J., 2022. Impacts of influencer attributes on purchase intentions in social media influencer marketing: Mediating roles of characterisations. Technological Forecasting and Social Change, 174, p.121246.
  </li>
  <li>
  Miranda, T., 2018. Being a Millennial: Age-based or Mindset-based?.
  </li>
  <li>
  Monteiro-Guerra, F., Rivera-Romero, O., Fernandez-Luque, L. and Caulfield, B., 2019. Personalisation in real-time physical activity coaching using mobile applications: a scoping review. IEEE journal of biomedical and health informatics, 24(6), pp.1738-1751.
  </li>
  <li>
  Mooney, R., 2018. The Impact of Social Media and Social Media Influencers on Millennials Motivation Towards Gym usage. Available at &lt;https://norma.ncirl.ie/3393/1/rachaelmooney.pdf&gt;. Accessed on 24 March 2024.
  </li>
  <li>
  Morton, F., 2020. Influencer marketing: An exploratory study on the motivations of young adults to follow social media influencers. Journal of Digital &amp; Social Media Marketing, 8(2), pp.156-165.
  </li>
  <li>
  Mulchrone, M., 2021. Motivating exercise through social media.
  </li>
  <li>
  Naeem, M., 2021. The role of social media to generate social proof as engaged society for stockpiling behaviour of customers during Covid-19 pandemic. Qualitative Market Research: An International Journal, 24(3), pp.281-301.
  </li>
  <li>
  Nagar, K., 2020. An Examination of gym supplement choice: Using the modified theory of planned behaviour. Journal of Food Products Marketing, 26(7), pp.499-520.
  </li>
  <li>
  Neupane, A., Hansen, D., Fails, J.A. and Sharma, A., 2021. The role of steps and game elements in gamified fitness tracker apps: a systematic review. Multimodal Technologies and Interaction, 5(2), p.5.
  </li>
  <li>
  Oliva-Lozano, J.M. and Muyor, J.M., 2020. Core muscle activity during physical fitness exercises: A systematic review. International journal of environmental research and public health, 17(12), p.4306.
  </li>
  <li>
  Pielot, M., Vradi, A. and Park, S., 2018, September. Dismissed! a detailed exploration of how mobile phone users handle push notifications. In Proceedings of the 20th international conference on human-computer interaction with mobile devices and services (pp. 1-11).
  </li>
  <li>
  Pilgrim, K. and Bohnet-Joschko, S., 2019. Selling health and happiness how influencers communicate on Instagram about dieting and exercise: mixed methods research. BMC public health, 19, pp.1-9.
  </li>
  <li>
  Reeler, R.T., 2019. Consumer Behaviour Typology of Members of Health and Fitness Centres. SIGNATURE.
  </li>
  <li>
  Roethke, K., Klumpe, J., Adam, M. and Benlian, A., 2020. Social influence tactics in e-commerce onboarding: The role of social proof and reciprocity in affecting user registrations. Decision Support Systems, 131, p.113268.
  </li>
  <li>
  Roosen, J.M., L&uuml;ttje, M. and Junghagen, S., 2020. The Role of Social Media Marketing Strategies of Gym Chains and the Creation of Customer-Based Brand Equity. Unpublished Master&rsquo;s Thesis, Copenhagen Business School, Frederiksberg, Denmark.
  </li>
  <li>
  Roosen, J.M., L&uuml;ttje, M. and Junghagen, S., 2020. The Role of Social Media Marketing Strategies of Gym Chains and the Creation of Customer-Based Brand Equity. Unpublished Master&rsquo;s Thesis, Copenhagen Business School, Frederiksberg, Denmark.
  </li>
  <li>
  Roosen, J.M., L&uuml;ttje, M. and Junghagen, S., 2020. The Role of Social Media Marketing Strategies of Gym Chains and the Creation of Customer-Based Brand Equity. Unpublished Master&rsquo;s Thesis, Copenhagen Business School, Frederiksberg, Denmark.
  </li>
  <li>
  Saavedra, C.M.C. and Bautista Jr, R.A., 2020. Are you" in" or are you" out"?: Impact of FoMO (Fear of Missing Out) on Generation Z's Masstigebrand Apparel Consumption. Asia-Pacific Social Science Review, 20(2).
  </li>
  <li>
  Saura, J.R., 2021. Using data sciences in digital marketing: Framework, methods, and performance metrics. Journal of Innovation &amp; Knowledge, 6(2), pp.92-102.
  </li>
  <li>
  Scheepers, D. and Ellemers, N., 2019. Social identity theory. Social psychology in action: Evidence-based interventions from theory to practice, pp.129-143.
  </li>
  <li>
  Schmuck, D., Karsay, K., Matthes, J. and Stevic, A., 2019. &ldquo;Looking Up and Feeling Down&rdquo;. The influence of mobile social networking site use on upward social comparison, self-esteem, and well-being of adult smartphone users. Telematics and informatics, 42, p.101240.
  </li>
  <li>
  Silva, M.J.D.B., Farias, S.A.D. and Silva, C.J., 2023. Endorsement on Instagram and cultural dimensions: an analysis of digital influencers. The Bottom Line, 36(1), pp.1-28.
  </li>
  <li>
  Tellhed, U., Daukantaitė, D., Maddux, R.E., Svensson, T. and Melander, O., 2019. Yogic breathing and mindfulness as stress coping mediate positive health outcomes of yoga. Mindfulness, 10, pp.2703-2715.
  </li>
  <li>
  Tu, R., Hsieh, P. and Feng, W., 2019. Walking for fun or for &ldquo;likes&rdquo;? The impacts of different gamification orientations of fitness apps on consumers&rsquo; physical activities. Sport Management Review, 22(5), pp.682-693.
  </li>
  <li>
  Vițelar, A., 2019. Like me: Generation Z and the use of social media for personal branding. Management Dynamics in the Knowledge Economy, 7(2), pp.257-268.
  </li>
  <li>
  Wang, F.J., Hsiao, C.H. and Hsiung, T.T., 2022. Marketing strategies of the female-only gym industry: A case-based industry perspective. Frontiers in Psychology, 13, p.928882.
  </li>
  <li>
  Wang, J.J., Wann, D.L., Lu, Z. and Zhang, J.J., 2018. Self-expression through sport participation: Exploring participant desired self-image. European Sport Management Quarterly, 18(5), pp.583-606.
  </li>
  <li>
  Wang, S.W. and Scheinbaum, A.C., 2018. Enhancing brand credibility via celebrity endorsement: Trustworthiness trumps attractiveness and expertise. Journal of advertising research, 58(1), pp.16-32.
  </li>
  <li>
  Whelan, E. and Clohessy, T., 2021. How the social dimension of fitness apps can enhance and undermine wellbeing: A dual model of passion perspective. Information Technology &amp; People, 34(1), pp.68-92.
  </li>
  <li>
  Wu, S., Ren, M., Pitafi, A.H. and Islam, T., 2020. Self-image congruence, functional congruence, and mobile app intention to use. Mobile Information Systems, 2020, pp.1-17.
  </li>
  <li>
  Xu, J., Jo, H., Noorbhai, L., Patel, A. and Li, A., 2022. Virtual mindfulness interventions to promote well-being in adults: A mixed-methods systematic review. Journal of affective disorders, 300, pp.571-585.
  </li>
  <li>
  Zakaria, M.R., Mustaffa, N. and Mohamad, E.M.W., 2020. The use of credibility dimension resources in health information provision. Solid State Technology, 63(6), pp.3128-3141.
  </li>
  <li>
  Zhao, K., Stylianou, A.C. and Zheng, Y., 2018. Sources and impacts of social influence from online anonymous user reviews. Information &amp; Management, 55(1), pp.16-30.
  </li>
  </ul>

meta_description:
  The influence of social media advertising on consumer behaviour in the fitness industry has been on the rise.


slug: physical-digital-play-in-children-with-send
title: Physical-digital Play In Children With Send
academic_level: Undergraduate
subject: Healthcare and Medicine
type_of_paper: Dissertation Rationale SLR
citation_style: APA
meta_title: Physical-digital Play In Children With Send
meta_keywords: SEND, impact of games
canonical_url: https://www.cheap-essay-writing.co.uk/
meta_robots: index,follow
created_at: 2025-06-23 10:44:20
updated_at: 2026-01-14 15:49:35
status: published
content:
  <p>[Student ID]</p>
  <p>[Name of the Institution]</p>
  <p>[Date of Submission]</p>
  <h2>Literature Review</h2>
  <h3>1.1 Summary</h3>
  <p>The existing studies are extremely limited that are focus on the systematic review of physical-digital play in children with SEND. The few studies that are present in different data bases are contain extremely limited scope and considering the small sample size of to focus only on specific event like COVID-19. Therefore, the need of new study arise which focus on all aspects of study and examine the impact of games on people with SEND. The majority of the identified studies showed promising results; nevertheless, interpretations of the results were constrained by the research' quality and rigor. For single-case studies, prior assessments have similarly seen strong results and weak to moderate quality. Even though research on a wide range of peer interaction skills in children is encouraging, the results are very inconsistent and many of the research findings still need to be confirmed. The available data does not allow for a full definition of the features of peer interactions among children.&nbsp;</p>
  <p><strong>Keywords: </strong>children with SEND, educational setting, games, physical play</p>
  <h3>1.2 Literature Review&nbsp; &nbsp;</h3>
  <p>The first study included in this literature review is the systematic literature conducted by Topping et al. (2022) in which the focus of the researcher is to provide the information related to the educational games, &ldquo;computer-supported cooperative learning (CSCL)&rdquo;, and &ldquo;computer-assisted instruction (CAI)&rdquo;, which are primarily used in schools but may also be used outside of them. This systematic analysis looks at effectiveness research on blended and online learning from schools, which is especially pertinent in light of the Covid-19 pandemic. Therefore, it can be observed that the scope of this systematic literature in narrowed to COVID times only. Comparatively, this systematic literature however, considers all the literature without bounding it to specific time. Furthermore, it can also note that the number of studies contain in this review is eight from different databases. Besides that, this study not only included more information but to include the additional data bases also which helps to improve the findings in terms of diverse nature of analysis. After removing studies that were not related to schools, published before 2000, were not in English, lacked data, or were duplicates, 1355 studies remained: 7% were online, 13% were blended, 7% were CSCL, 26% were games, and 47% were CAI. In 85% of the investigations, digital technology proved to be more successful than traditional training, with 8% showing no difference and 3% showing a decline.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Self-efficacy and improved results were strongly correlated. The study's strengths and weaknesses were examined and connected to earlier studies, along with a critical analysis and a full discussion of the implications for future researchers, practitioners, and policy makers. The potential for increased learner autonomy and task flexibility, which promotes higher self-regulation, may be the primary benefit of digital technology.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Another systematic review that has been analysing in this study is Garde et al. (2016) in which the author emphasizes upon the overweight and obesity that are becoming major issues worldwide, and this is related to the rise in physical inactivity among youngsters. This study aims to evaluate the effects of a brand-new mobile game in an educational setting called Mobile Kids Monster Manor (MKMM). MKMM is a wirelessly connected accelerometer-based activity monitor that was created with feedback from young people to improve physical activity. In a randomized 4-week crossover research, 42 healthy students took part to assess the effectiveness of the gaming intervention. Baseline, washout, control/game intervention, and game intervention/control phases lasted for a week in each of the two research arms. Due to the fact that the study only focusses on the specific nature of game, the author might not get the actual outcomes related to the effects of games on children because of the limited sample size. To overcome this issue, this study has to analyse the multiple factors and games and its impact on the children with SEND.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>This systematic review finds that the rise in BMI z-score, MKMM produced a larger increase in steps and active minutes per day among children with a higher BMI z-score, according to a linear regression model. These increases were 14% and 10% higher, respectively, than baseline. MKMM improved steps and active minutes in an educational setting, to sum up. According to this, smartphone exercise apps may be helpful resources for educational institutions to encourage students to be physically active and fight teen obesity.</p>
  <p>Using single-case research methodology by Barton et al. (2020), this study analysed the rigor and results of 27 objects play intervention studies in this systematic review. The current study looked at a number of descriptive features, such as materials, instructional packages, and settings, and concentrated on research involving kids who were 5 years old or younger. Along with examining several methodological aspects like quality, rigor, and visual analytic techniques, the researcher also examined how generalized play was facilitated and measured. The majority of the identified studies showed promising results; nevertheless, interpretations of the results were constrained by the research' quality and rigor. For single-case studies, prior assessments have similarly seen strong results and weak to moderate quality. Considering that other assessments of play intervention research have found high-quality group-design studies with strong outcomes, the study results should be interpreted cautiously. There should be more replications evaluating effective interventions utilizing single-case studies with strict methodological standards.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Peer support networks that are emotionally supportive can help students connect with one another and participate in school, which is beneficial for kids and teenagers (Van Der Meulen et al., 2021). Establishing healthy relationships appears to be more challenging for children with &ldquo;special educational needs and disabilities (SEND).&rdquo; These students are also more susceptible to negative peer experiences, such as bullying and social isolation. Schools can benefit from systems where students can model helpful behaviour from one another in order to foster a friendly and upbeat environment. Emotional peer support is social engagement between peers through practical or emotional support based on shared experiences, often to the mutual advantage of both parties. The emotional peer support strategies for SEND students in schools were found by this systematic study.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>This research revealed primarily good results in terms of improved social acceptability and interaction, as well as improved self-worth and empathy at the individual level, for both peer supporters and focal students. Although more accurate data is needed to draw further conclusions, it was also seen that the pupils were becoming more bonded through friendship. Important elements influencing the effectiveness of peer support systems include family involvement, teacher specialization, and institutional support from the school. Due to the paucity of available data, it is advised that similar variables be included in further studies.</p>
  <p>The findings of this study show that through activity ideas, intervention descriptions demonstrated students' active participation; however, their involvement in system organization was minimal. More study is required to determine how emotional peer support might enhance student-student interactions and how peers can actively participate in this assistance.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>To provide a general picture of the advantages and disadvantages that children with Developmental Language Disorder (DLD) face while interacting with other kids, the current review compiles studies on peer interaction abilities in kids with DLD (Lloyd-Esenkaya et al., 2020). The research on peer interaction strengths and challenges in kids with DLD was compiled through a systematic review. There were no time limits imposed, and the selection criteria took into consideration a large number of the diagnostic labels that were previously employed to identify DLD. English-speaking primary school students in the UK between the age of (4 to 11 years old) are the subjects of the studies included in this study. 28 papers that matched the inclusion criteria were found after a thorough database search. When engaging with peers, children diagnosed with DLD are shown to have numerous difficulties.</p>
  <p>Research examining aspects of play behaviour like turn-taking and discourse characteristics like access behaviours have revealed challenges. The children's skills to form friendships, use verbal and nonverbal cues to collaborate with peers on decisions, and participate in social pretend play with peers are examples of their strengths in peer interaction; however, heterogeneity was also evident. Even though research on a wide range of peer interaction skills in children is encouraging, the results are very inconsistent and many of the research findings still need to be confirmed. The available data does not allow for a full definition of the features of peer interactions among children.</p>
  <p>As a "level one" or "well-established" intervention for school-aged children and adolescents, &ldquo;trauma-focused cognitive behavioural therapy (TF-CBT)&rdquo; is one of the most extensively researched and publicized treatments for &ldquo;posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD)&rdquo; and other comorbid conditions (McGuire et al., 2021). The current systematic review looked at research on applying TF-CBT to preschool-aged children (those between the ages of three and six) as well as research on developmental strategies that may boost TF-CBT's effectiveness with this age group.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Part of the evidence-based practice in psychology paradigm, data on TF-CBT use with preschool-aged children was taken from case studies, meta-analyses, randomized controlled trials, and other empirical evidence sources. The effectiveness of TF-CBT for traumatized preschool-aged children has not been as well studied as it has when it comes to studies involving school-aged children and adults. Considering the limited number of published trials to date and the variations in treatment approaches utilized with preschool-aged children, TF-CBT seems to fit the description of a &ldquo;level two&rdquo; or &ldquo;probably efficacious&rdquo; intervention for this age group in particular. When considering the use of TF-CBT for preschool-aged children exhibiting signs of post-traumatic stress disorder, the literature suggests that factors such as language and cognitive ability, family setting, culture, and clinician expertise should be taken into consideration.</p>
  <p>The amount of information and knowledge about the prevalence of mental health problems worldwide is increasing; these problems affect people for the rest of their lives and begin in half of cases before the age of 14 (Garc&iacute;a-Carri&oacute;n et al., 2019). Many initiatives continue to focus on finding individual-level answers, despite the fact that this global crisis is multifaceted and necessitates holistic methods. The purpose of this work is to present a comprehensive analysis of the data supporting the beneficial impacts on children's and adolescents' mental health that come from community- and school-based treatments where interaction between various agents is a key element.</p>
  <p>To find interventions where relationships between professionals, community, members, families, teachers, and peers or other played a part, a thorough search of electronic databases (Web of Knowledge, PsycINFO, ERIC and SCOPUS) was done. Their impact on the mental health of kids and teenagers was also examined. A comprehensive analysis of articles released between 2007 and 2017 was conducted by us. Out of 384 studies, eleven satisfied the requirements for inclusion. Of the examined studies, seven concentrate on school-based treatments that foster positive relationships between kids, teachers, families, and mental health providers. Four of the publications create interventions that include community people interacting with kids and teens in a dialogic manner.</p>
  <p>The interventions used in this research emphasize upon the role of different players in schools and communities that are helpful to build positive relationships between other stakeholders including children, parents, and the teachers. A reduction in affective symptoms and disruptive behaviours like anxiety and depression, along with an improvement in social skills and personal well-being, are some of the outcomes of the mental health interventions documented on the issues faced by children and adolescents.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>This research leads to the evidence of benefits of games on adults' and children's cognitive state, brightening emotional wellness and generating mental health disorders. Determination for further study is necessary as to establish the incorporation of different roles affected on the outcome of the interventions, although these roles comprised of managing part of the proceedings. This study undertaken by Komis et al. (2021) is an all-inclusive analysis of last 30 years' data associated with smart toys that target children at the early age group which ranges between 3-12 years. This research will determine and classify fifty publications on smart toys with the focus being on the technological and instructional affordances they offer. The results bring out that four basic technical affordances and their combined effects contributed into the design and development of the toy. The study examines the educational benefits of smart toys through various use cases and learning objectives that focus on identifying particular goals across various subjects and goals based on transversal competencies like problem solving, computational thinking, spatial thinking, symbolic thinking, and collaboration.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Lastly, using a multiple correspondence analysis, the relationships between the distinct technological and educational affordances of smart toys are grouped together with the affordance progression according to the date of development. In conclusion, particular sciences (programming) and a few 21st-century abilities (STEM and computational thinking) have been impacted by smart toys in recent years. In contrast, transversal skills like problem solving, emotional intelligence, symbolic thinking, cooperation, and storytelling were given more attention in the first 20 years.</p>
  <h3>1.3 Aims and Objectives</h3>
  <p>The aim of this research is to explore the benefits and limitations associated with the use of physical-digital play to improve the learning and cognitive abilities of the patients with SEND. For such purposes, the following objectives will be carried out in overall systematic process.</p>
  <ol>
  <li>
  To analyse and identify the existing literature on the physical digital play in SEND children under the foundation of systematic literature review.
  </li>
  <li>
  To examine the benefits and limitations of physical digital play intervention to promote wellbeing and development of children with SEND.
  </li>
  <li>
  To explore the barriers and challenges linked with the implementation of the physical digital play at home and educational settings for children with SEND.&nbsp;
  </li>
  </ol>
  <p>&nbsp;</p>
  <ol>
  <li>
  <h2>References&nbsp;</h2>
  </li>
  </ol>
  <ul>
  <li>
  Barton, E.E., Murray, R., O'Flaherty, C., Sweeney, E.M. and Gossett, S., 2020. Teaching object play to young children with disabilities: A systematic review of methods and rigor.&nbsp;American Journal on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities,&nbsp;125(1), pp.14-36.
  </li>
  <li>
  Garde, A., Umedaly, A., Abulnaga, S.M., Junker, A., Chanoine, J.P., Johnson, M., Ansermino, J.M. and Dumont, G.A., 2016. Evaluation of a novel mobile exergame in a school-based environment.&nbsp;Cyberpsychology, Behavior, and Social Networking,&nbsp;19(3), pp.186-192.
  </li>
  <li>
  Komis, V., Karachristos, C., Mourta, D., Sgoura, K., Misirli, A. and Jaillet, A., 2021. Smart toys in early childhood and primary education: A systematic review of technological and educational affordances.&nbsp;Applied Sciences,&nbsp;11(18), p.8653.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
  </li>
  <li>
  Lloyd-Esenkaya, V., Russell, A.J. and Clair, M.C.S., 2020. What are the peer interaction strengths and difficulties in children with developmental language disorder? A systematic review.&nbsp;International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health,&nbsp;17(9), p.3140.
  </li>
  <li>
  McGuire, A., Steele, R.G., and Singh, M.N., 2021. Systematic review on the application of trauma-focused cognitive behavioral therapy (TF-CBT) for preschool-aged children.&nbsp;Clinical Child and Family Psychology Review,&nbsp;24(1), pp.20-37.
  </li>
  <li>
  Topping, K.J., Douglas, W., Robertson, D. and Ferguson, N., 2022. Effectiveness of online and blended learning from schools: A systematic review.&nbsp;Review of Education,&nbsp;10(2), p.e3353
  </li>
  <li>
  Van Der Meulen, K., Granizo, L. and Del Barrio, C., 2021. Emotional peer support interventions for students with SEND: A systematic review.&nbsp;Frontiers in psychology,&nbsp;12, p.797913.
  </li>
  </ul>
  <ol>
  <li>
  <h3>Appendix</h3>
  </li>
  </ol>
  <p>Proposal modules: Protocol for Systematic Review</p>
  <p>(to be included in the main body of the assignment ie before the reference list)</p>
  <p>For each section you should provide a description of the procedure and justification for why you have made these choices (ie a justification means you should include supporting references).</p>
  <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p>
  <div dir="ltr" align="left">
  <table><colgroup><col width="170"><col width="431"></colgroup>
  <tbody>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>Section</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Details relating to YOUR study design</p>
  <p>&nbsp;ie a description of the process and justification of your choices.</p>
  </td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>Study Design</p>
  <p>In addition to stating that this will be a systematic review you should also identify the type of studies that will be included in the review</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>The research designs are basically classified into two primary categories that are quantitative research design and qualitative research design. A key difference is that qualitative research aims to gather an in-depth understanding of human behaviour and the reasons that govern such behaviour, while quantitative research aims to develop and employ mathematical models, theories and hypotheses pertaining to phenomena. Qualitative research asks broad, general questions to allow participants to explain their experiences, feelings, and perceptions. It may use interviews, focus groups, observations, and review of documents (Busetto et al. 2020). The sample sizes are typically small and non-random. The data analysis is subjective and interpretive, allowing themes to emerge. Quantitative research asks specific, narrow questions and collects numerical data from participants (Mohajan et al. 2020). It may use questionnaires, surveys, structured observations, and experiments with strict rules and procedures. The samples sizes are larger and random to get representative, generalizable results. The data analysis uses statistics and other procedures to quantify the data and test hypotheses. A qualitative approach works when little is known about an issue and detailed, complex information is needed to develop initial theories and hypotheses (Casula et al. 2021). A quantitative approach works to finalize theories, test hypotheses, and establish cause-and-effect relationships between variables. Qualitative research can inform quantitative studies, while quantitative studies can provide facts to support qualitative insights. Using both approaches together provides comprehensive knowledge about research problems than either approach alone (Dawadi et al. 2021). However, in this research qualitative research design will be applied which will help the researchers in extracting data regarding the chosen study topic and exploring the deep insights related to the chosen study variables.&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>Aims &amp; Objectives</p>
  <p>Use the guidance in the Powerpoint presentation.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>There are 4 main areas to be addressed in your aims.</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>The aim of this research is to explore the benefits and limitations associated with the use of physical-digital play to improve the learning and cognitive abilities of the patients with SEND. For such purposes, the following objectives will be carried out in overall systematic process.</p>
  <ol>
  <li>
  To analyse and identify the existing literature on the physical digital play in SEND children under the foundation of systematic literature review.
  </li>
  <li>
  To examine the benefits and limitations of physical digital play intervention to promote wellbeing and development of children with SEND.
  </li>
  <li>
  To explore the barriers and challenges linked with the implementation of the physical digital play at home and educational settings for children with SEND.&nbsp;
  </li>
  </ol>
  <br><br><br></td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>Focused question</p>
  <p>State your focused question</p>
  <p>Identify the PICO/PIO elements of your question</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>The research questions of this review are based on the below presented PICO framework:</p>
  <p>P (Population/patients): UK children with Special Educational Needs and Disabilities (SEND)</p>
  <p>I (Intervention): Physical Digital play</p>
  <p>C (Comparison): Digital play, Traditional play and physical play</p>
  <p>O (Outcomes): wellbeing, social interaction, developmental improvement, and inclusion&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Based on the following aspects of the study, defined through the PICO framework, the below presented research questions will be focused:</p>
  <ol>
  <li>
  What is the effect of the physical digital play on the motor developmental skills and cognitive development of the UK children with SEND?
  </li>
  <li>
  How the traditional play, physical play does is compared with the benefits of the physical digital play among SEND children population?&nbsp;
  </li>
  </ol>
  <br><br><br><br><br><br><br><br><br><br><br><br><br></td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>Structured search strategy</p>
  <br>
  <p>Must include a full description of the keywords used and how they will be combined.</p>
  <br>
  <p>Identify your search strategy&nbsp;</p>
  <br><br>
  <p>Identify the databases that will be searched</p>
  <br>
  <p>Include details of limits to be applied</p>
  <br>
  <p>Include details of additional actions to ensure the search is comprehensive Eg searching reference lists</p>
  <br>
  <p>Include a PLAN of your search strategy AND a copy of the search carried out in one database (include both of these in the appendices</p>
  </td>
  <td><br>
  <p>During this review, the search strategy will be consisted of criteria for the selection of the articles.&nbsp;The strategy for search will be the organized structure of search terms for databases like Medline, Cochrane Library and CINAHL whose search algorithm is different from Google Search Engine. The following table of selection criteria indicates the aspects that will be prioritised in the search strategy. Moreover, the PICO framework will be used to define the search aspects and it is represented in the screening process. PICO is a framework that comprises factors like Population/ patients, Intervention/ interest, and outcomes (Kloda et al. 2020). The PICO framework is a technique used to break down a research question into key components in order to facilitate the literature search process. The population refers to the particular group or demographic you are interested in studying. The intervention is the specific treatment, program, or exposure that is being investigated. The comparison is what the intervention is being compared against; this could be an alternative treatment, placebo, or standard/usual care. Finally, the outcomes refer to the specific results or consequences of the intervention that you aim to measure. Clearly defining these PICO elements helps structure a focused research question that can more effectively guide a systematic search of the academic literature (Kloda et al. 2020). The PICO framework enhances searching efficiency as it encourages the researcher to identify key concepts and terms for each element that can then be combined using Boolean operators to retrieve the most relevant articles (Bramer et al. 2018). Using PICO also helps researchers isolate high quality evidence that matches the specifics of their research question from the vast amount of literature available. Overall, the structured PICO approach facilitates an organized, comprehensive literature review centred on a well-defined research question. It is a widely used tool in research and mostly in literature-based studies to indicate the area of investigation. The search terms such as &ldquo;physical-digital play&rdquo; AND &ldquo;Children&rdquo; OR &ldquo;Adolescents&rdquo; OR &ldquo;Teenagers&rdquo; OR &ldquo;Young individuals&rdquo; AND &ldquo;UK population&rdquo; OR &ldquo;UK&rdquo; AND &ldquo;SEND&rdquo; OR &ldquo;Special educational needs and disability&rdquo; will be used to extract relevant literature and articles for data collection.&nbsp;</p>
  <br><br><br><br><br><br><br><br></td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>Inclusion/exclusion criteria</p>
  <br>
  <p>State your inclusion/exclusion criteria and justify your choices</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Screening will be conducted by the reviewer, identifying first potentially eligible titles/abstracts, followed by screening of full texts of selected studies against the above criteria. Disagreements will be resolved by consensus or referral to a third reviewer if needed. If relevant data cannot be extracted, study authors may be contacted. The study selection process will be documented in a PRISMA flow diagram. Reasons for exclusion will be recorded. Moreover, the selection criteria for this review will be based on the following Inclusion and exclusion criteria:</p>
  <div dir="ltr" align="left">
  <table><colgroup><col width="148"><col width="140"><col width="128"></colgroup>
  <tbody>
  <tr>
  <td>&nbsp;</td>
  <td>
  <p>Inclusion&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Exclusion&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>Population&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>The articles related to the Special educational needs and disability patients in the UK will be prioritized in data extraction.&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Publications other than the country and disability will not be screened&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>Intervention/issue&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>The studies and findings regarding the physical-digital play will helps in addressing the research question&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>The other healthcare practices and interventions to serve the children with SEND will not be focused&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>Comparison&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>The data related to the conventional methods that are used since last 5 years&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Interventions used before 5 years will not be compared with the physical-digital play</p>
  </td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>Outcome&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Physical-digital play will improve motor skills, social skills, communication, cognitive development, and emotional regulation in children with special needs and disabilities.</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Other psychological aspects linked with the condition of SEND will not be assessed&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>Study design&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>The qualitative research study along with the inductive approach will be used&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Other research methods and approaches will not be included to conduct this systematic review&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  </tr>
  </tbody>
  </table>
  </div>
  <br><br><br><br><br><br><br><br><br></td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>Selection of articles for inclusion in the review.</p>
  <br>
  <p>Describe the stages of the process and who will undertake these</p>
  <br>
  <p>Include a copy of the tables modified to reflect YOUR study</p>
  <br><br></td>
  <td>
  <p>Following stages will be covered to include relevant literature in the review:</p>
  <p>1. Developing the research question and inclusion/exclusion criteria&nbsp;</p>
  <p>This initial stage will involves clearly defining the research question to be addressed and determining the inclusion and exclusion criteria that studies must meet to be included (e.g. study design, participants, and interventions). This provides focus and boundaries for the literature search.</p>
  <p>2. Literature search</p>
  <p>A rigorous, comprehensive search strategy will be developed to locate all relevant studies. Multiple literature databases (e.g. PubMed, Embase) will be searched using appropriate keywords and indexing terms. Searches may be supplemented by checking reference lists of eligible articles and using citation tracking to identify newer related studies.</p>
  <ol>
  <li>
  3. Screening and selecting studies&nbsp;
  </li>
  </ol>
  <p>Articles will be retrieved from searches are screened by title, abstract and full text review against the pre-determined eligibility criteria. This systematic screening process will ultimately identify and selects the studies that will be included in the review. Screening is typically done independently by two reviewers with a third reviewer resolving any disagreements.</p>
  <ol>
  <li>
  Data extraction&nbsp;
  </li>
  </ol>
  <p>A standardized data extraction form will be used to record details from the selected studies. Those details will include study methodology, participant demographics, intervention details, as well as other outcomes of interest studied.&nbsp;The data extraction can be done by one reviewer and then additionally checked by another.</p>
  <ol>
  <li>
  Assessing study quality&nbsp;
  </li>
  </ol>
  <p>The selected research studies will be deeply analysed to establish their methodological quality and potential risk of bias using reliable tools, e.g., Critical Appraisal Skills Programme.&nbsp;Quality assessment will be used to interpret and to draw correct conclusions from these studies.</p>
  <br><br><br><br></td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>Critical Appraisal</p>
  <br>
  <p>Identify an appropriate framework</p>
  <br>
  <p>Identify if a scoring or grading system will be used</p>
  <br>
  <p>Include a blank copy of the framework in the Appendices</p>
  </td>
  <td><br>
  <p>Critical appraisal and analysis are the core features of the literature-based studies.&nbsp;It provides researchers with a general overview of the data collected to check for any possible bias or false results (Tod et al. 2022).&nbsp;The paper named as "Kyng&auml;s et al., 2020" by the same author said that critical analysis and appraisal are the processes, where the investigators carefully evaluate the research to check its trustworthiness, relevance, and the possible moral and social issues in a certain context.&nbsp;The CASP checklist which systematically evaluates critical parameters along the line of research objectives, methodology and findings of the studies will be adopted by the researchers in this review.&nbsp;CASP method of critical appraising is the popular used method which is used to go through the process of sorting the questions and how to evaluate the information in order to increase critical thinking (Long et al. 2020).&nbsp;The analysis of the critical appraisal of the selected studies will be conducted before using he studies to be sure about their accuracy.</p>
  <br><br><br><br><br><br></td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>Data Extraction</p>
  <br>
  <p>Who will undertake the task</p>
  <br>
  <p>Include a copy of the Data Extraction form in the Appendices (modified/adapted for YOUR study)</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>The process of data extraction is linked with the selected research methodology and the nature of the research study (Mengist et al. 2020). This overall process is also called data charting. It provides a logical and systematic summary of the search results that correspond to the research questions. For extracting relevant data, the parameters of the chosen critical appraisal tool will be focused such as, the author and title of the publication, publication&rsquo;s year, aim and objective, population, methodology and the selected intervention and the findings of the study were focused on this review. The data will be extracted from the selected studies which will be retrieved by following the search process and selection criteria.&nbsp;</p>
  <br><br><br><br><br><br><br><br></td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>Data Analysis</p>
  <br>
  <p>Identify the data analysis</p>
  <br>
  <p>Narrative Synthesis&nbsp; or Best Evidence Synthesis ie you will NOT do a meta-analysis</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>The analysis of data is recognised as one of the significant techniques which assist in applying tools for expounding the collected data. The data analysis tool differs as per the nature of the information collected. For instance, there would be different data analysis tools in qualitative research and different statistical tools in quantitative research. The rationale behind this is that the data analysis largely relies on the data nature and expected research outcomes. Since the research was based on a qualitative approach, therefore, the collected information was analysed through themes. The two main data analysis techniques are numerical and non-numerical data analysis approaches (Ivanovich, 2022). Quantitative data analysis relies on the use of statistical tools like STATA and SPSS software (Mehmetoglu and Jakobsen, 2022). Whereas qualitative data analysis includes content analysis and thematic analysis. Thematic analysis is a suitable approach to analyse qualitative information and provides a detailed understanding of the content and main objective. Thematic analysis is a data analysis technique that allows the researchers in searching a variety of data and understands the responses of the past literature related to the research topic (Braun and Clarke, 2022). Therefore, thematic analysis was the main technique to analyse the collected data. As per Braun and Clarke, (2021), the thematic analysis tool is effective as it assists the research in assessing the presence, meaning and association behind specific themes or words. Therefore, for evaluating the collected data regarding chosen topic, the thematic analysis tool will be used in which the findings of the chosen studies will be discussed and validated through the selected past literature. The thematic analysis is an effective technique to achieve the research aims and objectives with the assistance of the themes. The analysis tool is effective as it assists in determining the data as per the theme relevant to the analysis. These themes further assist in the development of ideas with the pattern of the data.&nbsp;</p>
  <br><br><br><br><br></td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>Appendices</p>
  <br>
  <p>List the appendices to support your Protocol</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <ul>
  <li>
  Search strategy (table showing how you will combine your words)
  </li>
  <li>
  Copy of your search from ONE database
  </li>
  <li>
  Forms for selecting articles for inclusion in the review
  </li>
  <li>
  Critical appraisal checklist
  </li>
  <li>
  Data Extraction form
  </li>
  </ul>
  </td>
  </tr>
  </tbody>
  </table>
  </div>
  <p>&nbsp;</p>

meta_description:
  A need for new study is needed that focuses on all aspects of the study and examines the impact of games on people with SEND.


slug: talent-management
title: Talent Management
academic_level: Graduate
subject: HRM
type_of_paper: Assignment
citation_style: APA
meta_title: Talent Management
meta_keywords: talent management
canonical_url: https://www.cheap-essay-writing.co.uk/
meta_robots: index,follow
created_at: 2025-06-23 11:31:10
updated_at: 2026-01-14 15:49:27
status: published
content:
  <h2>1. Introduction&nbsp;</h2>
  <p>Gender pay gap has been prevailing problem in the 21s century and despite different types of measures taken by firms, government and other institutions, the gap is widening year by year and this report shades light on reasons behind that pay gap, possible consequences and recommends certain actions to overcome the problem. In addition to, the report also focuses on the talent management which is a vital part of strategic management, which is not only about recruitment but also includes the retention of talented individuals who are key to organizational success. (Chun and Evans, 2023). This report summarizes the main findings regarding various approaches to talent management mentioned, with the scope of leaning towards an inclusive management system instead based on the evaluation of the paper presented by Waschek (2021). In such a way, the organizations can make decisions to resolve the problems of talent management critically and create approaches that will work better with the organizational values, goals, and context.</p>
  <h3>Question 1</h3>
  <h4>1.1 Reasons for the Widening Gap</h4>
  <p>The occupational segregation, which inevitably results in underrepresentation as well as predominance of women in low-paying job sectors or tasks, is most likely the main factor in women's lower pay (Kaliannan et al., 2023). Although women are the equal partners of men in their employments, some industries discriminated as female dominant or undervalued work as compared to the male-dominated ones (Pocztowski et al., 2020). Meanwhile, such a concentration of women in certain fields once more underlines the gender income gap in an unfair manner; women in these fields usually receive lower wages for equivalent skills as men in male-dominated industry.</p>
  <p>In addition to that, gender pay difference is added on to motherhood pay gap. Women have to face the long interruptions or waiting hours in the job as caregiving is their prime duty especially after they become mothers (Chambers et al., 1998). Further, many women scale down their working hours due to caregiving responsibilities. Women are not the one who always bear the societal expectations which take care of their family and therefore get many career setbacks like being given fewer chances for advancement and income reduction (Campbell and Hirsh, 2013). Often, the struggle of women to try to cope with workload and family cares causes them to often neglect their career advancements in order to look after their children. This pushes the wage gap between men and women even further apart.</p>
  <p>Implicit bias and discriminatory practices that have an enormous input into gender pay gap as well are the major things. As the law guarantees equal treatment in the workplace, gender inequality is fostered by underlying unconscious biases that influence the hiring process, promotional decisions, and pay scales (Whitehouse and Smith, 2020). The gender biases usually make women miss out on leadership roles or bring a situation where women are underpaid for similar positions and tasks while men are paid more for the same job profile and work competencies. Instead of the data coming directly from the salary reports, it is implied from the population that encounters biases related to gender (Velija, 2022). These assumptions make detection and management of the issue much harder, which prolongs the inequality between genders over time.</p>
  <p>Among the issues that require accommodation such as job classification, motherhood penalty, and un-intentional biases, organizations must have comprehensive and progressive action plans (Morand et al., 2020). By assembly of such strategies and measures like targeted gender-focused recruitment to balance the gender spread in male-oriented fields, flexible working arrangements to assist employees with caregiving issues, and unconscious bias training for job choice managers and senior management, can be enabled (Came et al., 2020). These organizations will also succeed in tackling the root causes of the gender pay gap that contribute to the inequitable and discriminating work environment where employees, especially women, are prejudicially treated and given lower salaries instead of promotion based on their performance.</p>
  <h4>1.2 Consequences of the Widening Gap</h4>
  <p>The fact that the gender pay gap is increasing is by no way an issue of fairness; rather, it is a very critical issue for the economy as a whole. Economically, it does greater harm to women by discriminating based on gender which is prevalent in the working class in an unequal way (Ugarte and Rubery, 2021). When women earn less than men for the similar job, it is worse for their financial stability and affects their opportunity to the fullest in the society (Woodhams et al., 2022). This implies that the poor in the society will not realize their potential economic output hence will stifle growth and development which will effectively drive the stationary poverty and inequality.</p>
  <p>In addition, firms that maintain gender salary gap are not only losing talented female employees; but, more importantly, they are perhaps creating stumbling blocks for men to tap into women skills, which are unique (Taherifar et al., 2021). Whenever women do not feel appreciated or underpaid they tend to look for more opportunistic employment offers and thus, in this way, talent pool is being drained out. The pool of talent draining may represent a barrier to innovation, efficiency fails to rise and the overall organizational performance is dropping, thus the end result would be financial loss (Sowa, 2021). Considering the fact that in the modern business environment which is dominated by innovation and companies often find themselves at a cross against rivals, the failure to utilize the intellectual property of all employees, whether they are male or female, may cause important business losses.</p>
  <p>In general, enterprises with a sizeable gender wage gap are almost thought to jeopardize their meaningful reputation. Living in the social and issue-aware time companies, customers, shareholders and other stakeholders become demanding and wagging the finger at unnecessary or unethical should they are spotted (Velija, 2022). It does not take anyone to see the bad publicity surrounding a company known for having disparaging pay between genders might harm the brand image and shake the consumer's trust. It is in time of these challenges that companies may find a bit uneasy to avoid losing great employees, especially the millennial (Kaliannan et al., 2023). The customers can have innovative ways of rejection like boycott or negative labeling, which can easily affect the brand image and the sales (Whitehouse and Smith, 2020). In the age of global alliances' where a whisper carries all the way to the other side of the world in a matter of seconds, through social media and other net platforms, such image destruction can have an overwhelming effect, resulting to recruitment and employment, investor trust and public goodwill among another important things.</p>
  <h4>1.3 Recommendations Actions for HR Professionals</h4>
  <ul>
  <li>
  Conduct the pay analysis that compare salaries by gender and correct the situation of the pay disparity (Campbell and Hirsh, 2013). Establish a principle of pay transparency by setting up pay system that will base the job roles, responsibilities, and qualifications as the yardstick of fairness.
  </li>
  <li>
  Create a work environment that embodies an inclusive culture where employees are recognized for what they bring to the company as a whole and they have equal chances for career development (Velija, 2022). Unconscious bias training to managers and decisions owners will be given for avoiding discriminatory practices during recruitment, promotion, and compensation.
  </li>
  </ul>
  <p>Flexible work schedules, parental leave opportunities, and child care assistance programs need to be introduced to help employees with their care-giving role and hence reduce the economic costs for women (Pocztowski et al., 2020). It is crucial that the workplace favors work-life balance to the benefit of women and men treating this for what it is by reshaping gender pay gap and improving workers' satisfaction and retention. The HR function must work efficiently to address these basic issues and measures beforehand if gender pay gap is to at least to some extent lessened and the workplace becomes suitable for all employees regardless of their gender.</p>
  <h3>Question 2</h3>
  <h4>2.1 Different Approaches to Talent Management</h4>
  <h5>2.1.1 Inclusive Approach</h5>
  <p>Waschek, (2021) states that there are grounds for necessary inclusive talent management in the times of the staffing reshuffling that came after the COVID-19 outbreak. (Saleh and Atan, 2021). In the context of talent management challenges in the agricultural industry, as highlighted by Henkhaus et al. (2022), an organization like Bayer Crop Science, as an example, could take a stand of being inclusive and diverse. Bayer supports diversity and inclusion programs among its employees to promote a workplace environment that is friendly to every employee (Stein, 2021).</p>
  <p>In addition, having inclusive talent management also contributes tremendously to stimulating innovation and, thus, business growth. A recent study by Schubert and Tavassoli, (2020) showed that companies that possess more diversified team management tend to beat their revenue by 19% through innovation (Zidny et al., 2020).&nbsp;</p>
  <h5>2.1.2 Exclusive Approach&nbsp;</h5>
  <p>While inclusive talent management practices prioritize involving a wide range of employees in talent processes, some organizations may opt for a more exclusive approach, focusing resources on identifying and developing a select group of high-potential individuals. This exclusive approach aims to optimize talent development investments by concentrating efforts on a targeted group of individuals deemed critical for the organization's success (Kaliannan et al., 2023). Although this strategy appears to be helpful and reliable from the technical point of view, it involves a number of pitfalls and challenges that must be weighed carefully.</p>
  <p>When an organization tends to be talent-centric while focusing only on a few managers, they are likely to alienate other employees, the ones not members of the special group. Exclusion can come at the expense of developing a community of included professionals who are motivated, engaged, and promise to stay longer as part of the talent pool. Research by Sihotang (2021) indicates that discriminative policies often result in demotivation, increased turnover, and negative implications on the organizational culture and performance. Besides, an exclusive method may not be the best way to deal with talent management issues and the continuation of these inequalities within the organization (Anlesinya and Amponsah-Tawiah, 2020).&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Nevertheless, the fact that the best leaders can be selected based on their unprecedented qualities is beyond any doubt. However, in some cases, it is indispensable to stick exclusively to people who could be successors of very critical leadership positions (Campbell and Doshi, 2020). Organizations, in particular McKinsey &amp; Company, known for its highly demanding hiring and promotional selection processes, are great examples of how selectively they operate their businesses. McKinsey, through its systematic search for prospective talents, plus building them progressively through structured classes and mentoring, is a high-caliber development. It may be possible to have a highly specialized and highly skilled McKinsey workforce because of its exclusive approach. However, there should be careful management to ensure inclusivity and avoidance of consequences, which can result in bad attitudes and diversity in the workforce (Nachmias et al., 2022).&nbsp;</p>
  <h5>2.1.3 Focus on People Positions</h5>
  <p>Individuals may up-skill, irrespective of where they work, to make themselves more future-ready and job-safe. In this technique, talent management, together with personal development and career, is connected, which causes the consequence of this process: a well-motivated and fully engaged team that is ready to take on all challenges (Gallardo-Gallardo et al., 2020). Organizations that adopt a people-centric approach often make investments in training activities, mentorship opportunities, and career advancement pathways. Thus, they cultivate employees' potential and nurture their desire for excellence. One example where people-based talent management is seen can be an organization such as Google, where there is a more people-focused approach to talent management (MacKenzie, 2022). By placing impetus on the development of individuals and careers, Google keeps an engaged and innovative workforce, the powerhouse behind the company.</p>
  <p>Referring to the skills gap issue discussed in the article, it is feasible to solve it in this way by using a people-focused approach. The deployment of staff training and career development programs involving the latest techniques and technologies may help an employee overcome their inability to meet future requirements (Goulart et al., 2022). In addition, when an organization comes up with avenues to develop both professional and personal growth and opportunities for advancement, it improves employee satisfaction and loyalty, which contributes to retaining talented employees in a competitive job environment that has high turnover rates (Lee and Liu, 2021). Through the integration of those two strategies, companies can build an environment in which employees' growth is not only defended but is also conducive to solving the industry&rsquo;s broad issues (Al Doghan et al., 2022). This government's good effect can be the resilience of the workforce, which is able to tolerate uncertainty as they navigate future problem-solving ways effectively (Lewandowski, 2023). Therefore, a systematic evaluation of the company's distinct demands and its environment falls in the first place before the organization can implement a talent management strategy.</p>
  <h5>2.1.4 Position-Focused Approach</h5>
  <p>The position-focused approach to the talent management system places the emphasis on planning to develop workers who can be assigned specific roles or positions for the organization at the present frame (Lewandowski, 2023). However, the sense of urgent action accompanying these quick fixes can pose high threats and constraints that must be pondered upon by organizations.</p>
  <p>Another primary risk of this approach is the possibility that such individual goals and potentials of staff are disregarded (Karam et al., 2020). It is because employees might experience a lack of engagement and honesty, which in turn leads to dissatisfaction, a decline in performance, and, ultimately, the employees leaving their positions. In addition, the prevailing practice of status-centeredness could not only maintain but also enhance a stagnation- and complacency-cultured organization (Buch, 2020). For businesses to act, impairing one's judgment in this regard leads to the situation where they will drop behind their colleagues and will not be able to adjust to changing markets and disruptive technologies. Agustian et al. (2023) claim that businesses that take the time to invest in employees' personal development and career progress tend to gain better engagement and commitment from employees and are able to reach sustainable growth in the long run.</p>
  <p>The primary responsibility of personnel management in companies that have eliminated procedures, reporting lines, and position distance&mdash;which are crucial for operational efficiency and job specialization is to identify and fill critical positions at the appropriate times (Vrontis et al., 2022; Jiang et al., 2022). Such approaches, however, cannot be the only source of development, and organizations should make sure that they support both individual growth and initiatives that develop personnel to take higher positions (Hongal and Kinange, 2020). Through the forms of a training and skill development grant, as well as a career advancement ladder, organizations can empower workers to do their best and contribute in a way that means something to the organizations' success.</p>
  <h2>3. Conclusion&nbsp;</h2>
  <p>Through the analysis of the strategies mentioned above, companies will gain a helpful understanding of their personnel management policies and figure out the reasons behind the pay gap. Hence, pay analysis needs to be undertaken by gender to ensure that women get exactly same pay as compared to man and there should be inclusive environment and firms must provide all flexibilities and amenities that male employees avails from time to time. Furthermore, referring to talent management, it is critical to look towards the practice that involves the participation of all employees and, at the same time, pursuing the organizational goals and values. Even while companies are trying to induce changes in the strategic talent management field in the challenging business environment, they should be ready for an immediate commitment to grow the diverse and talented staff to make the company prosperous in the future.</p>
  <h3>References&nbsp;</h3>
  <ul>
  <li>
  Agustian, K., Pohan, A., Zen, A., Wiwin, W. and Malik, A.J., 2023. Human Resource Management Strategies in Achieving Competitive Advantage in Business Administration. Journal of Contemporary Administration and Management (ADMAN), 1(2), pp.108-117.
  </li>
  <li>
  Al Doghan, M.A., Abdelwahed, N.A.A., Soomro, B.A. and Ali Alayis, M.M.H., 2022. Organizational environmental culture, environmental sustainability and performance: the mediating role of green HRM and green innovation. Sustainability, 14(12), p.7510.
  </li>
  <li>
  Anlesinya, A. and Amponsah-Tawiah, K., 2020. Towards a responsible talent management model. European Journal of Training and Development, 44(2/3), pp.279-303.
  </li>
  <li>
  Buch, A., 2020. People and practices in organizational learning. Forskning og forandring, 3(1), pp.70-88.
  </li>
  <li>
  Came, H., Badu, E., Ioane, J., Manson, L. and McCreanor, T., 2020. Ethnic (pay) disparities in public sector leadership from 2001-2016 in Aotearoa New Zealand. International Journal of Critical Indigenous Studies, 13(1), pp.70-85.
  </li>
  <li>
  Campbell, K.M. and Doshi, R., 2020. The coronavirus could reshape global order. Foreign Affairs, 18(3).
  </li>
  <li>
  Campbell, V. and Hirsh, W., 2013. Talent management: A four-step approach. Institute for Employment Studies.
  </li>
  <li>
  Chambers, E.G., Foulon, M., Handfield-Jones, H., Hankin, S.M. and Michaels III, E.G., 1998. The war for talent. The McKinsey Quarterly, (3), p.44.
  </li>
  <li>
  Chun, E. and Evans, A., 2023. The new talent acquisition frontier: Integrating HR and diversity strategy in the private and public sectors and higher education. Taylor &amp; Francis.
  </li>
  <li>
  Gallardo-Gallardo, E., Thunnissen, M. and Scullion, H., 2020. Talent management: context matters. The International Journal of Human Resource Management, 31(4), pp.457-473.
  </li>
  <li>
  Goulart, V.G., Liboni, L.B. and Cezarino, L.O., 2022. Balancing skills in the digital transformation era: The future of jobs and the role of higher education. Industry and Higher Education, 36(2), pp.118-127.
  </li>
  <li>
  Henkhaus, N.A., Busch, W., Chen, A., Col&oacute;n‐Carmona, A., Cothran, M., Diaz, N., Dundore‐Arias, J.P., Gonzales, M., Hadziabdic, D., Hayes, R.A. and MacIntosh, G.C., 2022. Removing systemic barriers to equity, diversity, and inclusioninclusion: Report of the 2019 Plant Science Research Network workshop "Inclusivity in the Plant Sciences". Plant Direct, 6(8), p.e432.
  </li>
  <li>
  Hongal, P. and Kinange, U., 2020. A study on talent management and its impact on organization performance-an empirical review. International Journal of Engineering and Management Research, 10.
  </li>
  <li>
  Jiang, X., Zhong, S., Huang, C., Guo, X. and Zhao, J., 2022. Blessing or curse? The impacts of non-agricultural part-time work of the large farmer households on agricultural labor productivity. Technological and Economic Development of Economy, 28(1), pp.26-48.
  </li>
  <li>
  Kaliannan, M., Darmalinggam, D., Dorasamy, M. and Abraham, M., 2023. Inclusive talent development as a key talent management approach: A systematic literature review. Human Resource Management Review, 33(1), p.100926.
  </li>
  <li>
  Karam, S., Nagahi, M., Dayarathna, V.L., Ma, J., Jaradat, R. and Hamilton, M., 2020. Integrating systems thinking skills with multi-criteria decision-making technology to recruit employee candidates. Expert Systems with Applications, 160, p.113585.
  </li>
  <li>
  Lee, Y.S. and Liu, W.K., 2021. The moderating effects of employee benefits and job burnout among the employee loyalty, corporate culture and employee turnover. Universal Journal of Management, 9(2), pp.62-69.
  </li>
  <li>
  Lewandowski, R.A., 2023. Management Control in Hospitals: A Breakthrough Approach to Improving Performance and Efficiency. CRC Press.
  </li>
  <li>
  MacKenzie, C., 2022. Crisis, Risk and Human Resource Management. In The Emerald Handbook of Work, Workplaces and Disruptive Issues in HRM (pp. 435-455). Emerald Publishing Limited.
  </li>
  <li>
  Morand, D., Merriman, K. and Deckop, J., 2020. Making sense of egalitarian pay: Reconceptualising its treatment in organisations. Human Resource Management Journal, 30(2), pp.180-197.
  </li>
  <li>
  Nachmias, S., Mitsakis, F., Aravopoulou, E., Rees, C.J. and Kouki, A., 2022. Line managers' perceptions of diversity management: insights from a social exchange theory perspective. Employee Relations: The International Journal, 44(2), pp.294-318.
  </li>
  <li>
  Pocztowski, A., Pauli, U. and Miś, A., 2020. Talent management in small and medium enterprises: Context, practices and outcomes. Routledge.
  </li>
  <li>
  Schubert, T. and Tavassoli, S., 2020. Product innovation and educational diversity in top and middle management teams. Academy of Management Journal, 63(1), pp.272-294.
  </li>
  <li>
  Sihotang, R., 2021. The effect of compensation, transformational leadership and organizational culture on employee turnover intensity. IJHCM (International Journal of Human Capital Management), 5(2), pp.132-139.
  </li>
  <li>
  Sowa, J., 2021. Voluntary turnover in public organisations. Research handbook on HRM in the public sector, pp.145-157.
  </li>
  <li>
  Stein, H.F., 2021. Listening deeply: An approach to understanding and consulting in organizational culture. Routledge.
  </li>
  <li>
  Taherifar, R., Holmes, M.J. and Hassan, G.M., 2021. Is Performance Affected by the CEO-employee Pay Gap?: Evidence from Australia. University of Waikato.
  </li>
  <li>
  Ugarte, S.M. and Rubery, J., 2021. Gender pay equity: Exploring the impact of formal, consistent and transparent human resource management practices and information. Human Resource Management Journal, 31(1), pp.242-258.
  </li>
  <li>
  Velija, P., 2022. A sociological analysis of the gender pay gap data in UK sport organisations. In Gender equity in UK sport leadership and governance (pp. 197-216). Emerald Publishing Limited.
  </li>
  <li>
  Vrontis, D., Christofi, M., Pereira, V., Tarba, S., Makrides, A. and Trichina, E., 2022. Artificial intelligence, robotics, advanced technologies and human resource management: a systematic review. The international journal of human resource management, 33(6), pp.1237-1266.
  </li>
  <li>
  Wang, Y., Hong, A., Li, X. and Gao, J., 2020. Marketing innovations during a global crisis: A study of China firms&rsquo; response to COVID-19. Journal of Business Research, 116, pp.214-220.
  </li>
  <li>
  Waschek, M., 2021. COVID-19 and Its Impact on Talent Management in Agribusiness. Croplife.
  </li>
  <li>
  Whitehouse, G. and Smith, M., 2020. Equal pay for work of equal value, wage-setting and the gender pay gap. Journal of Industrial Relations, 62(4), pp.519-532.
  </li>
  <li>
  Woodhams, C., Trojanowski, G. and Wilkinson, K., 2022. Merit sticks to men: gender pay gaps and (In) equality at UK Russell Group Universities. Sex Roles, 86(9), pp.544-558.
  </li>
  <li>
  Zidny, R., Sj&ouml;str&ouml;m, J. and Eilks, I., 2020. A multi-perspective reflection on how indigenous knowledge and related ideas can improve science education for sustainability. Science &amp; Education, 29(1), pp.145-185.
  </li>
  </ul>

meta_description:
  Gender pay gap has been prevailing problem in the 21s century and despite different types of measures taken by firms, government and other institutions.


slug: health-promotion-awareness-to-reduce-type-2-diabetes
title: Health Promotion Awareness To Reduce Type 2 Diabetes
academic_level: Undergraduate
subject: Healthcare and Medicine
type_of_paper: Research Proposal
citation_style: APA
meta_title: Health Promotion Awareness To Reduce Type 2 Diabetes
meta_keywords: type 2 diabetes
canonical_url: https://www.cheap-essay-writing.co.uk/
meta_robots: index,follow
created_at: 2025-06-23 11:48:51
updated_at: 2026-01-14 15:49:21
status: published
content:
  <h2>Health Promotion Awareness To Reduce Type 2 Diabetes In Adults Aged 45 And Above In The United Kingdom</h2>
  <p>Student ID</p>
  <p>Name of Institute</p>
  <p>Date of Submission</p>
  <h3>1. Introduction&nbsp;</h3>
  <p>The prevalence of type 2 diabetes is rising in the United Kingdom, particularly among individuals aged 45 and above. According to Ahmad et al., (2022), around 4 million people in the UK are impacted by either type 1 or type 2 diabetes, with type 2 diabetes comprising 90% of the cases. According to the research conducted by Ma et al. (2024), the prevalence of diabetes among elderly individuals is six times that of the general population. Approximately six individuals out of a total of one hundred are affected by this disorder.</p>
  <p>The objective of this public health education initiative is to enhance public knowledge regarding type II diabetes, encompassing its preventive measures and risk factors, with a particular focus on individuals aged 45 and above (Gruss et al., 2019). This research will utilise epidemiological data about the attitudes and preferences of individuals within a specific age cohort. Validation of the risk assessment approach is consistently possible among individuals who pose the greatest risk. Attaining the seemingly unattainable creates an inherent challenge in reconciling the divergent viewpoints and eradicating the animosity among the key stakeholders.</p>
  <p>&nbsp;An evidence-based health promotion strategy is essential for establishing clear objectives in health promotion. The recommended intervention strategies will give priority to both individual lifestyle modifications and community actions to address these changes. Ultimately, this presentation will focus on the techniques used to measure the efficiency and impact of interventions. This essay outlines the primary strategies used in educational campaigns aimed at preventing and managing type 2 diabetes in middle-aged and older persons in Britain.</p>
  <h3>2. Rationale and Background&nbsp;</h3>
  <p>Chronic type 2 diabetes happens when the body lacks enough insulin to control glucose levels, Insulin helps cells get energy from the sugars they eat. Blood sugar builds up in people with type 2 diabetes because it cannot get into cells (Demir et al., 2021). Rashman et al. (2023) say that high blood sugar can hurt nerves, eyes, kidneys, and the heart, making it hard to move and do their respective functions.</p>
  <p>Type 2 diabetes is a big health and economic problem in the UK, around 360,000 working-age people globally lose their vision, while England alone sees 50,000 non-traumatic lower limb amputations (Portou, 2019). It can lead to cardiac failure and other problems with the heart. According to Chapman et al. (2019), diabetes costs the UK economy &pound;10 billion a year, and 10% of the NHS budget goes to treating diabetes and its consequences.</p>
  <p>Keeping a healthy weight, working out daily, and eating well were found to lower the risk of getting type 2 diabetes or put it off for longer (Kanaley et al., 2022). The elderly should be the focus of diabetes control because they are more likely to get sick. The UK's population is getting older quickly, protection is very important. This is the reason why older people have better lives than younger people. According to Vaughn et al., (2019) the number of people with diabetes in the UK can be lowered by making changes in their education and lifestyle for people aged 45 and up.</p>
  <h3>3. Social Policy&nbsp;</h3>
  <p>In accordance with the government's mandate, PHE issued 2020 recommendations for the comprehensive implementation of the NDPP through official ministries (ADA, 2020). Barron et al. (2020) describe the NDPP as an evidence-based lifestyle intervention programme that reduces the incidence of type 2 diabetes in high-risk individuals. Goal-setting, nutrition, and physical activity are all addressed within nine-week timeframes. Diabetes risk is reduced by 50&ndash;60% for every 5%&ndash;10% reduction in body weight due to lifestyle modifications (Yuan et al., 2020). The approach of Public Health England prioritises lifestyle modifications and a population-based strategy in order to promote healthy behaviours, balanced diets, and regular exercise.</p>
  <h3>4. Epidemiology&nbsp;</h3>
  <p>Type 2 diabetes poses a major public health challenge in the UK. The most recent Quality and Outcomes Framework data indicates over 3.8 million people in England have diabetes, with over 90% diagnosed with type 2 (Ali et al., 2022). Prevalence significantly increases with age, with 25% of those aged 75-79 affected compared to 17% of those 65-74 years old (Diabetes UK, 2020). The East Midlands region has the highest rate at 8.9% (Diabetes.co.uk, 2022). Several risk factors increase the likelihood of developing type 2 diabetes. Having a family history of the disease or being over 40 years old, overweight/obese (particularly abdominal obesity), inactive, and from certain ethnic minorities are linked to higher risk (Marsh, 2021). South Asian, Black and Chinese communities in the UK have twice the risk compared to white Europeans (Marsh, 2021). Symptoms can also be less apparent due to the condition's gradual onset, and may include fatigue, excessive thirst, unexpected weight loss and frequent urination (Ali et al., 2022). Untreated diabetes can lead to serious consequences as up to 50% of individuals may go undiagnosed for years due to milder symptoms (Diabetes UK, 2022). Early detection and treatment are crucial given the dangerous impacts of unmanaged disease.</p>
  <h3>5. Assessment&nbsp;</h3>
  <p>The WHO risk classification was initially derived from the Diabetes Prevention Finland Study and was subsequently incorporated into the NICE framework. NICE is the National Institute for Health and Care Excellence. Age, body mass index (BMI), waist circumference, daily consumption of fruits and vegetables, level of physical activity, and prior history of hyperglycemia are some of the factors considered in determining the risk of developing cardiovascular disease within five years (Bahijri et al., 2020). An individual with a score of 12 percent or greater has an elevated risk of developing diabetes. QDiabete&reg; was created utilising the mean value of voluntarily provided health advice from primary care data centres in the United Kingdom (Innes et al., 2019). In addition to ethnicity and familial history, the deprivation index is also considered. It ascertains the 10-year risk and proves to be more precise and exhaustive in comparison to the latter resources within the context of UK society (Butt, 2019). Large randomised controlled studies have proven that lifestyle changes prevent or delay type 2 diabetes. A US Diabetes Prevention Programme trial found that meal plans with physical exercise and the correct diet reduced diabetes risk by 58% (Cheyne et al., 2020). With impact sizes of 42% to 67%, varied populations from Finland and China showed similar significant differences (Wang et al., 2019). The Survivor research, which tracked patients for almost two decades, showed that the intervention's benefits last at least twenty years (Di Nardo et al., 2022).</p>
  <h3>6. Health Promotion Approach&nbsp;</h3>
  <p>According to Vaccaro et al.'s 2019 research, behaviour therapy that incorporates motivational interviewing has been recognised as a very successful evidence-based strategy for avoiding type 2 diabetes in the older population. In order to address a variety of growing difficulties, such as resistance to behaviour modification, this kind of patient-centered counselling gives clients the ability to find their motivation through the utilisation of affirmations, inquiry, and reflective listening. Under the direction of a trained life coach, clients receive individualised guidance on weight loss, physical activity, and nutrition for a period of time ranging from six to eight weeks (Ryan et al., 2019). This guidance can be offered in an interactive online or in-person manner. Along with aid with further development and long-term support for health-related concepts, follow-ups on any concerns that may have been raised are also included. During the process of change management, behavioural therapy aids clients in determining acceptable strategies for adjusting their routines. At the same time, the counselling maintains an awareness of the client's autonomy throughout the process.</p>
  <h3>7. Health Promotion Goals&nbsp;</h3>
  <p>Three SMART objectives for altering one's lifestyle to lower the risk of type 2 diabetes are as follows:</p>
  <h4>7.1 Diet:&nbsp;</h4>
  <p>Adhere to the British NHS's recommended intake of less refined carbohydrates and saturated fats, and consume at least five servings of fruit and vegetables after six months [Date] (Rondanelli et al., 2023). This will go hand in hand with weekly meal planning assistance and maintaining a food journal to track consumption and advancement.</p>
  <h4>7.2 Physical activity:&nbsp;</h4>
  <p>[Date, in 6 months] Engage in moderate-intensity exercise, such as water aerobics or brisk walking, for at least 150 minutes every week. This objective will be met by a weekly exercise class and a walking program lasting 30 minutes each day, five days a week, which will be tracked using a fitness app.</p>
  <h4>7.3 Weight management:&nbsp;</h4>
  <p>Using my nutrition and exercise goals, I aim to safely reduce 5&ndash;10% of my starting body weight by [no sooner than] [date, 6 months from now]. Every week, the body weight will be measured and displayed on a graph to monitor the development. When I start the diet and don't see any weight loss, it will be two weeks. The causes will next be investigated: do we need these extra weight loss tactics in cooperation with my healthcare physician, or is it a matter of insufficient dietary compliance or the need for increased activity?</p>
  <h3>8. Interventions&nbsp;</h3>
  <p>The objective of community and individual interventions is to prevent diabetes comprehensively. Coaching, individualised medical dietary therapy, and exercise prescription all serve to instil healthy lifestyle choices. Social marketing, education, and community-based programmes all contribute to the promotion of diabetes awareness, screenings, and behaviour modification. By utilising institutional and social networks, public health and clinical methodologies can be combined to promote adherence and individualised care. By utilising community and agency resources, a multifaceted approach enables populations at risk to prevent diabetes.</p>
  <h4>8.1 Individual Level Interventions:</h4>
  <p>There is also the possibility that a physician would direct the patient to schedule an appointment with a certified nutritionist. This nutritionist will work with the patient on an individual basis during the sessions of medical nutrition treatment. Individuals will be able to build specifically tailored healthy eating plans with the assistance of such an evidence-guided process (Godoy et al., 2023). These plans will take into consideration the individual's lifestyle, the circumstances of their medical condition, and the expectations of society. A nutrition behaviour modification strategy that will offer long-term support for a healthy diet will be guided by an individual expert who will be responsible for determining the macronutrient demands of the individual (Adams et al., 2020).</p>
  <p>An exercise physiologist will collaborate with you to devise a timetable for your physical activity that will be followed for a period of three months. Along with your training, you will execute progressive training as a part of your training that starts with the range of aerobic zone and increases progressively through the training methods like interval training. This will provide you the desired lever to optimise well in the evaluation procedure. Alongside the exercise regime you propose, there should be a variety of techniques, for instance, the adoption of strength and balance exercises aimed at preventing musculoskeletal injuries. The monthly review meetings that are set to take place at the end of each month are intended to serve the aim of problem-solving and maintaining motivation. This is the plan that has been developed.</p>
  <p>The first half of the year will be comprised of an online session with a behavioural health coach who will use an engaging speaking style. These gatherings are scheduled to take place once every other week. As a consequence of this, it has been discovered that a marketing plan has the capacity to assist customers in exercising self-determination, reflecting on their accomplishments, and making independent choices. With the intention of providing support to persons who are experiencing wavering in their weighing and monitoring, encouragement and reminders will be utilised.</p>
  <h4>8.2 Community Level Interventions:</h4>
  <p>Social group support will be utilised as behaviour change influencers throughout the community lifestyle change programme that will last for a period of six weeks. Communal evening sessions will be held twice a week at the community centre. These sessions will last for three hours and will include a variety of themes, including nutrition and exercise, including activities such as tai chi and demonstrations of recipes. Making use of this strategy, we rely on social connections and assistance from pals whom we are aware of possessing a great deal of efficacy in extending the duration of treatment for weight management (Block et al., 2020).</p>
  <p>The registration process is essential for monitoring attendance as well as the number of diagnosed cases of diabetes and comorbidities. Additionally, the promotion of education will take place through monthly after-school programmes, senior centres, and faith-based organisations. These programmes will include diabetes risk assessments, seminars, and food demonstrations (Sharma et al., 2021). The dissemination of information in high-risk locations is mostly facilitated by these characteristics, which are the primary factors.</p>
  <p>Community newsletters and grocery store posters will be utilised to advertise lifestyle enhancement as an element of the social marketing campaign. Posters shall be distributed to every general practice. On social media, a methodical sequence of short films resembling "Change4Life" will be generated with the intention of increasing consciousness regarding the symptoms, risks, and preventative measures associated with diabetes (Cook and Wood, 2020). In order to incentivise activity and attract consumers, local retailers will be extended discounts or reward systems. By employing holistic, multi-level approaches, physicians are capable of delivering personalised medical care while the general populace embraces lifestyle modifications that enhance adherence. By integrating population health systems, diabetes cases can be diminished. Sufficient oversight is ensured throughout the evaluation process.</p>
  <div dir="ltr" align="left">
  <table><colgroup><col width="142"><col width="470"></colgroup>
  <tbody>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>Level of Intervention</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Approach</p>
  </td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>Individual</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Medical nutrition therapy, exercise prescription, behavioural health coaching</p>
  </td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>Community</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>6-week lifestyle program, partnerships for education/screening, social marketing campaign</p>
  </td>
  </tr>
  </tbody>
  </table>
  </div>
  <h3>9. Evaluation&nbsp;</h3>
  <p>As the programme evaluator, I believe it is critical to carry out a comprehensive analysis of the results and methodology of these diabetes preventive programmes. Clinically, measurements ought to both qualitatively comprehend participant sensations and objectively demonstrate health impacts. In terms of implementation, attendance data and narratives can be used to identify barriers to involvement, which will allow accessibility and inclusivity to be improved. To identify best practices, a quantitative and qualitative comparison of standard and customised programme designs is required. However, possibilities may be limited by resource constraints, thus practical changes should be made to maximise benefits. Input from stakeholders guarantees that planning for modifications takes community priorities into account. While proving cost-effectiveness encourages continuing, suggested modifications also require long-term sustainability to be taken into account. A well-rounded analysis can be obtained by a mixed methods assessment approach, but realistic solutions must strike a compromise between several limitations.</p>
  <p>This well-rounded viewpoint is supported by the literature. Monitoring biomarkers provides quantitative information, but qualitative information puts findings in perspective (Elsayed, 2022). Equitable access is improved by comprehending the causes for non-participation through mixed research (Khamraev et al., 2021). Comparative evaluations have demonstrated that, in comparison to standardised programmes, culture-centred customising increases minority engagement (Wood et al., 2021). However, tailored initiatives demand substantial financing, which smaller organisations could not have. Although calculating the effects on the economy and health strengthens the justification for investment, practical implementation planning is also necessary for policy (Mohammadi et al., 2020).&nbsp;</p>
  <h4>9.1 Effectiveness</h4>
  <p>From my perspective, objectively measuring clinical indicators, disease risk profiles, lifestyle factors and self-management skills both before and after the interventions can reliably demonstrate their impact on individuals' health. However, qualitative measures are also needed to understand peoples' lived experiences, which quantitative data cannot fully capture, including potential negative emotional impacts from lack of progress. The literature supports this view. Tracking changes to markers like HbA1c and weight quantifies biometric changes (Ha &amp; Sherman, 2020). But qualitative data provides valuable context absent from numbers alone (Duan et al., 2021). Individuals may face psychological distress if unable to meet targets due to financial or social constraints.</p>
  <h4>9.2 The Barriers</h4>
  <p>Non-participation rates and reasons for declining involvement need examination to enhance accessibility and inclusiveness. Locational or timing barriers could limit some populations. Understanding this qualitatively will ensure future programs do not cause undue burden. Research has found inequitable access hinders prevention (Ezenwaka et al., 2022). Qualitative exploration of nonspecific "resistance to change" elucidates underlying impediments like poverty more precisely to target solutions holistically (Khamraev et al., 2021).</p>
  <h4>9.3 Alternative approaches</h4>
  <p>Valuing all perspectives through exploring tailored versus standardised models both quantitatively and qualitatively is important for optimally serving communities. However, varied options may fragment limited resources. Studies comparing approaches found culture-centered designs improved minority engagement over "one-size-fits-all" solutions (Wood et al., 2021).&nbsp;</p>
  <h4>9.4 Recommendations and Justification</h4>
  <p>Demonstrating cost-effectiveness encourages continued support. However, proposed modifications should avoid wasteful duplication or diminish initial successes by changing tested components significantly. Stakeholder input ensures community acceptance of any changes. Quantifying economic and health impacts substantiates investing in prevention (Duan et al., 2021).&nbsp;</p>
  <h2>Conclusion&nbsp;</h2>
  <p>This diabetes prevention program utilised a multifaceted approach to reduce type 2 diabetes risk in the UK through community-level behaviour change. The objective was to encourage individuals aged 45+ to adopt healthier lifestyles through SMART goals targeting diet, physical activity and weight over a 6 month period. Individual interventions included medical nutrition therapy, physical activity counselling and behavioural coaching (Powers et al., 2020). Community initiatives comprised a collaborative lifestyle program delivered in educational settings and a group-based social support program. Public health campaigns were also leveraged to promote lifestyle modification.</p>
  <p>A hybrid or mixed-methods evaluation was used to measure both the quasi and non-quantitative outcomes. Patient data and clinical success factors included fasting regularly, blood pressure and HbA1C levels reductions. By use of qualitative data, we were able to figure out the level of engagement, the problems people encountered and what they thought should be the program components (Zhang et al., 2020). Consequently, such measures were helpful in discovering the most influential ones of them. The results show that an individual clinical support and community-wide initiatives can help the population undertake lifestyle changes which are aimed. Besides media reporting and adaptation is needed as well in order for underprivileged unemployment rate to be reduced in business activities. However, the evidence is ambiguous and mixed on the model's success, which is considered a useful guidance for policymakers in administering low-cost preventive programs. Considering the size of the debt related to diabetes, such initiatives will be an indispensable part of the process to improve health of the public.</p>
  <h3>References&nbsp;</h3>
  <ul>
  <li>
  Adams, S.H., Anthony, J.C., Carvajal, R., Chae, L., Khoo, C.S.H., Latulippe, M.E., Matusheski, N.V., McClung, H.L., Rozga, M., Schmid, C.H. and Wopereis, S., 2020. Perspective: guiding principles for the implementation of personalized nutrition approaches that benefit health and function. Advances in nutrition, 11(1), pp.25-34.
  </li>
  <li>
  Aging Biomarker Consortium, Zhang, L., Guo, J., Liu, Y., Sun, S., Liu, B., Yang, Q., Tao, J., Tian, X.L., Pu, J. and Hong, H., 2023. A framework of biomarkers for vascular aging: a consensus statement by the Aging Biomarker Consortium. Life Medicine, 2(4), p.lnad033.
  </li>
  <li>
  Ahmad, E., Lim, S., Lamptey, R., Webb, D.R. and Davies, M.J., 2022. Type 2 diabetes. The Lancet, 400(10365), pp.1803-1820.
  </li>
  <li>
  Ali, M.K., Pearson-Stuttard, J., Selvin, E. and Gregg, E.W., 2022. Interpreting global trends in type 2 diabetes complications and mortality. Diabetologia, 65(1), pp.3-13.
  </li>
  <li>
  American Diabetes Association, 2020. 3. Prevention or delay of type 2 diabetes: Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes&mdash;2020. Diabetes Care, 43(Supplement_1), pp.S32-S36.&nbsp;
  </li>
  <li>
  Bahijri, S., Al‐Raddadi, R., Ajabnoor, G., Jambi, H., Al Ahmadi, J., Borai, A., Barengo, N.C. and Tuomilehto, J., 2020. Dysglycemia risk score in Saudi Arabia: A tool to identify people at high future risk of developing type 2 diabetes. Journal of diabetes investigation, 11(4), pp.844-855.
  </li>
  <li>
  Barron, E., Bakhai, C., Kar, P., Weaver, A., Bradley, D., Ismail, H., Knighton, P., Holman, N., Khunti, K., Sattar, N. and Wareham, N.J., 2020. Associations of type 1 and type 2 diabetes with COVID-19-related mortality in England: a whole-population study. The lancet Diabetes &amp; endocrinology, 8(10), pp.813-822.
  </li>
  <li>
  Block, P., Hoffman, M., Raabe, I.J., Dowd, J.B., Rahal, C., Kashyap, R. and Mills, M.C., 2020. Social network-based distancing strategies to flatten the COVID-19 curve in a post-lockdown world. Nature human behaviour, 4(6), pp.588-596.
  </li>
  <li>
  Brunton, L., Soiland-Reyes, C. and Wilson, P., 2023. A qualitative evaluation of the national rollout of a diabetes prevention programme in England. BMC health services research, 23(1), p.1043.
  </li>
  <li>
  Butt, G., 2019. Geography education research in the UK: Retrospect and Prospect: The UK case, within the global context. Springer Nature.
  </li>
  <li>
  Chapman, D., Foxcroft, R., Dale-Harris, L., Ronte, H., Bidgoli, F. and Bellary, S., 2019. Insights for care: the healthcare utilisation and cost impact of managing type 2 diabetes-associated microvascular complications. Diabetes Therapy, 10, pp.575-585.
  </li>
  <li>
  Cheyne, K., Smith, M., Felter, E.M., Orozco, M., Steiner, E.A., Park, Y. and Gary-Webb, T.L., 2020. Peer reviewed: food bank&ndash;based diabetes prevention intervention to address food security, dietary intake, and physical activity in a food-insecure cohort at high risk for diabetes. Preventing Chronic Disease, 17.
  </li>
  <li>
  Cook, E. and Wood, L., 2020. Health psychology: the basics. Routledge.
  </li>
  <li>
  Demir, S., Nawroth, P.P., Herzig, S. and Ekim &Uuml;st&uuml;nel, B., 2021. Emerging targets in type 2 diabetes and diabetic complications. Advanced Science, 8(18), p.2100275.
  </li>
  <li>
  Di Nardo, P., Lisanti, C., Garutti, M., Buriolla, S., Alberti, M., Mazzeo, R. and Puglisi, F., 2022. Chemotherapy in patients with early breast cancer: clinical overview and management of long-term side effects. Expert opinion on drug safety, 21(11), pp.1341-1355.
  </li>
  <li>
  Diabetes UK. (2022). Diabetes Prevalence.<a href="https://www.diabetes.org.uk/professionals/position-statements-reports/statistics"> https://www.diabetes.org.uk/professionals/position-statements-reports/statistics</a>&nbsp;
  </li>
  <li>
  Diabetes UK. (2022). Diabetes: The basics.<a href="https://www.diabetes.org.uk/guide-to-diabetes/en/step-1"> https://www.diabetes.org.uk/guide-to-diabetes/en/step-1</a>.&nbsp;
  </li>
  <li>
  Duan, Y., Shang, B., Liang, W., Du, G., Yang, M. and Rhodes, R.E., 2021. Effects of eHealth-based multiple health behaviour change interventions on physical activity, healthy diet, and weight in people with noncommunicable diseases: systematic review and meta-analysis. Journal of medical Internet research, 23(2), p.e23786.
  </li>
  <li>
  Elsayed, T.S.A., 2022. Evaluation of the operation of lighthouses and beacons in the Gulf of Suez.
  </li>
  <li>
  Ezenwaka, U., Abimbola, S. and Onwujekwe, O., 2022. How (not) to promote sub‐national ownership of national initiatives in decentralised health systems: The free maternal and child health programme in Nigeria, 2008&ndash;2015. The International Journal of Health Planning and Management, 37(6), pp.3192-3204.
  </li>
  <li>
  Godoy-Izquierdo, D., Lara-Moreno, R., Ogallar-Blanco, A., Gonz&aacute;lez, J., de Teresa, C. and Mendoza, N., 2023. The AHAWOMEN project: study protocol of a multi-design research for exploring HAPA predictors of exercise in postmenopausal women. BMC psychology, 11(1), p.204.
  </li>
  <li>
  Gruss, S.M., Nhim, K., Gregg, E., Bell, M., Luman, E. and Albright, A., 2019. Public health approaches to type 2 diabetes prevention: the US National Diabetes Prevention Program and beyond. Current diabetes reports, 19, pp.1-11.
  </li>
  <li>
  Ha, J. and Sherman, A., 2020. Type 2 diabetes: one disease, many pathways. American Journal of Physiology-Endocrinology and Metabolism, 319(2), pp.E410-E426.
  </li>
  <li>
  Innes, A.Q., Thomson, G., Cotter, M., King, J.A., Vollaard, N.B. and Kelly, B.M., 2019. Evaluating differences in the clinical impact of a free online weight loss programme, a resource-intensive commercial weight loss programme and an active control condition: A parallel randomised controlled trial. BMC Public Health, 19, pp.1-10.
  </li>
  <li>
  Kanaley, J.A., Colberg, S.R., Corcoran, M.H., Malin, S.K., Rodriguez, N.R., Crespo, C.J., Kirwan, J.P. and Zierath, J.R., 2022. Exercise/physical activity in individuals with type 2 diabetes: a consensus statement from the American College of Sports Medicine. Medicine and science in sports and exercise, 54(2), p.353.
  </li>
  <li>
  Khamraev, K., Cheriyan, D. and Choi, J.H., 2021. A review on health risk assessment of PM in the construction industry&ndash;Current situation and future directions. Science of the Total Environment, 758, p.143716.
  </li>
  <li>
  Ma, R.C. and Tong, P.C., 2024. Epidemiology of type 2 diabetes. Textbook of diabetes, pp.55-74.
  </li>
  <li>
  Marsh, T., 2021. Association of Haplotypes with Lipoprotein (a) Concentrations and Cardiovascular Disease Risk Across Multiple Ethnicities (Doctoral dissertation, McGill University (Canada)).
  </li>
  <li>
  Mohammadi, E., Morasa, F.S., Roshani, S., Rezaei, N., Azadnajafabad, S., Moghaddam, S.S., Azmin, M., Karimian, M., Fattahi, N., Jamshidi, K. and Ebrahimi, N., 2020. Estimating the attributable risk of vascular disorders in different ranges of fasting plasma glucose and assessing the effectiveness of anti-diabetes agents on risk reduction; questioning the current diagnostic criteria. Journal of Diabetes &amp; Metabolic Disorders, 19, pp.1423-1430.
  </li>
  <li>
  Portou, M.J., 2019. The role of Toll-like Receptor 4 in diabetic foot ulceration (Doctoral dissertation, UCL (University College London)).
  </li>
  <li>
  Powers, M.A., Bardsley, J.K., Cypress, M., Funnell, M.M., Harms, D., Hess-Fischl, A., Hooks, B., Isaacs, D., Mandel, E.D., Maryniuk, M.D. and Norton, A., 2020. Diabetes self-management education and support in adults with type 2 diabetes: a consensus report of the American Diabetes Association, the Association of Diabetes Care &amp; Education Specialists, the Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics, the American Academy of Family Physicians, the American Academy of PAs, the American Association of Nurse Practitioners, and the American Pharmacists Association. Journal of the American Pharmacists Association, 60(6), pp.e1-e18.
  </li>
  <li>
  Rahman, M.T., Kolay, S.R. and Nigar, S., 2023. Diabetes is the Most Common and Challenging Health Issue of the Modern Life. Socio-Scientific Interaction in Diabetes and Cancer and Its Management, 4, p.391.
  </li>
  <li>
  Rondanelli, M., Barrile, G.C., Cavioni, A., Donati, P., Genovese, E., Mansueto, F., Mazzola, G., Patelli, Z., Pirola, M., Razza, C. and Russano, S., 2023. A Narrative Review on Strategies for the Reversion of Prediabetes to Normoglycemia: Food Pyramid, Physical Activity, and Self-Monitoring Innovative Glucose Devices. Nutrients, 15(23), p.4943.
  </li>
  <li>
  Ryan, K., Dockray, S. and Linehan, C., 2019. A systematic review of tailored eHealth interventions for weight loss. Digital health, 5, p.2055207619826685.
  </li>
  <li>
  Sharma, S.V., McWhorter, J.W., Chow, J., Danho, M.P., Weston, S.R., Chavez, F., Moore, L.S., Almohamad, M., Gonzalez, J., Liew, E. and LaRue, D.M., 2021. Impact of a virtual culinary medicine curriculum on biometric outcomes, dietary habits, and related psychosocial factors among patients with diabetes participating in a food prescription program. Nutrients, 13(12), p.4492.
  </li>
  <li>
  Vaccaro, J.A., Gaillard, T., Huffman, F.G. and Vieira, E.R., 2019. Motivational strategies to prevent frailty in older adults with diabetes: a focused review. Journal of Aging Research, 2019.
  </li>
  <li>
  Vaughn, C.B., Jakimovski, D., Kavak, K.S., Ramanathan, M., Benedict, R.H., Zivadinov, R. and Weinstock-Guttman, B., 2019. Epidemiology and treatment of multiple sclerosis in elderly populations. Nature Reviews Neurology, 15(6), pp.329-342.
  </li>
  <li>
  Wang, X., Zhang, C., Xia, X., Yang, Y. and Zhou, C., 2019. Effect of gender on odor identification at different life stages: a meta-analysis. Rhinology, 57(5), pp.322-330.
  </li>
  <li>
  Wood, J.D., Watson, A.C. and Barber, C., 2021. What can we expect of police in the face of deficient mental health systems? Qualitative insights from Chicago police officers. Journal of Psychiatric and Mental Health Nursing, 28(1), pp.28-42.
  </li>
  <li>
  Yuan, C., Babic, A., Khalaf, N., Nowak, J.A., Brais, L.K., Rubinson, D.A., Ng, K., Aguirre, A.J., Pandharipande, P.V., Fuchs, C.S. and Giovannucci, E.L., 2020. Diabetes, weight change, and pancreatic cancer risk. JAMA oncology, 6(10), pp.e202948-e202948.
  </li>
  </ul>

meta_description:
  The prevalence of type 2 diabetes is rising in the United Kingdom, particularly among individuals aged 45 and above.


slug: the-well-being-economy-a-primer-for-economic-renewal
title: The Well-being Economy: A Primer for Economic Renewal
academic_level: Undergraduate
subject: Political Science
type_of_paper: Policy Brief
citation_style: APA
meta_title: The Well-being Economy: A Primer for Economic Renewal
meta_keywords: wellbeing economy
canonical_url: https://www.cheap-essay-writing.co.uk/
meta_robots: index,follow
created_at: 2025-06-23 12:13:52
updated_at: 2026-01-14 15:49:14
status: published
content:
  <p><strong>To:</strong></p>
  <p>The Hon Dr Jim Chalmers MP, Treasurer&nbsp;</p>
  <h2>Summary</h2>
  <p>This policy briefing from the Centre for Policy Development (CPD) gives an overview of the 'wellbeing economy' theory. The report was written by Dr Katherine Trebeck and Warwick Smith and it explains the increasing trend of discarding the use of gross domestic product (GDP) as the main indicator of economic success and moving to a system that focuses on people's wellbeing and environmental sustainability (Trebeck &amp; Smith, 2024). The report is based on the findings of the UN, OECD, and World Economic Forum, which indicate that the world is facing social and environmental crises. It explains the definition of the key terms around wellbeing and shows how countries and jurisdictions are investigating wellbeing frameworks and dashboards. The authors state that Australia needs new economic policy approaches to tackle these interconnected challenges and build a resilient economy that will improve the quality of life for everyone.</p>
  <h2>Political Context</h2>
  <p>The concept of shifting to a wellbeing economy through the inclusion of social and environmental aspects, not just economic growth, coincides well with the priorities and policy platforms of the progressive think tanks and advocacy groups in Australia. Groups such as the Australian Conservation Foundation and The Australia Institute have been arguing for a long time that GDP is not a good indicator of the national progress and the citizens' wellbeing (Australia Institute, 2024). Policy should be more concentrated on sustainability, equity and community welfare outcomes rather than the continuous economic growth. With the election of the Labor government in May 2022, the political conditions are good for the further development of the idea of a wellbeing economy at the national level (Frontiers, 2024). Anthony Albanese and his ministers have stated their plan to create a National Anti-Poverty and Social Justice Strategy to enhance the living standards and tackle the problem of inequality. This shows that the country is open to the idea of other indicators of national success that are not GDP (Frontiers, 2024). Besides, Prime Minister Albanese has brought up the issue of the review of the Reserve Bank of Australia's mandate which is now focused on inflation and employment but not environmental or wellbeing targets (Reuters, 2024). Through the possible expansion of the central bank's mandate, the government could have a long-term effect on the country's economic priorities.</p>
  <p>However, not all influential voices in the business community and political right necessarily agree that Australia should move towards the explicit prioritization of people's wellbeing over GDP growth. The Liberal-National opposition is campaigning on the issue of "jobs and the economy" and they say that a higher economic expansion is needed to increase the incomes of the households. They argue that wellbeing will inevitably go up with the increase in gross domestic product (Parliament of Australia, 2019). Besides, some industries still believe that any deviation from the growth-centered policies could weaken the profits and investment. As the major party of business, the Coalition is the brake on more radical departures from the orthodox economics. On the other hand, the social and environmental pressures are also pushing Australia in the direction of a wellbeing economy (Friel et al., 2023). Problems such as unaffordable housing, flat or falling real wages, inflation, and record-breaking droughts, floods and bushfires have raised the public demand for new economic solutions (Pillay et al., 2023). At the same time, climate change has emerged as the most serious public concern according to polls. These types of community anxieties and changing social values show the support for moving beyond GDP as the main policy goal.</p>
  <p>In this political context of competing viewpoints, progressive think tanks and civil society groups will keep on campaigning to institutionalize the concept of a wellbeing economy on Australia's policy agenda. However, the business lobbies, which are keen on keeping the status-quo, are well-resourced opponents of the transformational change. For the wellbeing economy to become a national reality, the new Labor government will have to skillfully combine economic, social and environmental requirements while dealing with the opposition criticism. These debates could be the deciding factor of what kind of development path Australia will follow in the coming decades.&nbsp;</p>
  <h2>Recommendations</h2>
  <ol>
  <li>
  Establish an independent, expert body such as a 'National Wellbeing Commission' to advice on economic progress key metrics and policy settings.
  </li>
  <li>
  Undertake comprehensive reviews of the tax system and industrial relations framework to support job quality and social inclusion.
  </li>
  <li>
  Implement the Wellbeing Budget framework proposed by treasury to incorporate wellbeing, sustainability and equality considerations into budget deliberations.
  </li>
  </ol>
  <h3>Reference List</h3>
  <ul>
  <li>
  Australia Institute (2024). [Online] Australiainstitute.org.au/. Available at: https://australiainstitute.org.au/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/DP35_8.pdf [Accessed 16 May 2024].
  </li>
  <li>
  Friel, S., Collin, J., Daube, M., Depoux, A., Freudenberg, N., Gilmore, A. B., ... and Mialon, M. (2023). Commercial determinants of health: future directions. The Lancet, 401(10383), 1229-1240.
  </li>
  <li>
  Frontiers, (2024). The wellbeing economy: Possibilities and limits in bringing sufficiency from the margins into the mainstream. [Online] Frontiers. Available at: https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/frsus.2022.966876/full [Accessed 16 May 2024].
  </li>
  <li>
  Parliament of Australia, (2019). ParlInfo. [Online] Aph.gov.au. Available at: https://parlinfo.aph.gov.au/parlInfo/search/display/display.w3p.
  </li>
  <li>
  Pillay, S., Riaz, S. and Dorasamy, N., (2023). Examining the work&ndash;life balance of immigrants in Australia: An anomie theory perspective. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 93, p.101753.
  </li>
  <li>
  Reuters, (2024). Australia PM considers extra inflation relief as families struggle. [Online] Reuters. Available at: https://www.reuters.com/world/asia-pacific/australia-pm-considers-extra-inflation-relief-families-struggle-2024-01-03/ [Accessed 16 May 2024].
  </li>
  <li>
  The Australia Institute. (2022). Creating a Wellbeing Economy for All. <a href="https://australiainstitute.org.au/report/creating-a-wellbeing-economy-for-all/">https://australiainstitute.org.au/report/creating-a-wellbeing-economy-for-all/</a>
  </li>
  <li>
  Trebeck, K. &amp; Smith, W. (2024). The Wellbeing Economy in Brief. Centre for Policy Development. <a href="https://cpd.org.au/work/wellbeing-economy-in-brief/">https://cpd.org.au/work/wellbeing-economy-in-brief/<br></a>Australian Conservation Foundation. (2022). Prioritising Wellbeing. <a href="https://acf.org.au/prioritising-wellbeing/">https://acf.org.au/prioritising-wellbeing/</a>
  </li>
  <li>
  Trebeck, K., &amp; Smith, W. (2024). The wellbeing economy in brief: understanding the growing agenda and its implications.
  </li>
  <li>
  World Economic Forum. (2022). The Global Risks Report 2022. <a href="http://www3.weforum.org/docs/WEF_The_Global_Risks_Report_2022.pdf">http://www3.weforum.org/docs/WEF_The_Global_Risks_Report_2022.pdf</a>
  </li>
  </ul>

meta_description:
  This policy briefing from the Centre for Policy Development (CPD) gives an overview of the 'wellbeing economy' theory.


slug: what-is-the-impact-of-the-changing-brain-on-learning-the-adolescent-brain
title: What Is the Impact of the Changing Brain on Learning (The Adolescent Brain?)
academic_level: Graduate
subject: Psychology
type_of_paper: Essay
citation_style: APA
meta_title: What Is the Impact of the Changing Brain on Learning (The Adolescent Brain?)
meta_description: The comprehension of the mind of adolescents is evolving as a result of discoveries.
meta_keywords: adolescent brain
canonical_url: https://www.cheap-essay-writing.co.uk/
meta_robots: index,follow
created_at: 2025-06-23 12:20:46
updated_at: 2026-01-14 15:49:07
status: published
content:
  <p>[Student ID]</p>
  <p>[Name of the Institution]</p>
  <p>[Date of Submission]</p>
  <p>According to Zarantello et al. (2020), adolescence is the stage of life between childhood and adulthood. Yaple et al. (2019) even go so far as to claim that a concept of adolescent growth that spans 10 to 24 years is better in line with this stage of life than the earlier views of 10 to 19 years. They argue that people's ideas about when maturity actually begins have changed as a result of delayed dates for getting married, having children, and finishing school. Perhaps far more than at any other point in history, the transition from childhood to adulthood affects health and welfare throughout these years because it occurs at a time when hitherto unheard-of social forces like popular marketing, digital or social media and culture are at play. WHO (2020) states that teens' involvement in school is essential to their success in the future.</p>
  <p>The comprehension of the mind of adolescents is evolving as a result of discoveries. Although comprehensive research is yielding consistent findings, the fact that the adolescent brain undergoes considerable changes is no longer up for debate. The study of adolescent brain development is still relatively new (about 20 years). The adolescent brain is a myth, according to Smith and Victor (2019), who refute assertions made by non-neuroscientists such as the University of Cambridge (2013). A completely new understanding of the adolescent brain has been made possible by advancements in neuroimaging technology over the past 20 years, notably those related to structural and functional magnetic resonance imaging (MRI and fMRI) (Sloane-Seale &amp; Kops, 2008). These recent findings are obviously relevant to the study of teenage academic achievement and, eventually, their capacity for post-educational functioning.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>The essay examines how brain growth during childhood affects a person's capacity for successful learning. First of all, the adolescent brain differs significantly from the brains of children and adults (Salthouse and Madden, 2013). The levels of brain areas, structures, veins, and systems vary, as do their shape and function (WHO, 2020). According to Yaple et al. (2019), research has surprisingly demonstrated that the adolescent brain continues to develop during this stage of life, especially in the frontal (which is involved in a wide range of reasoning and movement) and parietal (which is primarily responsible for integrating information from various sources and some mathematical skill) regions. According to Andersson et al. (2006), myelination and synaptic pruning may have contributed to the rise in white matter and decrease in grey matter in this region.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>One significant alteration that takes place in the brain during adolescence is synaptic pruning, which permits the removal of unneeded connections while maintaining crucial ones (Park et al., 2001). In order to fine-tune brain tissue functional networks and increase the efficiency of the remaining synaptic circuits, there must be a net drop in synaptic density in the pre-frontal cortex during adolescence (Park and Reuter-Lorenz, 2009). Throughout adolescence, synaptic pruning supports the growth of frontal lobe-related cognitive activities.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Another fatty layer called graphene coats nerve fibres, facilitating faster and more effective electrical message transmission and enabling connections to regions of the brain that were previously more widely distributed (Pani-Harreman et al., 2021). Myelination is the process that occurs more frequently during puberty. The ONS (2019) indicates that myelination enhances the effectiveness of information transmission and that this process may promote a rise in the rate of brain communication.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>The above steps are collectively referred to as neuroplasticity. From the standpoint of an educator, adolescent neuroplasticity is fundamental due to the ongoing development of the teenage brain. The teenage brain rewires itself in response to experiences and environmental cues, and this has significant implications for adulthood, according to NHS (2016b). It is further supported by ONS (2021), which emphasises the value of schooling at this age by claiming that social experiences and formal Education may both have a significant impact on how the adolescent brain develops. According to him, the brain needs to be sculpted and shaped because it is still developing and is, therefore, probably malleable.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>The pre-frontal cortex (PFC) is the last region of the brain to be myelinated and pruned. This means that the parts of the brain in charge of executive functions&mdash;such as impulse control and decision-making&mdash;are not at their most effective level until mid-adolescence. This fact is relevant to an adolescent's capacity for effective learning (NHS, 2016). The brain's emotional centre includes the frontal lobes as well. According to Zarantonello et al. (2020), middle school instructors must monitor and provide an example of a supportive emotional climate for their children because they have not yet attained the mental maturity necessary to control their emotions fully. The ways in which this support might be provided to maximise teenagers' effective learning are examined in the second section of this essay.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Through 15 years of experience as a practising neurologist and ten more years as a teacher, board-certified neurologist Judy Willis offers unique insight into learning and the brain. According to her, educators must modify their teaching strategies to support teenagers' learning as they acclimatise to the additional peer pressure of secondary school.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Aptitude and academic achievement might be hampered by stress and anxiety. According to neuroimaging, adolescents experiencing emotional worry and stress cause the amygdala to become metabolically hyperactive Narushima et al., (2018). This results in a considerable decrease in the activity of the brain networks that typically carry information into and out of the amygdala. As a result, fresh knowledge and insights are prevented from entering the memory banks. Conversely, though, teenagers' brains transfer knowledge quickly when they are entirely engaged in high-interest learning activities (Merriam and Kee, 2014). An alternative viewpoint is additionally worthwhile to mention: Lustig et al. (2009) explain an association between stress (psychological, not physical) and memory promotion, which may benefit teenagers taking exams.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Teachers working with teenagers cannot help but observe the powerful influence that friends have on one another in adolescence. Neuroimaging studies have demonstrated the power of peers; an fMRI study by L&ouml;vd&eacute;n et al. (2020) indicates that adolescents may be more likely to take more significant risks in exchange for more enormous rewards when they are among their peers. According to the study, when the youngsters realised that two peers of the same age and gender were watching them play a computerised driving simulation game on a television monitor, they were willing to take more significant risks. The study also found that when large rewards were offered, they took much more risks than adults did. According to Coxon et al. (2016), youths are predisposed to react to what their peers think of them in the reward centres of their brains.</p>
  <p>When applying this knowledge to an educational situation, it becomes evident that teenagers are more receptive to social learning than to listening to lectures or classes led by teachers. Teachers must use peer relationships to their advantage in order to improve student engagement and learning outcomes in the classroom. According to Chasteen et al. (2015), alterations in the brain during adolescence&mdash;specifically, feedforward and feedback between the Superior Temporal Sulcus&mdash;improve a teen's neural responses to social stimuli. These changes are significant in peer-to-peer interactions. Chasteen et al. (2015) discuss the interaction between cognitive and emotion-related processes. Building schools that support shared learning, peer coaching programmes, peer teaching, and collaborative learning projects should be educators' goals in light of these changes in the brain. Community and self-esteem building, according to the Centre for Ageing Better (2022), is not just "nice to do" but also reduces threat and stress and "serves to facilitate the successful passage of knowledge through the brain's filters and into cognitive processing," as demonstrated by neuroimaging research. The pupils gain more knowledge as a result.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Reexamining the notion that teenagers tend to take chances and react to the opinions of their peers raises concerns since it implies that students should be making life-changing decisions before the age of 14. Selecting their GCSE choice subjects at this stage may cause them to select subjects they subsequently come to regret, or worse, they may need to select subjects they subsequently understand they require for their desired vocation. Rather than making the best decisions for themselves, some 14-year-olds could select courses to guarantee they stay in the same classrooms as their peers.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Zhang and Lim (2022) argue that juveniles' greater predisposition around appetitive tendencies, orientation towards sensation-seeking, and willingness to take risks make perfect evolutionary sense, as this is the time when they are still figuring out who they are. It is the beginning of a journey that will continue for the rest of their lives as they figure out what matters to them (Biggs, 1993). "Taking risks as a teenager is beneficial from an evolutionary standpoint, not detrimental" (Alzheimers.net 2016).&nbsp;</p>
  <p>The present paper has yet to make progress towards acknowledging that adolescence is a period of significant opportunity and challenge for both the adults helping the adolescents and the teenagers themselves. It is critical to reject the antiquated beliefs that teens are insane, sluggish, become insane, or "lose their minds" and to accept the growing body of scientific information that indicates these behaviours are the consequence of significant alterations in brain development. As we now know, adolescent social and cognitive development is greatly influenced by brain maturation.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Teachers must recognise the valuable contributions that teenagers may make to society, including their motivation and inventiveness in coming up with fresh ideas. According to ONS (2019), adolescents can use their developing intellect to devise novel strategies for coping with these difficult times if they are given the right help. The main goal of secondary school teachers should be to assist teenagers in their academic journey so they can thrive during adolescence rather than survive it.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Regretfully, an additional challenge that secondary school teachers have is the difference between social and biological time, especially in later adolescence. Pani-Harreman et al.'s (2021) study looked at how the traditional school day, which runs from 9 a.m. to 3 p.m., affected adolescents. According to their research, moving secondary school start times to later times could have a significant positive impact on Education overall, including academic results. They contend that teens who attend school today experience chronic sleep deprivation (ONS, 2019), which hinders their ability to learn well. Teaching matched to the nature of adolescence can only be beneficial during what is already a difficult time for teenagers and potentially address what seems to be a severe drawback. This theory is supported by Park and Reuter-Lorenz (2009), who claim that getting enough sleep helps the brain consolidate the knowledge gained throughout the day. He contends that regular and enough sleep is necessary for the brain to learn efficiently, suggesting that sleep not only aids in understanding what has been learned that day but also prepares us for more learning the next day. Persson &amp; Associates (2006). Teenagers who experience significant sleep deprivation during the school year as a result of school schedule conflicts may only have adverse effects on their ability to learn.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>According to Salthouse and Madden's (2013) studies, there may need to be a change in the time of day that some academic courses are taught. Sloane-Seale and Kops (2008) quote a prior study by Smith and Victor (2019), in which students in the 13&ndash;14 age range took a word pair exam at 10:00 and again at 14:00. All of the students did better on the later test, indicating that teenagers are more aware in the latter part of the day. If teenagers pay greater attention in the afternoons, then why are our main subjects&mdash;math and English&mdash;taught to Year 6 students (11-year-olds) first thing in the morning? According to this research, in order to maximise the learning outcomes for such students, upper Key Stage 2-year groups should think about shifting Math and English to the afternoons.</p>
  <p>Similarly, National Curriculum Assessments for Year 6 Teenagers take tests in understanding texts, punctuation, grammar, spelling, calculation and arithmetic, and punctuation between the hours of 9:00 and 11:30, which further suggests that these students need to receive equal treatment. Even though there is evidence that altering the length of the school day can maximise learning and enhance academic performance, any changes made to school policy to accommodate it&mdash;particularly a later start for teenagers, though this is not always the case for younger primary-aged children&mdash;may make childcare arrangements more challenging for working families. Government policymakers would need to carefully weigh all of their options because the parents may experience both financial and logistical challenges.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>In conclusion, trainers might impact teens' Education by using their growing understanding of the critical period of neurobiological processes that underpin higher cognitive capabilities as well as social and emotional behaviour during adolescence. According to the University of Cambridge (2013), pre-frontal cortex maturation is correlated with enhanced capacities in abstract reasoning, attention shifting, response inhibition, and processing speed. She asserts that the imaging data supports the belief held by educators that, in determining the most effective ways to support adolescents' learning, this development is crucial to the emotional and cognitive behaviours exhibited by teenagers.</p>
  <h2><strong>References&nbsp;</strong></h2>
  <ul>
  <li>
  Alzheimers.net (2016) What is the difference beetween Alzheimers and Dementia? Available at: http://www.alzheimers.net/difference-between-alzheimers-and-dementia/ (Accessed 11th March 2016).
  </li>
  <li>
  Biggs, S. (1993) Understanding ageing : images, attitudes and professional practice, Bristol, PA, USA: Open University Press.
  </li>
  <li>
  Centre for Ageing Better (2022) The State of Ageing in England is Getting Worse. Available at: https://ageing-better.org.uk/summary-state-ageing-2022 (Accessed 17/3/23).
  </li>
  <li>
  Chasteen, A., Pichora-Fuller, M., Dupuis, K., Smith, S. and Singh, G. (2015) 'Do negative views of aging influence memory and auditory performance through self-perceived abilities?', Psychology And Aging, 30(4), pp. 881-893.
  </li>
  <li>
  Coxon, J. P., Goble, D. J., Leunissen, I., Van Impe, A., Wenderoth, N. and Swinnen, S. P. (2016) &lsquo;Functional brain activation associated with inhibitory control deficits in older adults&lsquo;, Cerebral cortex, 26(1), pp.12-22.
  </li>
  <li>
  L&ouml;vd&eacute;n, M., Fratiglioni, L., Glymour, M. M., Lindenberger, U. and Tucker-Drob, E. M. (2020) &sbquo; Education and cognitive functioning across the life span', Psychological Science in the Public Interest, 21(1), pp.6-41.
  </li>
  <li>
  Lustig, C., Shah, P., Seidler, R. and Reuter-Lorenz, P (2009) &sbquo;Aging, training, and the brain: a review and future directions&rsquo;, Neuropsychology review, 19(4), pp.504-522.
  </li>
  <li>
  Merriam, S. B. and Kee, Y. (2014) &lsquo;Promoting community wellbeing: The case for lifelong learning for older adults&rsquo;, Adult Education Quarterly, 64(2), pp.128-144.
  </li>
  <li>
  Narushima, M., Liu, J. and Diestelkamp, N. (2018) Lifelong learning in active ageing discourse: Its conserving effect on wellbeing, health and vulnerability&rsquo;, Ageing &amp; Society, 38(4), pp.651-675.
  </li>
  <li>
  NHS (2016a) NHS Choices: Can dementia be prevented? Available at: http://www.nhs.uk/conditions/dementia-guide/pages/dementia-prevention.aspx (Accessed 4th March 2016).
  </li>
  <li>
  NHS (2016b) NHS Choices: About dementia Available at: http://www.nhs.uk/Conditions/dementia-guide/Pages/about-dementia.aspx (Accessed 4th March 2016).
  </li>
  <li>
  ONS (2019) Average age at death, by sex, UK. Available at: https://www.ons.gov.uk/peoplepopulationandcommunity/healthandsocialcare/healthandlifeexpectancies/datasets/averageageatdeathbysexuk (Accessed: 17/3/23).
  </li>
  <li>
  ONS (2021) National life tables &ndash; life expectancy in the UK: 2018 to 2020. Available at: https://www.ons.gov.uk/peoplepopulationandcommunity/birthsdeathsandmarriages/lifeexpectancies/bulletins/nationallifetablesunitedkingdom/2018to2020 (Accessed: 17/3/23).
  </li>
  <li>
  Pani-Harreman, K., Bours, G., Zander, I., Kempen, G. and Van Duren, J. (2021) &lsquo;Definitions, key themes and aspects of &lsquo;ageing in place&rsquo;: A scoping review&rsquo;, Ageing &amp; Society, 41(9), pp.2026-2059. doi:10.1017/S0144686X20000094
  </li>
  <li>
  Park, D. C., and Reuter-Lorenz, P. (2009)&rsquo;The adaptive brain: aging and neurocognitive scaffolding&rsquo;, Annual review of psychology, 60, pp.173.
  </li>
  <li>
  Park, D.C., Polk, T.A., Mikels, J.A., Taylor, S.F. and Marshuetz, C. (2001) &lsquo;Cerebral aging: integration of brain and behavioral models of cognitive function&rsquo;, Dialogues in clinical neuroscience, 3(3), pp.151-165.
  </li>
  <li>
  Persson, J., Nyberg, L., Lind, J., Larsson, A., Nilsson, L., Ingvar, M., and Buckner, R.L. (2006) &lsquo;Structure&ndash;function correlates of cognitive decline in aging&rsquo;, Cerebral Cortex 16(7), pp.907-915.
  </li>
  <li>
  Salthouse, T., A., and Madden, DJ (2013)'Information processing speed and aging', in Deluca, J. and Kalmar, J.H. Information Processing Speed in Clinical Populations. Pp.221-242. Hove: Taylor &amp; Francis.
  </li>
  <li>
  Sloane-Seale, A, &amp; Kops, B. (2008) 'Older Adults in Lifelong Learning: Participation and Successful Aging', Canadian Journal Of University Continuing Education, 34(1), pp. 37-62.&nbsp;
  </li>
  <li>
  Smith, K. J. and Victor, C. (2019) &lsquo;Typologies of loneliness, living alone and social isolation, and their associations with physical and mental health&rsquo;, Ageing &amp; Society, 39(8), pp.1709-1730.
  </li>
  <li>
  University of Cambridge (2013) Dementia prevalence figures in the UK show decline in last 20 years. Available at: https://www.cam.ac.uk/research/news/dementia-prevalence-figures-in-the-uk-show-decline-over-past-20-years (Accessed 4th March 2016).
  </li>
  <li>
  WHO (2020) Decade of healthy ageing: baseline report. Available at: https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240017900 (Accessed 17/3/23).
  </li>
  <li>
  Yaple, Z.A., Stevens, W.D. and Arsalidou, M. (2019) 'Meta-analyses of the n-back working memory task: fMRI evidence of age-related changes in pre-frontal cortex involvement across the adult lifespan', NeuroImage, 196, pp.16-31.
  </li>
  <li>
  Zarantonello, L., Schiff, S., Amodio, P. and Bisiacchi, P. (2020) &lsquo;The effect of age, educational level, gender and cognitive reserve on visuospatial working memory performance across adult life span&rsquo;, Aging, Neuropsychology, and Cognition, 27(2), pp.302-319.
  </li>
  <li>
  Zhang, W. and Lim, B.Y. (2022) &lsquo;Towards relatable explainable AI with the perceptual process&rsquo;, in Proceedings of the 2022 CHI Conference on Human Factors in Computing Systems. pp. 1-24. DOI: 10.1145/3491102.3501826.
  </li>
  </ul>


slug: enabling-and-facilitating-communication-of-a-dementias-diagnosis
title: Enabling And Facilitating Communication Of A Dementia’s Diagnosis
academic_level: Undergraduate
subject: Nursing
type_of_paper: Scoping Review
citation_style: APA
meta_title: Enabling and facilitating communication of a dementia’s diagnosis
meta_keywords: dementia
canonical_url: https://www.cheap-essay-writing.co.uk/
meta_robots: index,follow
created_at: 2025-06-23 12:59:56
updated_at: 2026-01-14 15:48:58
status: published
content:
  <h2>Enabling And Facilitating Communication Of A Dementia&rsquo;s Diagnosis With Persons With Intellectual Disabilities</h2>
  <p>Students&rsquo; name</p>
  <p>Module title</p>
  <p>Module code</p>
  <p>Dated</p>
  <p><strong>Abstract&nbsp;</strong></p>
  <p>Dementia is one of the major mental health concerns, especially prevalent in patients diagnosed with intellectual disability, which potentially imposes challenges for health care professionals to diagnose and manage the patients effectively. It has been observed that with the increase in age, there is a subsequent rise in the incidence rate of dementia, among individuals with intellectual disabilities this scoping review the aim is to examine the communication of dementia diagnosis in people with Intellectual Disabilities (ID). A set of keyword along with Boolean operands were incorporated within the most well-known databases including PubMed, CINAHL, Cochrane library, Scopus and PsychInfo with the purpose of extracting relevant research resources. The outcome was filtered through the application of inclusion and exclusion criteria criteria, which led to the selection of 12 studies within the year range of 2000-2024. The PRISMA guidelines were followed while the extraction and screening were done using JBI checklist. The research conducted in the present study affirms the findings which stress on the role of healthcare practitioners to interpret diagnoses of dementia to the patients haing intellectual disabilities. Issues like acquired proficiency, context-specific communication, roll culture, socio-economic characteristics, psychological effects and patients&rsquo; engagement remains the prominent concerns. Promoting methods of communication, increasing organization in healthcare organizations, and improving family engagement are highlighted as some of the core components within the pre-existing research literature. Therefore, in managing these facilitators, healthcare systems can ensure the necessities for people with learning disabilities needs when diagnosed with dementia. The disclosed model is holistic in addressing the needs of this population and focus on enhancing communication and care.</p>
  <p><strong>Keywords:</strong> intellectual disability, dementia, diagnosis, communication, scoping review&nbsp;</p>
  <h3>Chapter 1 Introduction&nbsp;</h3>
  <h4>1.1 Background</h4>
  <p>Communication of dementia diagnosis to a patient who has been diagnosed with intellectual disabilities has a special dynamic that can be influenced by several factors which may include the patient&rsquo;s cognitive deficits, communicative abilities and emotional concerns. (Cleary and Doody, 2017). According to the World Health Organisation, about 1% of the whole world's population is suffering from an intellectual disability, and research indicates that this group can be exposed to higher risks of dementia. (World Health Organization., 2019). Empirical studies emphasise the uniqueness of communication plans when informing intellectually disabled people in such cases. The key components of clear communication include the use of simple language, visuals, and same terms repeatedly promotes better understanding among the patients (Fahey‐McCarthy et al., 2019). Smith (2020), indicated that one crucial and important step for diagnosis is the inclusion of caregivers as well as social support providers who will be a constant companion to the patient and help them understand everything communicated to them, in a more comprehensive manner (2020).</p>
  <p>It is imperative to argue that efforts should be made to ensure that those suffering from dementia get adequate support in terms of the emotional ramifications of the disease since such people display higher levels of anxiety, depressive disorders, and stress. Dementia results in the degeneration of cognitive skills and abilities as well as impaired memory, a phenomenon that can elicit symptoms such as confusion, frustration, and grief in the affected individuals. In addition, this awareness may also trigger the onset of anxiety in regard to what lies ahead. Coping many emotionally charged situations and feeling is possible through therapy, and support groups and engaging in suitable activities can help one handle these feelings. Supporting environment, helping individuals develop relationships and finding ways to encourage them to be involved can also enhance the emotional state to the maximum possible extent. However, besides these physical needs, emotional requirements also cannot be overlooked, for, despite the fact that caregivers are people who constantly need care, they are also exposed to a lot of pressure and stress within the course of their responsibilities of providing subsequent patients' care. It&rsquo;s important to acknowledge emotional aspect of dementia, and provide solutions for either the affected or the caretakers to make the process less painful, and more endurable (Dillane and Doody, 2019). Evolving actions that pay attention to human support and coping skills may be a suitable method that may lead to an improvement in psychological well-being (Boardman, Bernal and Hollins, 2014). The need to integrate a culture of person-centered comprehensive care for the adults that can be tailored to reflect cultural sensitivity and the ability to communicate properly is basic to the implementation of dementia diagnosis in this highly-susceptible population(Alsawy et al., 2017).</p>
  <h4>1.2 Problem statement</h4>
  <p>The communication of dementia diagnoses to persons with an intellectual disability is a multifaceted task. It has characteristics of cognitive difficulties, communication challenges, and emotional complexity. Albeit the rising risk of the onset of dementia for this group can be lamented, there usually is a lack of customised support that meets their particular needs (Fahey‐McCarthy et al., 2019). As suggested in the current literature, there is a need to ensure that effective communication approaches and the reliable strategies for emotional support for these patientsThe gaps, however, prevail in clarifying the various techniques which promote acceptability and psychologically reduce the diagnostic process. Overcoming these challenges is one of the crucial factors in guaranteeing accurate identification and appropriate assistance to persons with intellectual disabilities suffering from dementia (McCarron et al., 2020).</p>
  <h4>1.3 Rationale&nbsp;</h4>
  <p>. The risk of the population concerned with the development of dementia is rising, especially among individuals who have conditions like Down syndrome, as shown in a study conducted by Watchman et al. (2019). Although the likelihood of misinformation and misunderstandings in patient communication with individuals having dementia is increased, there is no adequate research and resources available to assist in specifically accommodating their unique needs during the diagnosis (Janicki and Dalton, 2014).</p>
  <p>Specifically, the quality of dissemination of the diagnoses rate is a critical factor in ensuring that individuals are adequately looked after and cared for (Janicki, 2011). Hence, there arises a need for a strategy that adjusts community capacities so that individuals can understand healthcare issues and participate fully in care programs. Additionally, this approach is based on the principles of equity and social justice (Chapman, Lacey and Jervis, 2018). All people of the community without any distinction for their intellect should be provided same quality healthcare, which involves proper identification of their diseases and their chance to contribute to in the process of its management(Tuffrey-Wijne et al., 2013). Through focused work on research studies and interventions, healthcare systems can thus aim to lessen these barriers and provide the same level of care to those with mental difficulties without regard to their intellectual ability.</p>
  <h4>1.4 Aims and objectives of the study&nbsp;</h4>
  <p>This scoping review aims to map and provide a relatively descriptive overview of facilitators for communicating the dementia diagnosis to individuals with intellectual disabilities.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Considering the above-stated aim, the objectives of the study are given as follows;</p>
  <ol>
  <li>
  To identify critical factors and concepts facilitating the aspects of communication of dementia diagnosis among adults with intellectual disability.&nbsp;
  </li>
  <li>
  To collate findings from the literature which identifies current practices that facilitate the communication of dementia diagnosis among adults with intellectual disabilities.
  </li>
  <li>
  To examine how research has been conducted with people living with intellectual disabilities receiving the dementia diagnosis to date, to inform future research methods.&nbsp;
  </li>
  </ol>
  <h4>1.5 Research question&nbsp;</h4>
  <p>The research question for this scoping review was formulated using the PICO framework, for which the breakdown is appropriately provided in the methods section. The question is given as under;&nbsp;</p>
  <ol>
  <li>
  What facilitates the communication of a diagnosis of dementia to adults with intellectual disability?&nbsp;
  </li>
  </ol>
  <h3>Chapter 2 Methods&nbsp;</h3>
  <h4>2.1 Study design&nbsp;</h4>
  <p>The use of qualitative design is crucial, in addition to the collection and analysis of data, to gain opinions, ideas, and experiences (Cresswell, 2013). Within qualitative research design, there are specific subcategories, including secondary research, interviews, systematic reviews, and scoping reviews. For the present research, the scoping review method employed as a qualitative design was adopted to check the common threads and deviations in the published articles on the subject of focus (Worthington, 2013). Finally, a research design of the study topic, which is the communication of dementia diagnosis with individuals who have intellectual disabilities, was chosen and was found to be the one which was appropriate and effective. The data used was retrieved from secondary sources to construct a relevant and accurate set of data, which could only be done by using the designed research. By using the qualitative research method, the author can analyse differences in literature types ranging from authors' views on the related subject matter (Maxwell, 2012). The application of the scoping review approach enabled a preliminary consideration of the potential dimension and extent of the available literature (Flick, 2022). It operated on creating research-based evidence on the matter of intellectual disability in dementia patients through the communication of the health workers, which is practical and facilitating in management and diagnosis. The rationale behind the selection of qualitative research design is that firstly, scoping reviews are used to determine the extent and topic of the available literature irrespective of the quality of the studies, while systematic reviews tend to evaluate the quality and strength of the evidence (Pham et al., 2014). Incorporating qualitative design is appropriate as it will allow for a broad scoping of the effects of variables because qualitative research entails an elaborate quantitative analysis of people&rsquo;s experiences and perceptions of events. Moreover, qualitative integration of study results can help to define key issues, topics, and literatures gaps for characterizing the research topography (Peterson, 2019). Due to the various psychosocial factors involved in this research area, it is possible for a qualitative study to extract as many detailed issues within and across numerous research to provide a true and accurate summary of this literature (Hanurawan, 2012). This is because the overall goal of this scoping review is to explore and describe the research topic in line with the scoping review guidelines.</p>
  <h4>2.2 Study approach&nbsp;</h4>
  <p>In this research project, which was guided by inductive research approach, the researchers extensively used particular concepts and ideas to systematically track the research objectives using the related studies and findings with the topic of interest. The research was inductive, which means it is one of the data analysis methods that used the qualitative approach (Worthington, 2013). The essence of this thesis is the investigation of the applicability of that concept to determine the efficacy of allowing and assisting people with intellectual disabilities to convey a diagnosis of dementia. The approach applied was suitable for carrying out the study and could be used to achieve the aim of this research despite the fact that induction is considered the generalised tool for dealing with and obtaining qualitative evidence (Azungah, 2018). In this step, researchers studied the articles from different authors, and the written opinions were summarised in one criterion. An inductive research approach is ideal for a scoping review considering the lack of theories that can be applied to this topic directly and that the study aims at identifying the number of the studies. As scoping reviews seek to identify research map including concepts, types of evidence and gaps surrounding a subject area, an inductive approach allows the reviewers to appreciate the level of scholarly activity in this area and the types of studies that exist without the restriction or bias from a theoretical framework (Pollock et al., 2023). It is essential to rely on the inductive rather than the deductive approach while assessing the current state of knowledge on this topic because an open-ended scoping review based on the findings of previous systematic reviews offers the most accurate and reliable data on the current state of research (Gottlieb et al., 2021).</p>
  <h4>2.3 Scoping review&nbsp;</h4>
  <p>Scoping reviews are one of the critical elements of the research establishment, as they help achieve an all-around review of literature on one specific topic. They provide a comprehensive and structured way to measure both the scope and the scale of research, including coverage of essential elements and identification of gaps and trends (Pham et al., 2014). Scoping reviews, which are characterised by their synthesis of a broad selection of sources, therefore help researchers formulate questions, establish methodologies, and determine additional avenues to pursuing research (Constand et al., 2014). Furthermore, they help policymakers and practitioners capture the status of the knowledge, feeding evidence‐based decision‐making and defining which areas are following up the research (Munn et al., 2018). Finally, scoping reviews constitute important sources that facilitate progress and promote research efficiency as well as evidence-based practice within and between fields of study.</p>
  <h4>2.4 Difference between scoping review and systematic review&nbsp;</h4>
  <p>The primary difference between scoping reviews and systematic reviews is the difference in the objectives, techniques, and the field being studied. However, systematic reviews are usually designed to respond to specific research questions by aggregating relevant studies that use strict criteria, whereas scoping reviews have a broader scope (Munn et al., 2018). Scoping reviews are listed as responsible for mapping the literature on a topic to help recognise the main issues, sources, and areas of the gaps without assessing the quality of individual studies. Broader search strategies, such as heterogeneous study designs to comprehensively provide the picture of therapeutic options, are often involved (Tricco et al., 2016). The scoping reviews may not conduct a full methodology appraisal of the studies. Instead, their goal is to sum up all existing research without the need for a detailed evaluation of sources (Pham et al., 2014). The reason for selecting a scoping review for this research topic is that this kind of review offers a first overview of the available number and size of the relevant research literature. Unlike the systematic reviews that seek to provide answers to focused questions, scoping reviews seek to map out the current research on a broad topic area. They enable the researchers to systematically categorize existing literature with regard to a particular subject area and to establish any areas of research that have not been researched before. Because the research question for this particular study is rather broad, the scoping review provides a broad overview of this large range of literature (Gottlieb et al., 2021). It is more appropriate than other conventional forms of review that are confined and have the central purpose of pooling data or evaluating the quality of research concerning a particular query.&nbsp;</p>
  <h4>2.5 Indicators of conducting the scoping review&nbsp;</h4>
  <p>A scoping review of the dementia diagnosis communication process in the context of people with intellectual disabilities is necessary for several reasons. Apart from the limited number of existing reports and the complexity of the problem, the scoping review will compile all the existing writings, including various studies, clinical guidelines and some information from experts (Pham et al., 2014). First of all, this issue embraces a vast ground with related studies like those of health, psychology and disability studies, such that a scoping review is necessary to explore the scope of the materials and identify the key concepts and theories. Furthermore, a scoping review will also be helpful while exploring the gaps within the available literature, for example, targeted communication strategies or interventions best suited for providing health care to this age group that could be extended in future research (Munn et al., 2018). There is also increasing interest among policymakers and practitioners in providing inclusive healthcare services in the community. As a result, this scoping review would expand the knowledge base in terms of combat inequities and ensure that people with intellectual disabilities living with dementia can access and receive appropriate care (Tricco et al., 2016).</p>
  <h4>2.6 Reporting Guidelines for the Scoping Review&nbsp;</h4>
  <p>The reporting guidelines for scoping review help in improving the transparency of the methods, outcomes and conclusion of research by involving different aspects of introducing a problem, applying search techniques, gathering information and including a screening tool called PRISMA for collecting and extracting literature (Blanco et al., 2019). The PRISMA guidelines help improve the quality of research as they lead to assessing appropriate literature and involving the rigour of the methodology that is involved in research. Further, the reporting guidelines for scoping review help assess gaps in the literature, improve the advancements and findings of research, and increase the validity of the study. Further, the guidelines for scoping review include the title of the survey, abstract and introduction that provides an overview of research and its outcomes for researchers and research students and also consists of the rationale for selecting a method in research because it addresses the eligibility criteria of literature by using the PRISMA flow (D&rsquo;Amico et al., 2012).</p>
  <h4>2.7 Search strategy (using PCC)</h4>
  <p>The search strategy for this dementia research is addressed by using the PCC framework, including Population, Context and Concept for dementia diagnosis with intellectual disabilities in individuals. The PCC framework for this research is given below:</p>
  <div dir="ltr" align="left">
  <table><colgroup><col width="90"><col width="256"><col width="278"></colgroup>
  <tbody>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>PCC&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Definition&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Dementia Research&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>Population</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Characteristics of participants included in a study focusing on a condition including age and disability factors (Gagliardi et al., 2019).</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Individuals with intellectual disabilities aged 50 and above&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Individuals with dementia and cognitive impairments and also communication, aged 50 and above&nbsp;</p>
  <br><br></td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>Concept&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>The scope and breadth of the inquiry are assessed using the PCC framework, which includes detailed elements of intervention, outcomes, or interest in research.&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Disclose the diagnosis of dementia, communication of dementia diagnosis, assessing communicative strategies, provision strategies of communication and information of dementia.</p>
  </td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>Context</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>This includes gender-based interests and cultural factors, as well as understanding the context and impact of a certain setting on a population (Gagliardi et al., 2019).&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Community setting, family support, healthcare strategies and psychological support for dementia patients&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  </tr>
  </tbody>
  </table>
  </div>
  <p>This PPC framework was used in combination with keywords and Boolean Operators in the Scopus, Psychinfo, CINHAL, Cochrane Library and PubMed databases in which the keywords of intellectual disabilities, learning, cognitive disabilities, dementia, Alzheimer's disease, understanding dementia, supporting communication, family education, and psychological support were included by using Boolean Operators (AND, OR). These Boolean Operators included &ldquo;intellectual disabilities, OR learning OR cognitive disabilities&rdquo;, &ldquo;dementia OR Alzheimer's disease&rdquo;, &ldquo;understanding dementia AND supporting communication&rdquo;, and &ldquo;family education AND psychological support dementia&rdquo;. These keywords were included in Scopus, Psychinfo, CINHAL, Cochrane Library and PubMed databases, which resulted in various literature based on the exclusion and inclusion aspects:</p>
  <div dir="ltr" align="left">
  <table><colgroup><col width="108"><col width="506"></colgroup>
  <tbody>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>Inclusion Criteria</p>
  <br>
  <p>Population</p>
  <br><br><br>
  <p>Concept</p>
  <br><br>
  <p>Context</p>
  <br><br>
  <p>Types of Literature</p>
  <br><br>
  <p>Language</p>
  <br>
  <p>Period</p>
  </td>
  <td><br><br>
  <p>Adults with an intellectual disability and a diagnosis of Alzheimer's, Lewy-body, vascular, frontotemporal, early-onset and mixed dementia</p>
  <br>
  <p>What facilitates communicating a dementia diagnosis to adults with ID</p>
  <br>
  <p>Communication of a diagnosis of dementia to adults with ID in all settings such as at home, primary care setting, etc.</p>
  <br>
  <p>Papers where it is possible to extract data focusing on the facilitators to communicating a dementia diagnosis to persons with an intellectual disability.</p>
  <br>
  <p>English language</p>
  <br>
  <p>2004 onwards&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>Exclusion criteria</p>
  <br>
  <p>Population</p>
  <br><br><br><br><br>
  <p>Concept &amp; Context</p>
  <br><br>
  <p>Types of Literature</p>
  <br>
  <p>Language</p>
  <br>
  <p>Time span</p>
  </td>
  <td><br><br>
  <p>Literature relating to those under 18's</p>
  <p>Literature relating to people who do not have a diagnosis of Alzheimer's, Lewy-body, vascular, frontotemporal, young- onset and mixed dementia</p>
  <p>literature relating to people without an ID</p>
  <br>
  <p>literature not relating to communicating a diagnosis of dementia to people with ID</p>
  <br>
  <p>Papers where it is not possible to extract data relating to the facilitators of communicating a diagnosis of dementia to persons with an intellectual disability.</p>
  <br>
  <p>Not available in English</p>
  <br>
  <p>Pre 2004</p>
  </td>
  </tr>
  </tbody>
  </table>
  </div>
  <p>With regards to the search strategy of grey literature, the websites of the public health organizations, disability advocacy organisations, and organizations that provide services to those with ID and dementia in an attempt to look for any unpublished reports, guidelines, or educational literature regarding how to inform someone with intellectual disability about a dementia diagnosis were searched. Researcher has searched for documents on the website of Public Health England, NICE and NHS, posters, and handouts that may be useful for the specific topic. They were regularly in searching organization websites, databases, conference pages, and networked experts for any new grey literature published on how organizations may ethically, empathetically, and in easily understandable language, communicate diagnosed dementia to clients with co-occurring dementia and intellectual disabilities for further research.</p>
  <h4>2.8 Screening process&nbsp;</h4>
  <p>The screening process for this research is addressed by utilising PRISMA flow in which the information about databases and extracted literature are included. This is a two-part process in which articles are extracted based on the inclusion aspects and application of filters for including relevant literature (Ol&aacute;h et al., 2020). In this research, the keywords were used in the databases of Scopus, Psychinfo, CINHAL, Cochrane Library and PubMed, and 15694 literature sources resulted on which the filter of the year was applied from 2004-2024, duplicates were removed and peer review articles were removed which led to the extraction of 2521 sources. This literature was also screened based on the design of the research, including the qualitative and quantitative research, and it resulted in 1645 pieces of research. Again, these articles and journals were extracted based on their abstracts and full access, which helped in assessing the overall research and resulted in only 258 studies. However, among the 258 extracted articles and journals, only 12 research were included because they involved dementia patients aged 50 and above and also having communication and intellectual disability. This process is given in the PRISMA flow below:</p>
  <h5>2.8.1 PRISMA Framework&nbsp;</h5>
  <p><strong id="docs-internal-guid-c49af586-7fff-23ff-afdf-c4218fab0e2e"><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXctRWBCDTQlAdmCHwxpYFIld_HeggjDO41kyKHkW0SXbfvPw-Vcdl2dCtyeSqh_z_nPrVDQeXK2Y05qLil3y3o0N-ReREXggFXjKXWVo7XLvUvsxjJB1yvL_PFZwk4_MMg60HDU-fw6WVEuMaJWUDk?key=f6dFyFNXrJEF4j_Geuz6rw" width="537" height="539"></strong></p>
  <h4>2.9 Data extraction&nbsp;</h4>
  <p>The articles and journals that are extracted from the PRISMA flow are addressed in terms of the identification of the study, in which the title, author, and year are included, along with the design of the study. This research has utilised a secondary research design for assessing intellectual disabilities and dementia diagnosis, and the studies that are included in this research are based on the inclusion aspects and screening through the PRISMA flow, including results, methodology design, conclusion and characteristics of research. This information is provided in a table manner in (Appendix 1) in which the extracted literature is provided and includes information about their authors, year, limitations, findings, results and conclusion; also, the participants and method are included in that table. This table contains all the information and design of the research appropriately. It records the outcomes of the literature that is used in this research to provide communication facilities to persons with dementia and those diagnosed with intellectual disabilities.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Using a framework-PAGER&nbsp;</p>
  <div dir="ltr" align="left">
  <table><colgroup><col width="122"><col width="128"><col width="122"><col width="114"><col width="137"></colgroup>
  <tbody>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>Pattern</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Advances&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Gaps&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Evaluation&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Recommendations</p>
  </td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>Individuals With Intellectual Disabilities And Dementia&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Communication strategies for dementia individuals&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Need of communication&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Assess literature&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Provide evidence-based strategies for dementia persons&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>Aged 50 And Above&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Different communication Approaches and Well-being support of dementia persons&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Need for supportive practices and training of professionals&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Assess communication strategies&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Training programmes for professionals&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>Challenged Faced In Communication Of Dementia Persons</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Influence of communication in improving care and support services for dementia patients</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Need for intellectual support for dementia patients&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Assess method rigour</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Provide evidence-based strategies for dementia persons</p>
  </td>
  </tr>
  </tbody>
  </table>
  </div>
  <h4>2.10 Assessing and Maintaining rigour&nbsp;</h4>
  <p>The difficulty of a scoping review can be evaluated and preserved by using the Joanna Briggs Institute (JBI) methodology for scoping reviews checklist (Chung et al. 2020). The JBI critical appraisal checklist is a set of rules that are utilised to assess the quality and risk of bias in research studies. The checklist proceeds with a list of questions or criteria which are associated with the main aspects of a study's methodology and reporting. The checklist is the device that the reviewers use to go through the procedure, the experimental design, the identification of the confounding factors, the data analysis methods, and the conclusions. The JBI checklist of a standardised critical appraisal assists the reviewers in the objective judgment of the study quality before deciding to accept the research findings. The checklists are the main element of evidence-based practice, and hence, their use is a critical factor. This checklist has 11 items, which are title, background, objectives, inclusion criteria, search strategy, extraction, results, discussion, conclusions, funding and conflicts of interest (Santos et al., 2018). The background has stated the reasons and the motives of the review. The criteria of this checklist have enabled the researcher to see the accomplishment of the standard guidelines of the scoping review; for instance, the introduction of the explicit criteria of the inclusion that is consistent with the objectives was determined before the study, especially about the population, the concept, and the context. A well-planned search strategy with databases without date or language limitations was created at earlier stages. Data extraction was done based on objectives and eligibility criteria. The outcome was presented based on the objectives in a thematic qualitative analysis to address the research questions. After the above checklist is followed, the scoping review is conducted and reported. Moreover, the results of the JBI checklist are attached in the appendices (See Appendix B).&nbsp;</p>
  <h4>2.11 Data analysis&nbsp;</h4>
  <p>Data analysis is yet another standout part of the process, either in the course of an assessment or when conducting research. Data collection and analysis is described as a process of accumulating and assembling data that can be used for the sake of interpretation. Nisbet et al. (2009) have suggested that data analytics comprises various phases, such as data collection and the use of logical and statistical models to create and analyse the data. Likewise, the thematic analysis approach was applied to the review of the selected studies. Thematic analysis, according to Castleberry and Nolen (2018), is a Qualitative research method that involves gathering qualitative data in terms of texts or qualitative indicators and examining whether the quality of the data and the experiences were different. Henceforth, researchers can use this technique to track the text where similarities and modifications have been made in the published data (Pandey and Pandey, 2021). Besides, it was also framed on the chosen studies while creating themes to meet the objectives of this scoping review. Each theme was planned according to the study of the enabling factor and facilitating causes of communication and dementia for persons with Intellectual Disabilities.</p>
  <h4>2.12 Ethical considerations&nbsp;</h4>
  <p>The ethics of the researchers is the more crucial significance that they take into account before the research. It allows the editor to publish the researcher's findings, rendering the study quickly, accurately, and without bias, which ensures that there is no misinterpretation in the journal. Hence, it prevented copywriting. Dill (2020), in their research work, investigated the ethical dimensions when it comes to collegiality principles. This investigation is based on the exploitation of scientific resources, the achievements of past research, and their demonstrative results. The main effect of people operating from different entrances is that they had to put in an extreme effort to see that their work was free of plagiarism. All the resources in this research are gained through articles with authentic sources, and their respective authors are acknowledged throughout this study and in any earlier work that had already been in the database before this study.</p>
  <h3>Chapter 3 Results and findings&nbsp;</h3>
  <h4>3.1 Introduction&nbsp;</h4>
  <p>This section of the scoping review comprises the results and findings based on the interpretation of the collected data. The data was retrieved from the chosen databases, such as Scopus, Psychinfo, CINAHL, Cochrane Library, and PubMed. These databases were accessed along with Google Scholar to select the best-suited articles. The chosen articles included primary and secondary studies. In addition, the results of this review are presented through the thematic analysis technique.&nbsp;</p>
  <h4>3.2 Characteristics of the Studies Included</h4>
  <p>The characteristics of the selected studies are critically examined through the JBI checklist as a critical appraisal tool. It enabled the assessment of each study chosen in terms of research questions, research methodology, outcomes and relevance to the current scoping review. Both primary and secondary studies were selected. The detailed description of the characteristics of each study is presented in the tabulated form (See Appendix A). It has defined the authors of the study, aims, research method, strengths and limitations, and results of the study.&nbsp;</p>
  <h4>3.3 Thematic Analysis&nbsp;</h4>
  <h5>3.3.1 Theme 1: Investigating Communication Approaches and Factors for the Diagnosis of Dementia Adults with intellectual disabilities&nbsp;</h5>
  <h6>3.3.1.1 Practitioners decisions</h6>
  <p>This theme was found effective as it has addressed objective 2 of this scoping review. This theme has the aim of exploring the communication and diagnosis approaches that healthcare professionals use for dealing with dementia adults with learning disabilities. The selected research by Low et al. (2019) aims to conduct a systematic mixed studies review to study the attitudes and practices of care providers regarding the communication of the diagnosis of dementia in their patients. It utilised a sequential explanatory mixed studies approach analysis with pooled analysis. The results of the pooled analysis revealed that &lsquo;34% of GPs and 48% of specialists usually/routinely inform the person with dementia about their diagnosis, and 89% of GPs and 97% of specialists usually or routinely inform the family about their diagnosis. Euphemistic terms like 'memory problems' are more commonly used to describe dementia than medical terms&rsquo;. The practitioners' decision to diagnose and the way they communicate the diagnosis of dementia is based on their own beliefs on dementia and treatment efficaciousness and their confidence in diagnosis and communication. In addition, NHS Northern England (2017) has defined Intellectual Disability Disorder with two standard terms such as Mental retardation and Learning disability. It has also been mentioned that Intellectual disability is referred to as a group that has developed conditions that are characterised by significant impairments of cognitive functioning and are associated with adaptive, learning and behavioural limitations.</p>
  <p>In contrast to the findings by Pendl et al. (2024), the respondents have indicated that for the purpose of understanding the topic of disability and dementia, a person ought to receive formal training and attend relevant courses as a certified caregiver. While having a client living with dementia is the reason to participate in such classes, the decision to attend is made when dementia symptoms are already quite pronounced at the later stages. This study has emphasised the experiences and new tasks of Australian formal caregivers to improve the care and treatment of dementia patients with ID. The responses from the patients and the involved respondents have indicated that due to a lack of expertise and training, the decision-making of the caregivers and the professionals is affected, thus resulting in low quality of care. On the other hand, Yates et al. (2021) aimed to reflect on the challenges faced by healthcare professionals and carers in providing dementia diagnosis to patients. The findings, in comparison to the previous studies, revealed that among the geriatricians, 20 respondents shared they never provided information on the progression and prognosis of Alzheimer's disease to the person with dementia. The person with dementia never asked/never queried, and 15 respondents mentioned that the professionals were either fearful of a depressive reaction or felt the knowledge was of no use.&nbsp;</p>
  <h6>3.3.1.2 Cultural and socioeconomic factors</h6>
  <p>This sub-theme has represented the findings of the three chosen studies that have investigated such variables. For instance, the survey by McCarron et al. (2018) focused on the quality of care for people with ID and advanced dementia. The authors investigated cultural and socio-economic factors and found that factors such as personal characteristics, sociocultural aspects, religious context, emotional health, and well-being are linked with care by healthcare systems, which play significant roles in managing dementia. It is found further that patients with low economic and financial instability are majorly suffering from depression, dementia and other psychological issues due to poor and inadequate access to care services. , the findings of the study by Watchman et al. (2020) pointed out that the score of people with intellectual disability and dementia globally is turned into a social and health challenge which needs agitation and reduction in stress to improve the QoL of the affected population. It further stated that physical, social, and cognitive support for these individuals can work to reduce stress and healthcare burdens.</p>
  <p>Similarly, Cleary and Doody (2017) found a significant relationship between cultural and psychological care and the prevalence of dementia in people with ID. It has moreover mentioned that due to socio-cultural constraints, the ID challenges among dementia patients could not be managed. NICE Guidelines for Care and Support to the Older Population (2018) also pointed out that people with LD also suffer from poorer health that results from their lifestyle challenges, diet and exercise due to inadequate help and enough guidance by the social care systems. The lack of services by social care systems also causes patient and client relationships to suffer due to a lack of communication and interaction for treatment and diagnosis.&nbsp;</p>
  <h6>3.3.1.3 Emotional and psychological impact</h6>
  <p>This sub-theme is sufficient to discuss as it suits the central theme. The study by Cleary and Doody (2017) found that the emotional health of people with ID has a significant impact on the coping mechanisms that the care providers offer. It also mentioned that the aggression among these patients had heightened the emotional impact of care for dementia and ID patients. These issues can be managed through nutritional alternatives that can stabilise the emotional health and psychological well-being of such patients. At the same time, the study by Sheehan et al. (2014) has worked on exploring the aspects of dementia patients with ID and found that Dementia may manifest differently in adults with ID depending on the type and extent of the impairment. Symptoms that are seen in Down syndrome and attributed to the frontal lobe lesion (personality, emotion, and behaviour abnormalities) appear before linguistic or memory alterations. For the non-Down syndrome intellectual disability, the first symptom of dementia perceived by the caregiver is a general decline in emotional/symbolic change. The findings of Pendl et al. (2024) are also significant as they indicated that caregivers must deal with the conflicts between residents and the increased demands of quality of care and emotional support for dementia patients with ID. The training and education of dementia patients with ID need more improvements to bring an effective increase in their emotional and psychological well-being.</p>
  <h5>3.3.2 Theme 2: Evaluating challenges faced by practitioners in communicating with ID individuals receiving dementia diagnoses</h5>
  <h6>3.3.2.1 Diagnostic barriers&nbsp;</h6>
  <p>This theme was structured to raise the issues being identified in the past literature regarding the issues and challenges that healthcare professionals face in communicating with dementia patients with ID regarding the diagnosis and management of dementia issues. To address this theme, two research studies were screened and analysed, i.e., the study by Wollney et al. (2022) and Yates et al. (2021). With regards to the survey by Wollney et al. (2022), they conducted a systematic review of practices from the perspectives of people with dementia, healthcare professionals and carers. It also focused on the receiving and diagnosis of dementia. The data was collected from past literature and further analysed using thematic analysis in a narrative review. A total of fifty-two studies were focused for analysis in this review. The research findings showed that the process of receiving a diagnosis is usually a negative experience for dementia people, carers, and healthcare professionals and makes the carers feel unsure about the prognosis and the future of the person they care for. Revealing a dementia diagnosis is a complex and complicated thing which has no guidance and formal training for improvements. Carers, in particular, would like to see more practical and positive conversations about the effects of getting a dementia diagnosis. Yates et al. (2021) were based on a primary research design which has a different execution pattern from Wollney et al. (2022). Yates et al. (2021) aimed to assess the barriers and best practices of healthcare professionals in disclosing dementia diagnosis. It was based on the clinical interview study. Studies have been conducted on telephone interviews with 15 clinicians from different specialities with the help of a semi-structured interview and the collected data in terms of transcripts were analyzed through thematic analysis technique&nbsp;</p>
  <p>The patient and caregiver-related barriers were the sense of isolation, the misunderstanding of the diagnosis, and the denial of the condition. The obstacles that the clinicians were confronted with were the hard way of delivering the bad news, the problem of conveying uncertainty, and the shortage of time. The triadic interaction barriers were when the person was asked to meet several goals or needs at once, and also, the family requested the person not to disclose the information. Suggestions for the best practice for the clinicians and for taking a family-centred approach have been given. Doctors were stressing the importance of building relationships by being empathetic and creating and maintaining the connection. The education of the patients and the families was the one that made them understand how they should communicate, how the diagnosis was made, and how to deal with follow-up. Family usage consisted of family members having discussions with the patient before giving the diagnosis, and caregivers were involved in the debate. Studies on the issue may lead to the revision of the current tips on the most suitable way of communication for a dementia diagnosis. Both the selected studies were found effective in addressing this research theme, and their critical analysis has indicated that healthcare professionals have stressed the building of relationships with patients through effective communication.&nbsp;</p>
  <h6>3.3.2.2 Family and caregiver involvement&nbsp;</h6>
  <p>This sub-theme is addressed by the study of Yates et al. (2021), which emphasises the perspectives of the carers and the healthcare professionals regarding the diagnosis and dealing with people with dementia with ID. The study has focused on the eight categories of best practices of the professionals, such as exploring patients' viewpoints, engagement of the family members, responses to the patients' reactions, future planning, communication, quality of life and well-being, disclosure of diagnosis, and disclosure. This means that the involvement of family members and carers is essential for adequate care, diagnosis, and patient outcomes. Thus, further, it was concluded that the diagnosis and disclosure of dementia is a complex process that needs formal training of the carers and the healthcare professionals so that they can improve the knowledge of the family members as they mainly support their patients rather than caregivers. In addition, the scoping review by Dennehy et al. (2022) pointed out that family members play a significant role in reducing the burden of the carers and contribute to increasing the quality of life of dementia patients with ID.</p>
  <p>In contrast, Watchman et al. (2020) also mentioned that family members are more significant than other individuals to make decisions for dementia patients with ID. However, upon analysis, it was found that the severity of the dementia was linked to the lack of support and care by the staff members and the families of the patients. Similarly, the study by Evans (2018) reported that Despite the fact that patients without ID may have different needs, subsequent principles of dementia care can be used: informing the patient about the diagnosis as soon as possible while using the most straightforward language; trying to find out the patient's preferences regarding the further care; trying to join efforts of different sectors which can be important in the care of patients with dementia (which may include the disability sector); family carers should receive emotional support and make appropriate use of respite services which is in accordance with Public Health England report on Dementia and people with LD: making reasonable adjustments. Watchman et al. (2018) also pointed out that the involvement of family members and individuals also plays a significant part in the decision-making processes to decide and select the effective treatment protocols for their patients with dementia and ID. They also communicate the issues and symptoms of their patients more effectively than the patients themselves.</p>
  <p>Moreover, it has also provided guidelines for carers and their families to help them support their patients and deliver better healthcare. It further emphasised that local services should be adjusted in different places to help people with learning disabilities. NHS Guidelines for the Provision of Learning Disability Adapted Dementia Screening (2018) further suggested that bespoke training packages are adequate for the families and staff teams to demonstrate to them the practical steps to increase independence and promote longer-term well-being. In this way, they better understand and communicate the issues of their patients.</p>
  <h5>3.3.3 Theme 3: areas of improvement to enhance communication among healthcare professionals and dementia patients with ID&nbsp;</h5>
  <h6>3.3.3.1 Patient-centred communication approaches&nbsp;</h6>
  <p>The study by Watchman et al. (2020) utilised person-centred communication approaches in the implementation process of psychosocial interventions for dementia patients with ID. These interventions were given to patients in social care settings to explore the outcomes of the photovoice methodology. It is found that individualised psychosocial interventions have shown effective outcomes in reducing distress and agitation. The psychosocial intervention includes cognitive, social, and physical support for the patients. While in comparison to, the study by Jacob et al. (2022), it has also supported patient-centred communication approaches for people with dementia and experiencing intellectual disability. Developments were made in the care settings that worked in effective implantation of the centred communication approaches to have significant conversations with dementia patients.</p>
  <p>Moreover, NICE Guidelines on &lsquo;Dementia: assessment, management and support for people living with dementia and their carers&rsquo; (2018) have supported cognitive stimulation therapy for people living with dementia. It also indicated that dementia patients usually suffer from memory loss, reduction in personal abilities, and communication challenges that affect their daily activities. It also suggested visual aids and simplified tests for effective communication with such individuals.&nbsp;</p>
  <h6>3.3.3.2 ID-specific communication challenges</h6>
  <p>To address this sub-theme, the study by McCarron et al. (2018) was selected as it aimed to assess the quality of care and the services that are provided by the care providers to dementia patients with ID. It has also paid attention towards the issues that are faced by the care providers in understanding the problems of dementia patients with ID. The notable impairment challenges of dementia patients have hindered their communication aspects with the carers and the family members, leading to the decline of the quality of care as the care providers have suffered in understanding and recognising the symptoms of such patients. In comparison, the study by Moran et al. (2013) also explored similar aspects in their research and found that ageing has played a significant role in disrupting the treatment procedure as the aged population of dementia patients with ID were reluctant to take designed treatment protocol and created issues. There were inconsistent relationships between the patients and the care providers that directly affected the communication of symptoms and treatment.&nbsp;</p>
  <h3>Chapter 4 Discussion&nbsp;</h3>
  <h4>4.1 Discussion&nbsp;</h4>
  <p>The scoping review provides beneficial information on the communication of dementia diagnoses to people with ID; the information is aligned with the previous knowledge and research evidence. Based on the findings of the review, one of the most apparent themes is the critical role played by Health care practitioners in conveying information on dementia to people with ID. Each of these concepts is in line with prior studies that emphasise the importance of attitudes as well as approaches adopted by practitioners in promoting subsequent communication and effective dementia care. For instance, Low et al. (2019) performed a systematic review that focused on the role of practitioners' communication abilities and perceptions during the transmittal of dementia diagnosis. In addition, Werner et al. (2020) revealed that diagnosis self-perceived and perceived communication from the healthcare professionals impacted the experiences of the patients with ID and dementia. The emergence of these issues underscores the value of designing specific interventions to provide healthcare practitioners with adequate skills and knowledge that can help them in understanding how to communicate Dementia diagnoses to patients with ID.</p>
  <p>Bidirectional communication of such diagnoses is therefore crucial when it comes to providing adequate support to individuals with learning disabilities. One of the enablers is ensuring that the various healthcare practitioners are competent in terms of knowledge, attitude and skills with regard to patients with learning disabilities. Research suggests that performance deficits are particularly evident when dementia messages are delivered to individuals with communication disabilities, and practitioners who have received specialised training in disability communication are more confident and competent (Werner et al., 2020). Furthermore, it was generally understood that practitioners who could be empathetic and sensitive to the difficulties faced by learners with learning disabilities can build trust with the patients and create a rapport that allows for disclosure about the diagnosis of dementia (Low et al., 2019).</p>
  <p>Moreover, different and innovative communication styles must be used when giving individuals with ID the information about their condition to be understood. Meta-communication through factors such as tone and choice of words to fit the learning disability condition and requirements may improve understanding and lead to better decision-making (Jacob et al., 2022). For instance, they should engage in the use of visuals, use plain language when explaining things, and use activities that are tasking yet easy to accomplish in explaining such matters as dementia diagnoses to learners with learning disability (NICE Guidelines, 2018).</p>
  <p>Cultural and socioeconomic factors then defined themselves as another significant area influencing the communication of dementia diagnoses. This reasoning thoroughly accredits the existing body of data examining the inequality of care providers for representatives with ID from a cross-sectional range of cultures and poverty classes. McCarron et al., 2018 established that sociocultural factors and economic issues comprise potent indicators of the standard of care for individuals with ID and advanced dementia. Likewise, Ouellette-Kuntz et al. (2020) and Hassiotis et al. (2019) noted the societal barriers that enhanced the lack of culturally appropriate and equal healthcare for persons with ID. The present study underlines the need to examine structural factors and design contextually specific interventions to decrease health disparities and increase equal opportunities for people with ID to receive dementia care from access and stigmatised groups.</p>
  <p>Another recurring theme pertained to the emotions and mental health effects that accompany such a diagnosis for clients with ID and their care providers. This theme reflects earlier research on the severity of the emotional impact that dementia brings for people experiencing ID and their families. In their previous work, Cleary and Doody (2017) paid attention to the increased level of emotions regarding the care provision with a focus on aggressiveness in patients with ID and dementia. Concerning the caregiver reactions, Cooper et al. (2016) and Tuffrey-Wijne et al. (2016) noted that the caregivers of patients with ID and dementia have to deal with emotional issues. Thus, the results highlight the necessity for further evaluation for personal distress and other psychological and psychological and social-emotional interventions for people with ID and their families across the dementia course.</p>
  <p>Another enabler comprises the facilitation of communication by the family members, caregivers, and support systems. This is because family members and caregivers usually fulfil the duty of demanding for the learning-disabled persons and explaining to them regarding dementia diagnosis (Yates et al., 2021). Incorporating family members and caregivers could help address issues related to dementia diagnosis and ensure patients with learning disabilities are treated similarly throughout their care plan stages (Watchman et al., 2020). Also, the efforts to build supportive and inclusive patient care environments may help the patients learn about their conditions when diagnosed with dementia and learning disabilities. Healthcare organisations where patients with learning disabilities are welcomed, listened to, and valued in their quest for care are organisations that will trigger and reassure patients with learning disabilities and open up to issues related to their conditions (Cooper et al., 2016). Furthermore, increased access to skilled supporting personnel and interpreters who can help those with learning disabilities express their choices will also improve the ability of a patient to communicate their preferences (Hassiotis et al., 2019).</p>
  <p>In conclusion, effective communication of dementia diagnoses among patients with learning disabilities should follow a comprehensive strategy that recognises the peculiarities of this patient's group. By addressing enablers such as trained healthcare practitioners, effective communication, the involvement of families, and healthcare environments, different healthcare systems can make sure that individuals with learning disabilities receive necessary and appropriate support after the dementia diagnosis.</p>
  <h3>Chapter 5 Conclusion and Recommendations&nbsp;</h3>
  <h4>5.1 Conclusion</h4>
  <p>This scoping review aimed to provide an overview of facilitators for communicating the dementia diagnosis to individuals with intellectual disabilities. The PCC framework has been used as the search strategy for the dementia research to be conducted. The screening stage of this research was conducted effectively through the incorporation of PRISMA flow. Firstly, keywords were used in the databases, including Scopus, Psychinfo, CINHAL, Cochrane Library, and PubMed, to obtain effective search results. The data within the period of 2000-2024 was extracted to promote in-depth analysis. The quality of the literature was also screened depending on the type of research design, including qualitative and quantitative designs. The research process of this study used a secondary research design for assessing intellectual disabilities and dementia diagnosis, and the studies that are part of this research are based on the inclusion aspects and screening through the PRISMA flow, including the results, methodology design, conclusion and the characteristics of research. Overall, the scoping review has helped to shed some light on the communication of dementia diagnosis among those with intellectual disabilities. Pursuing the analysis of key themes and sub-themes, the evaluation has identified vital facilitators, challenges, and recommendations beneficial for enhancing this significant aspect of healthcare delivery.</p>
  <p>All the objectives of the study were met through the identification of the main communication enablers, the collection of current practices of individuals diagnosed with dementia, and the analysis of the available research methodologies. Altogether, the outcomes identified are critical and focus on the communication of diagnoses by the health care professionals, cultural and socioeconomic factors influencing ID, and the emotional and psychological effects on the clients with ID and their carers. Finally, communication enablers like qualified caregivers, available channels of communication, involvement of family, and caregivers sensitive to ID patients' need for affirmative environments turned out to be the components of efficient dementia care for people with ID. Being incorporated into care practices, these enablers promote clear and realistic reporting, interpretation and continuity across the care cycle. In the future, better outcomes for people with ID and dementia require attention to ensure that the employed strategies correspond to the best evidence-based and improve communication with patients and their families. Hence, this involves supporting advanced training in diagnoses and treatment approaches to healthcare practitioners, as well as advocating for person-centred communication and creating cultures that embrace diversity and inclusion.</p>
  <p>Moreover, it is also imperative to consider the structural factors and variability in access to care to provide fair dementia care for people with IDs with different backgrounds. Through effectively handling the above-stated challenges and enhancing the mentioned enablers, the healthcare systems can work towards the development of better care that is more sensitive and personalised for people with ID who experience the ordeals of dementia diagnosis. Overall, such endeavours could potentially lead to the betterment of the standard of living of people with ID and their care providers in the context of the dementia care continuum.</p>
  <h4>5.2 Recommendations</h4>
  <p>The following recommendations can be made with respect to the findings gathered in this scoping review to improve the communication of dementia diagnosis to people with ID: First, healthcare systems should implement programs offering specialised training for healthcare practitioners, as that would provide them with adequate skill and knowledge required to address the communication needs of people with ID (Werner et al., 2020). Such training should encourage the use of an empathetic approach, clear and simple language, and the consideration of cultural and economic differences.</p>
  <p>In addition, healthcare organisations should provide contexts that are patient-centred for people with ID to show their responsiveness (Hassiotis et al., 2019). This includes guaranteeing that people with ID are provided with care, encouraging person-centeredness and delivering recovery-oriented support to people with ID and their families. Furthermore, future research should concern itself with the assessment of communication and support interventions for those with IDs who are diagnosed with dementia. The purpose should be to identify existing effective practices and strategies for the implementation of support provision (NICE Guidelines, 2018).</p>
  <h3>References</h3>
  <p>Ali, A., Aguirre, E., Carter, J., Hoare, S., Brackley, K., Goulden, N., Hoare, Z., Clarke, C.S., Charlesworth, G., Acton, D. and Spector, A., 2023. Group cognitive stimulation therapy versus usual care for people with intellectual disabilities and dementia (CST-IDD) in the UK: protocol for a mixed-methods feasibility randomised controlled trial. BMJ open, 13(4), p.e072391.</p>
  <p>Ali, A., Brown, E., Tsang, W., Spector, A., Aguirre, E., Hoare, S. and Hassiotis, A., 2022. Individual cognitive stimulation therapy (iCST) for people with intellectual disability and dementia: a feasibility randomised controlled trial. Aging &amp; mental health, 26(4), pp.698-708.</p>
  <p>Ali, A., Brown, E., Tsang, W., Spector, A., Aguirre, E., Hoare, S. and Hassiotis, A., 2022. Individual cognitive stimulation therapy (iCST) for people with intellectual disability and dementia: a feasibility randomised controlled trial. Aging &amp; mental health, 26(4), pp.698-708.</p>
  <p>Alsawy, S., Mansell, W., McEvoy, P. and Tai, S., 2017. What is good communication for people living with dementia? A mixed-methods systematic review. International Psychogeriatrics, 29(11), pp.1785-1800.</p>
  <p>Andermann A, Pang T, Newton JN, Davis A, Panisset U. Evidence for health II: overcoming barriers to using evidence in policy and practice. Health Res Policy Syst. 2016;14(1):17.</p>
  <p>Anderson JK, Howarth E, Vainre M, Humphrey A, Jones PB, Ford TJ. Advancing methodology for scoping reviews: Recommendations arising from a scoping literature review (SLR) to inform transformation of children and adolescent mental health services. BMC Medical Research Methodology. 2020;20:1-14. https://nuigalway.idm.oclc.org/login?url=https://www.proquest.com/scholarly-journals/advancing-methodology-scoping-reviews/docview/2451835758/se-2. doi: https://doi.org/10.1186/s12874-020-01127-3</p>
  <p>Anstey, K.J., Ee, N., Eramudugolla, R., Jagger, C. and Peters, R., 2019. A systematic review of meta-analyses that evaluate risk factors for dementia to evaluate the quantity, quality, and global representativeness of evidence. Journal of Alzheimer's disease, 70(s1), pp.S165-S186.</p>
  <p>Arksey H, O&rsquo;Malley L. Scoping studies: towards a methodological framework. International Journal of Social Research Methodology 2005;8:19&ndash;32</p>
  <p>Arksey, H. and O'Malley, L., 2005. Scoping studies: Towards a methodological framework. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 8(1), 19-32.</p>
  <p>Aromataris, E., &amp; Riitano, D. (2014). Constructing a search strategy and searching for evidence. American Journal of Nursing, 114(5), 49&ndash;56.<a href="https://doi.org/10.1097/01.NAJ.0000446779.99522.f6"> https://doi.org/10.1097/01.NAJ.0000446779.99522.f6</a>&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Assisted Decision Making (Capacity) (Amendment) Act 2022, No28/2022, Dublin: Stationary Office, available: https://www.irishstatutebook.ie&gt;act&gt;enacted&gt;html. [accessed 19th December 2023].</p>
  <p>Azungah, T., 2018. Qualitative research: deductive and inductive approaches to data analysis. Qualitative research journal, 18(4), pp.383-400.</p>
  <p>Bach-Mortensen AM, Lange BC, Montgomery P. Barriers, and facilitators to implementing evidence-based interventions among third sector organisations: a systematic review. Implement Sci. 2018;13(1):103.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Bailey, C., Dooley, J. and McCabe, R., 2019. &lsquo;How do they want to know?&rsquo;Doctors&rsquo; perspectives on making and communicating a diagnosis of dementia. Dementia, 18(7-8), pp.3004-3022.</p>
  <p>Barker J, Ortega M. Systematic reviews, and evidence-based practice. Evidence-based Practice for Nurses and Healthcare Professionals. 2016;126.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Barker M, Adelson P, Peters MDJ, Steen M. Probiotics and human lactational mastitis: a scoping review. Women Birth. 2020;33(6):e483&ndash;e491</p>
  <p>Barr-Walker J. Evidence-based information needs of public health workers: a systematized review. J Med Libr Assoc. 2017;105(1):69</p>
  <p>Bartlett, R., O'Connor, D., &amp; Mann, J. (2010). Broadening the dementia debate: Towards social citizenship. In Broadening the dementia debate: Towards social citizenship. Policy Press.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Berkovic, D., Macrae, A., Gulline, H., Horsman, P., Soh, S.E., Skouteris, H. and Ayton, D., 2024. The Delivery of Person-Centered Care for People Living With Dementia in Residential Aged Care: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. The Gerontologist, 64(5), p.gnad052.</p>
  <p>Bishop, K.M., Hogan, M., Janicki, M.P., Keller, S.M., Lucchino, R., Mughal, D.T., Perkins, E.A., Singh, B.K., Service, K., Wolfson, S. and Health Planning Work Group of the National Task Group on Intellectual Disabilities and Dementia Practices, 2015. Guidelines for dementia-related health advocacy for adults with intellectual disability and dementia: National Task Group on Intellectual Disabilities and Dementia Practices. Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities, 53(1), pp.2-29.</p>
  <p>Blanco, D., Altman, D., Moher, D., Boutron, I., Kirkham, J.J. and Cobo, E., 2019. Scoping review on interventions to improve adherence to reporting guidelines in health research. BMJ open, 9(5), p.e026589.</p>
  <p>Boardman, L., Bernal, J. and Hollins, S., 2014. Communicating with people with intellectual disabilities: a guide for general psychiatrists. Advances in psychiatric treatment, 20(1), pp.27-36.</p>
  <p>Booth, A., Sutton, A., Papaioannou, D. and Sutton, D., 2016. Systematic approaches to a successful literature review (2nd ed.). Sage.</p>
  <p>Bradbury-Jones, C., Aveyard, H., Herber, O. R., Isham, L., Taylor, J., &amp; O&rsquo;Malley, L. (2022). Scoping reviews: the PAGER framework for improving the quality of reporting. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 25(4), 457&ndash;470. https://doi.org/10.1080/13645579.2021.1899596</p>
  <p>Brownrigg, S. (2018) &lsquo;Breaking bad news to people with learning disabilities: A literature review&rsquo;, British Journal of Learning Disabilities, 46(4), pp. 225&ndash;232. doi:10.1111/bld.12232.</p>
  <p>Butcher, L., 2018. Caring for patients with dementia in the acute care setting. British Journal of Nursing, 27(7), pp.358-362.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Castleberry, A. and Nolen, A., 2018. Thematic analysis of qualitative research data: Is it as easy as it sounds?. Currents in pharmacy teaching and learning, 10(6), pp.807-815.</p>
  <p>Chapman, M., Lacey, H. and Jervis, N., 2018. Improving services for people with learning disabilities and dementia: Findings from a service evaluation exploring the perspectives of health and social care professionals. British Journal of Learning Disabilities, 46(1), pp.33-44.</p>
  <p>Chung, C., McKenna, L. and Cooper, S.J., 2020. Patients&rsquo; experiences of acute deterioration: a scoping review. International journal of nursing studies, 101, p.103404.</p>
  <p>Clare, L., Kudlicka, A., Oyebode, J.R., Jones, R.W., Bayer, A., Leroi, I., Kopelman, M., James, I.A., Culverwell, A., Pool, J. and Brand, A., 2019. Goal-oriented cognitive rehabilitation for early-stage Alzheimer's and related dementias: the GREAT RCT. Health Technology Assessment (Winchester, England), 23(10), p.1.</p>
  <p>Clark, P.G., Ansello, E.F., Helm, F. and Tanzer, R., 2024. Growing older with intellectual and developmental disabilities: Implementing and evaluating a project ECHO for dementia education. Gerontology &amp; Geriatrics Education, 45(2), pp.180-196.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Cleary, A. and Doody, O., 2017. Nursing staffs&rsquo; emotional well-being and caring behaviours. Nursing Older People, 29(1), 24&ndash;30.</p>
  <p>Cleary, J. and Doody, O., 2017. Nurses' experience of caring for people with intellectual disability and dementia. Journal of clinical nursing, 26(5-6), pp.620-631.</p>
  <p>Cleary, J. and Doody, O., 2017. Professional carers&rsquo; experiences of caring for individuals with intellectual disability and dementia: A review of the literature. Journal of Intellectual Disabilities, 21(1), pp.68-86.</p>
  <p>Collins, R., Hunt, A., Quinn, C., Martyr, A., Pentecost, C. and Clare, L., 2022. Methods and approaches for enhancing communication with people with moderate-to-severe dementia that can facilitate their inclusion in research and service evaluation: Findings from the IDEAL programme. Dementia, 21(4), pp.1135-1153.</p>
  <p>Constand, M.K., MacDermid, J.C., Dal Bello-Haas, V. and Law, M., 2014. Scoping review of patient-centered care approaches in healthcare. BMC health services research, 14, pp.1-9.</p>
  <p>Cooper, S. A., McLean, G., Guthrie, B., McConnachie, A., Mercer, S., Sullivan, F., Morrison, J. and Guthrie, B., 2016. Multiple physical and mental health comorbidity in adults with intellectual disabilities: Population-based cross-sectional analysis. BMC Family Practice, 17(1), 110.</p>
  <p>Cooper, S. A., McLean, G., Guthrie, B., McConnachie, A., Mercer, S., Sullivan, F., Morrison, J. and Guthrie, B., 2016. Multiple physical and mental health comorbidity in adults with intellectual disabilities: Population-based cross-sectional analysis. BMC Family Practice, 17(1), 110.</p>
  <p>Cresswell, J., 2013. Qualitative inquiry &amp; research design: Choosing among five approaches.</p>
  <p>Cummings, L., 2008. Clinical linguistics. Edinburgh University Press.</p>
  <p>Curtis K, Fulton E, Brown K. Factors influencing application of behavioural science evidence by public health decision-makers and practitioners, and implications for practice. Prev Med Rep. 2018;12:106&ndash;15.</p>
  <p>D&rsquo;Amico, S., Bodin, P., Delpech, M. and Noteborn, R., 2012. Prisma. In Distributed space missions for earth system monitoring (pp. 599-637). New York, NY: Springer New York.</p>
  <p>da Silva, R. N., Brand&atilde;o, M. A. G., &amp; Ferreira, M. de A. (2020).<a href="https://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&amp;AuthType=sso&amp;db=cin20&amp;AN=144354250&amp;site=eds-live&amp;scope=site&amp;custid=s9004660"> Integrative review as a method to generate or to test nursing theory</a>. Nursing Science Quarterly, 33(3), 258&ndash;263. https://doi.org/10.1177/0894318420920602</p>
  <p>Dawes, P., Littlejohn, J., Bott, A., Brennan, S., Burrow, S., Hopper, T. and Scanlan, E., 2022. Hearing assessment and rehabilitation for people living with dementia. Ear and hearing, 43(4), pp.1089-1102.</p>
  <p>De Vugt, M.E. and Verhey, F.R., 2013. The impact of early dementia diagnosis and intervention on informal caregivers. Progress in neurobiology, 110, pp.54-62.</p>
  <p>Debrah, C., Chan, A.P.C. and Darko, A., 2022. Green finance gap in green buildings: A scoping review and future research needs. Building and Environment, 207, p.108443.</p>
  <p>Dennehy Holly, Allen Andrew P. , McGlinchey Eimear , Buttery Nadine, Garc&iacute;a-Dom&iacute;nguez Laura Chansler, Rachael , Corr Christina, Dunne Pamela, Kennelly Se&aacute;n, Daly Louise, McCallion Philip &amp; McCarron Mary (2023) A scoping review of post-diagnostic dementia supports for people with intellectual disability, Aging &amp; Mental Health, 27:8, 1456-1465, DOI: <a href="https://doi.org/10.1080/13607863.2022.2130171">10.1080/13607863.2022.2130171</a></p>
  <p>Dennehy, H., Allen, A.P., McGlinchey, E., Buttery, N., Garcia-Dominguez, L., Chansler, R., Corr, C., Dunne, P., Kennelly, S., Daly, L. and McCallion, P., 2023. A scoping review of post-diagnostic dementia supports for people with intellectual disability. Aging &amp; mental health, 27(8), pp.1456-1465.</p>
  <p>Denton M, Borrego M. Funds of knowledge in STEM education: a scoping review. Stud Eng Educ. 2021;1(2):71&ndash;92</p>
  <p>Des Portes, V., 2020. Intellectual disability. In Handbook of Clinical Neurology (Vol. 174, pp. 113-126). Elsevier.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Dillane, I. and Doody, O., 2019. Nursing people with intellectual disability and dementia experiencing pain: An integrative review. Journal of Clinical Nursing, 28(13-14), pp.2472-2485.</p>
  <p>Dodd,K., Watchman, K., Janicki, M.P., Coppus, A., Gaertner, C., Fortea, J., Santos, F.H., Keller, S.M., &amp; Strydom, A.;The Post-Diagnostic Supports Working Group. (2017). Consensus statement of the International Summit on Intellectual Disability and Dementia related to post-diagnostic support. Aging and Mental Health//. doi: 10.1080/13607863.2017.1373065</p>
  <p>Evans, E., 2018. Dementia in People with Intellectual Disability: Guidelines for Australian GPs (Doctoral dissertation, University of New South Wales).</p>
  <p>Fahey‐McCarthy, E., McCarron, M., Connaire, K. and McCallion, P., 2009. Developing an education intervention for staff supporting persons with an intellectual disability and advanced dementia. Journal of Policy and practice in Intellectual Disabilities, 6(4), pp.267-275.</p>
  <p>Flick, U., 2022. The SAGE handbook of qualitative research design.</p>
  <p>Gagliardi, A.R., Nyhof, B.B., Dunn, S., Grace, S.L., Green, C., Stewart, D.E. and Wright, F.C., 2019. How is patient-centred care conceptualized in women&rsquo;s health: a scoping review. BMC Women's Health, 19, pp.1-13.</p>
  <p>Garc&iacute;a-Navarro, E.B., Buz&oacute;n-P&eacute;rez, A. and Cabillas-Romero, M., 2022. Effect of music therapy as a non-pharmacological measure applied to Alzheimer&rsquo;s disease patients: A systematic review. Nursing Reports, 12(4), pp.775-790.</p>
  <p>Gaser, C., Franke, K., Kl&ouml;ppel, S., Koutsouleris, N., Sauer, H. and Alzheimer's Disease Neuroimaging Initiative, 2013. BrainAGE in mild cognitive impaired patients: predicting the conversion to Alzheimer&rsquo;s disease. PloS one, 8(6), p.e67346.</p>
  <p>G&oacute;rska, S., Forsyth, K., &amp; Maciver, D. (2018). Living with dementia: A meta-synthesis of qualitative research on the lived experience. Gerontologist, 58, 180&ndash;196. <a href="https://doi.org/10.1093/geront/gnw195">https://doi.org/10.1093/geront/gnw19</a>&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Gottlieb, M., Haas, M.R., Daniel, M. and Chan, T.M., 2021. The scoping review: a flexible, inclusive, and iterative approach to knowledge synthesis. AEM Education and Training, 5(3).</p>
  <p>Grant, M. J. and Booth, A., 2009. A typology of reviews: An analysis of 14 review types and associated methodologies. Health Information &amp; Libraries Journal, 26(2), 91-108.</p>
  <p>Grant, M. J., &amp; Booth, A. (2009). A typology of reviews: An analysis of 14 review types and associated methodologies. Health Information &amp; Libraries Journal, 26(2), pp. 91&ndash;108</p>
  <p>Hamel C, Michaud A, Thuku M, Affengruber L, Skidmore B, Nussbaumer-Streit B, et al. Few evaluative studies exist examining rapid review methodology across stages of conduct: a systematic scoping review. J Clin Epidemiol. 2020;126:131&ndash;40.</p>
  <p>Hanurawan, F., 2012. Qualitative research in psychology. Journal of Educational, Health and Community Psychology, 1(2), pp.120-132.</p>
  <p>Hassiotis, A., Strydom, A., Allen, K. and Kang, C., 2019. Mental health needs of people with intellectual disabilities in England: Cross-sectional survey. The British Journal of Psychiatry, 214(2), 117&ndash;122.</p>
  <p>Health Service Executive (2019). National Consent Policy Version V.1.3. Dublin, Ireland. (<a href="https://www.hse.ie/eng/about/who/qid/other-quality-improvement-programmes/consent/national-consent-policy-hse-v1-3-june-2019.pdf">https://www.hse.ie/eng/about/who/qid/other-quality-improvement-programmes/consent/national-consent-policy-hse-v1-3-june-2019.pdf</a>) [accessed Dec 13th,2023]</p>
  <p>Heller, T., Scott, H.M., Janicki, M.P., Esbensen, A., Fazio, S., Yoshizaki-Gibbons, H., Hartley, D.H., Jokinen, N., Kallmyer, B., Keller, S. and Magana, S., 2018. Caregiving, intellectual disability, and dementia: Report of the Summit Workgroup on Caregiving and Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities. Alzheimer's &amp; Dementia: Translational Research &amp; Clinical Interventions, 4, pp.272-282.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Houlihan M, Click A, Wiley C. Twenty years of business information literacy research: a scoping review. Evid. Based Libr. Inf. Pract. 2020;15(4):124&ndash;163</p>
  <p>Innes, K.E., Selfe, T.K., Brundage, K., Montgomery, C., Wen, S., Kandati, S., Bowles, H., Khalsa, D.S. and Huysmans, Z., 2018. Effects of meditation and music-listening on blood biomarkers of cellular aging and Alzheimer&rsquo;s disease in adults with subjective cognitive decline: An exploratory randomized clinical trial. Journal of Alzheimer's Disease, 66(3), pp.947-970.</p>
  <p>Institute.. TJB. Joanna Briggs Institute Reviewers&rsquo; Manual 2015 edition, Methodology for JBI scoping reviews.: The Joanna Briggs Institute. ;2015.</p>
  <p>Jacobs, P., Watchman, K., Wilkinson, H., Hoyle, L. and McGenily, L., 2023. Experiences of people with intellectual disability and dementia: A systematic review. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities, 36(2), pp.241-258.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Jacobs, P., Watchman, K., Wilkinson, H., Hoyle, L. and McGenily, L., 2023. Experiences of people with intellectual disability and dementia: A systematic review. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities, 36(2), pp.241-258.</p>
  <p>Janicki, M.P. and Dalton, A.J., 2014. Dementia and aging adults with intellectual disabilities: A Handbook. Routledge.</p>
  <p>Janicki, M.P., 2011. Quality outcomes in group home dementia care for adults with intellectual disabilities. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research, 55(8), pp.763-776.</p>
  <p>Joanna Briggs Institute., 2017. Critical appraisal tools. Retrieved from https://jbi.global/critical-appraisal-tools</p>
  <p>Kazi, M. R., Chowdhury, N., Chowdhury, M., and Turin, T. C. (2021). Conducting comprehensive scoping reviews to systematically capture the landscape of a subject matter. Population Medicine, 3(December), 36.<a href="https://doi.org/10.18332/popmed/143831"> https://doi.org/10.18332/popmed/143831</a></p>
  <p>Keng, S.L., Looi, P.S., Tan, E.L.Y., Yim, O.S., San Lai, P., Chew, S.H. and Ebstein, R.P., 2020. Effects of mindfulness-based stress reduction on psychological symptoms and telomere length: A randomized active-controlled trial. Behavior Therapy, 51(6), pp.984-996.</p>
  <p>Khalil, H., Peters, M. D., Tricco, A. C., Pollock, D., Alexander, L., McInerney, P., &amp; Munn, Z. (2020). 'Guidance to conducting high quality scoping reviews. ' Journal of Clinical Epidemiology, 300, pp.156-160.</p>
  <p>Khalil, H., Peters, M., Godfrey, C.M., McInerney, P., Soares, C.B. and Parker, D., 2016. An evidence‐based approach to scoping reviews. Worldviews on Evidence‐Based Nursing, 13(2), pp.118-123.</p>
  <p>Lam, H.L., Li, W.T.V., Laher, I. and Wong, R.Y., 2020. Effects of music therapy on patients with dementia&mdash;A systematic review. Geriatrics, 5(4), p.62.</p>
  <p>Lecouturier, J., Bamford, C., Hughes, J. C., Francis, J. J., Foy, R., Johnston, M., &amp; Eccles, M. P. (2008). Appropriate disclosure of a diagnosis of dementia: Identifying the key behaviours of &ldquo;best practice.&rdquo; BMC Health Services Research, 8, 95. <a href="https://doi.org/10.1186/1472-6963-8-95">https://doi.org/10.1186/1472-6963-8-95</a></p>
  <p>Levac D, Colquhoun H, O&rsquo;Brien KK. Scoping studies: advancing the methodology. Implement Sci 2010; 5:69</p>
  <p>Levitt, H.M., Morrill, Z., Collins, K.M. and Rizo, J.L., 2021. The methodological integrity of critical qualitative research: Principles to support design and research review. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 68(3), p.357.</p>
  <p>Li, Y., Li, Y., Li, X., Zhang, S., Zhao, J., Zhu, X. and Tian, G., 2017. Head injury as a risk factor for dementia and Alzheimer&rsquo;s disease: a systematic review and meta-analysis of 32 observational studies. PloS one, 12(1), p.e0169650.</p>
  <p>Lingard L. Writing an effective literature review: Part I: Mapping the gap. PerspectMedEduc. 2018; 7:47&ndash;9</p>
  <p>Low, L.F., McGrath, M., Swaffer, K. and Brodaty, H., 2019. Communicating a diagnosis of dementia: a systematic mixed studies review of attitudes and practices of health practitioners. Dementia, 18(7-8), pp.2856-2905.</p>
  <p>Low, L.F., McGrath, M., Swaffer, K. and Brodaty, H., 2019. Communicating a diagnosis of dementia: a systematic mixed studies review of attitudes and practices of health practitioners. Dementia, 18(7-8), pp.2856-2905.</p>
  <p>Masta S, Secules S. When critical ethnography leaves the field and enters the engineering classroom: a scoping review. Stud Eng Educ. 2021;2(1):35&ndash;52.</p>
  <p>Maxwell, J.A., 2012. Qualitative research design: An interactive approach. Sage publications.</p>
  <p>McCarron, M., McCallion, P. and Reilly, E., 2020. A perspective on Down syndrome and dementia in adulthood and aging. Alzheimer's &amp; Dementia: Diagnosis, Assessment &amp; Disease Monitoring, 12(1), e12041.</p>
  <p>McCarron, M., McCallion, P., Coppus, A., Fortea, J., Stemp, S., Janicki, M. and Wtachman, K., 2018. Supporting advanced dementia in people with Down syndrome and other intellectual disability: Consensus statement of the International Summit on Intellectual Disability and Dementia. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research, 62(7), pp.617-624.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>McCarron, M., McCallion, P., Watchman, K., Janicki, M.P., Coppus, A., Service, K., Fortea, J., Hogan, M., Reilly, E., Stemp, S. and Advanced Dementia Working Group of the International Summit on Intellectual Disability and Dementia, 2018. Quality care for people with intellectual disability and advanced dementia: guidance on service provision. Journal of Palliative Medicine, 21(9), pp.1344-1352.</p>
  <p>McGowan J, Sampson M, Salzwedel DM, Cogo E, Foerster V, Lefebvre C. PRESS Peer Review of Electronic Search Strategies: 2015 Guideline Statement. J Clin Epidemiol. 2016 Jul;75:40-6. doi: 10.1016/j.jclinepi.2016.01.021. Epub 2016 Mar 19. PMID: 27005575.</p>
  <p>McGowan J, Straus S, Moher D, et al. Reporting scoping reviews - PRISMA ScR extension. J Clin Epidemiol. 2020; 123:177&ndash;9.</p>
  <p>Merl, H., Veronica Doherty, K., Alty, J., &amp; Salmon, K. (2022). Truth, hope and the disclosure of a dementia diagnosis: A scoping review of the ethical considerations from the perspective of the person, carer, and clinician. Dementia, 21(3), 1050&ndash;1068. <a href="https://doi.org/10.1177/14713012211067882">https://doi.org/10.1177/14713012211067882</a></p>
  <p>Moran, J.A., Rafii, M.S., Keller, S.M., Singh, B.K. and Janicki, M.P., 2013, August. The National Task Group on Intellectual Disabilities and Dementia Practices consensus recommendations for the evaluation and management of dementia in adults with intellectual disabilities. In Mayo Clinic Proceedings (Vol. 88, No. 8, pp. 831-840). Elsevier.</p>
  <p>Morton-Nance, S., &amp; Schafer, T. (2012). End of life care for people with a learning disability. Nursing Standard, 27, 40&ndash;47</p>
  <p>Munn Z, Peters MDJ, Stern C, Tufanaru C, McArthur A, Aromataris E. Systematic review, or scoping review? Guidance for authors when choosing between a systematic or scoping review approach. BMC Med Res Methodol. 2018;18(1):143.</p>
  <p>Munn, Z., Peters, M.D., Stern, C., Tufanaru, C., McArthur, A. and Aromataris, E., 2018. Systematic review or scoping review? Guidance for authors when choosing between a systematic or scoping review approach. BMC medical research methodology, 18, pp.1-7.</p>
  <p>Munn, Z., Peters, M.D., Stern, C., Tufanaru, C., McArthur, A. and Aromataris, E., 2018. Systematic review or scoping review? Guidance for authors when choosing between a systematic or scoping review approach. BMC medical research methodology, 18, pp.1-7.</p>
  <p>Muralidhar, M., Spector, A., Hui, E.K., Liu, L. and Ali, A., 2024. A systematic review of psychosocial interventions for people with intellectual disabilities and dementia. Aging &amp; Mental Health, 28(3), pp.385-395.</p>
  <p>Murphy, C., De Laine, C., Macaulay, M., Hislop Lennie, K. and Fader, M., 2021. Problems faced by people living at home with dementia and incontinence: causes, consequences and potential solutions. Age and Ageing, 50(3), pp.944-954.</p>
  <p>NHS Northern England, 2017. Dementia in Intellectual Disability Disorder Diagnosis and management Information for GPs (online). Available at:<a href="https://www.england.nhs.uk/north/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2018/12/IDD-GP-Guide-short-v1.9.pdf"> https://www.england.nhs.uk/north/wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2018/12/IDD-GP-Guide-short-v1.9.pdf</a> (accessed: 27th May 2024)</p>
  <p>NHS, 2018. Guidelines for the provision of Learning Disability Adapted Dementia Screening (online). Available at:<a href="https://www.bfwh.nhs.uk/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/CORP-GUID-483-Guide-for-Provision-of-Learning-Disability-adapted-Dementia-Screening-Jan0819.pdf"> https://www.bfwh.nhs.uk/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/CORP-GUID-483-Guide-for-Provision-of-Learning-Disability-adapted-Dementia-Screening-Jan0819.pdf</a> (accessed: 27th May 2024)</p>
  <p>NICE Guidelines, 2018. Care and support of people growing older with learning disabilities (online). Available at:<a href="https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/ng96"> https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/ng96</a> (accessed: 27th May 2024)</p>
  <p>NICE Guidelines, 2018. Dementia: assessment, management and support for people living with dementia and their carers (online). Available at:<a href="https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/ng97"> https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/ng97</a> (accessed: 27th May 2024)</p>
  <p>NICE Guidelines., 2018. Dementia: assessment, management and support for people living with dementia and their carers. National Institute for Health and Care Excellence.</p>
  <p>Nisbet, R., Elder, J. and Miner, G.D., 2009. Handbook of statistical analysis and data mining applications. Academic press.</p>
  <p>Ol&aacute;h, J., Kris&aacute;n, E., Kiss, A., Lakner, Z. and Popp, J., 2020. PRISMA statement for reporting literature searches in systematic reviews of the bioethanol sector. Energies, 13(9), p.2323.</p>
  <p>Olthof-Nefkens, M.W., Kruse, H., Derksen, E., de Swart, B.J., Nijhuis-van der Sanden, M.W. and Kalf, J.G., 2018. Improving communication between persons with mild dementia and their caregivers: Qualitative analysis of a practice-based logopaedic intervention. Folia phoniatrica et logopaedica, 70(3-4), pp.124-133.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Ouellette-Kuntz, H., Garcin, N., Lewis, S., Minnes, P., Freeman, C. and Holden, J., 2020. Socioeconomic characteristics of adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities and differences in access to healthcare services. Journal of Intellectual &amp; Developmental Disability, 45(1), 45&ndash;55.</p>
  <p>Pearson A. Balancing the evidence: incorporating the synthesis of qualitative data into systematic reviews. JBI Reports. 2004;2(2):45&ndash;64.</p>
  <p>Pendl, D., Glatz, M. and Gasteiger‐Klicpera, B., 2024. Intellectual disabilities and dementia: New tasks and experiences of Austrian formal caregivers. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities, 37(1), p.e13165.</p>
  <p>Peters MJD,Godfrey C,McInerney P,Munn Z,Tricco AC,Khalil H,Parker D.Chapter 11:Scoping Reviews.In :Aromataris E,Munn Z(Editors).JBI Manual for Evidence Synthesis,JBI,2020 .Availabl from<a href="https://synthesismanual.jbi.global"> https://synthesismanual.jbi.global</a>. https??doi.org/10.46658/JBIMES-20-12</p>
  <p>Peters, M. D. J., Godfrey, C. M., Khalil, H., McInerney, P., Parker, D. and Soares, C. B., 2015. Guidance for conducting systematic scoping reviews. International Journal of Evidence-Based Healthcare, 13(3), 141-146.</p>
  <p>Peters, M.D.J., Godfrey, C.M., Khalil, H., McInerney, P., Parker, D. &amp; Soares, C.B. (2015). &lsquo;Guidance for conducting systematic scoping reviews. &lsquo; International Journal of Evidence-Based Healthcare, 13(3), pp.141&ndash;146.</p>
  <p>Peters, M.D.J., Marnie, C., Colquhoun, H. et al. Scoping reviews: reinforcing and advancing the methodology and application. Syst Rev 10, 263 (2021).<a href="https://doi.org/10.1186/s13643-021-01821-3"> https://doi.org/10.1186/s13643-021-01821-3</a></p>
  <p>Peterson, J.S., 2019. Presenting a qualitative study: A reviewer&rsquo;s perspective. Gifted Child Quarterly, 63(3), pp.147-158.</p>
  <p>Pham MT, Rajić A, Greig JD, Sargeant JM, Papadopoulos A, McEwen SA. A scoping review of scoping reviews: advancing the approach and enhancing the consistency. Res Synth Methods. 2014;5(4):371&ndash;85.</p>
  <p>Pham, M. T., Rajić, A., Greig, J. D., Sargeant, J. M., Papadopoulos, A. and McEwen, S. A., 2014. A scoping review of scoping reviews: Advancing the approach and enhancing the consistency. Research Synthesis Methods, 5(4), 371-385.</p>
  <p>Pham, M.T., Rajić, A., Greig, J.D., Sargeant, J.M., Papadopoulos, A. and McEwen, S.A., 2014. A scoping review of scoping reviews: advancing the approach and enhancing the consistency. Research synthesis methods, 5(4), pp.371-385.</p>
  <p>Pham, M.T., Rajić, A., Greig, J.D., Sargeant, J.M., Papadopoulos, A. and McEwen, S.A., 2014. A scoping review of scoping reviews: advancing the approach and enhancing the consistency. Research synthesis methods, 5(4), pp.371-385.</p>
  <p>Pham, M.T., Rajić, A., Greig, J.D., Sargeant, J.M., Papadopoulos, A. and McEwen, S.A., 2014. A scoping review of scoping reviews: advancing the approach and enhancing the consistency. Research synthesis methods, 5(4), pp.371-385.</p>
  <p>Pollock A, Campbell P, Struthers C, et al. Stakeholder involvement in systematic reviews: a scoping review. Syst Rev. 2018;7(1):208.</p>
  <p>Pollock, D., Davies, E.L., Peters, M.D.J., Tricco, A.C., Alexander, L., McInerney, P., Godfrey, C.M., Khalil, H. &amp; Munn, Z. (2020). &lsquo;Undertaking a scoping review: A practical guide for nursing and midwifery students, clinicians, researchers, and academics. &lsquo;&lsquo;Journal of Advanced Nursing, 77(4), pp.2102&ndash;2113.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Pollock, D., Peters, M.D., Khalil, H., McInerney, P., Alexander, L., Tricco, A.C., Evans, C., de Moraes, &Eacute;.B., Godfrey, C.M., Pieper, D. and Saran, A., 2023. Recommendations for the extraction, analysis, and presentation of results in scoping reviews. JBI evidence synthesis, 21(3), pp.520-532.</p>
  <p>Pongan, E., Tillmann, B., Leveque, Y., Trombert, B., Getenet, J.C., Auguste, N., Dauphinot, V., El Haouari, H., Navez, M., Dorey, J.M. and Krolak-Salmon, P., 2017. Can musical or painting interventions improve chronic pain, mood, quality of life, and cognition in patients with mild Alzheimer&rsquo;s disease? Evidence from a randomized controlled trial. Journal of Alzheimer's Disease, 60(2), pp.663-677.</p>
  <p>Poyser, C. A., and Tickle, A. 2019. Exploring the experience of the disclosure of a dementia diagnosis from a clinician, patient, and carer perspective: A systematic review and meta-ethnographic synthesis. Aging and Mental Health, 23(12), 1605&ndash;1615. <a href="https://doi.org/10.1080/13607863.2018.1506747">https://doi.org/10.1080/13607863.2018.1506747</a></p>
  <p>Public Health England, 2018. Dementia and people with learning disabilities: making reasonable adjustments (online). Available at:<a href="https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/5b21106ee5274a18f738e02e/1_Dementia_and_people_with_learning_disabilities_making_reasonable_adjustments.pdf"> https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/5b21106ee5274a18f738e02e/1_Dementia_and_people_with_learning_disabilities_making_reasonable_adjustments.pdf</a> (accessed: 27th May 2024)</p>
  <p>Reynolds, G.O., Willment, K. and Gale, S.A., 2021. Mindfulness and cognitive training interventions in mild cognitive impairment: impact on cognition and mood. The American Journal of Medicine, 134(4), pp.444-455.</p>
  <p>Richey, R.C. and Klein, J.D., 2014. Design and development research: Methods, strategies, and issues. Routledge.</p>
  <p>Santoro, J.D., Pagarkar, D., Chu, D.T., Rosso, M., Paulsen, K.C., Levitt, P. and Rafii, M.S., 2021. Neurologic complications of Down syndrome: a systematic review. Journal of Neurology, 268, pp.4495-4509.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Santos, W.M.D., Secoli, S.R. and P&uuml;schel, V.A.D.A., 2018. The Joanna Briggs Institute approach for systematic reviews. Revista latino-americana de enfermagem, 26, p.e3074.</p>
  <p>Sheehan, R., Ali, A. and Hassiotis, A., 2014. Dementia in intellectual disability. Current Opinion in Psychiatry, 27(2), pp.143-148.</p>
  <p>Sheth, A. J. (2019). Intellectual disability and dementia: Perspectives on environmental influences. Quality in Ageing and Older Adults, 20(4), 179&ndash;189. <a href="https://doi.org/10.1108/QAOA-11-2018-0060">https://doi.org/10.1108/QAOA-11-2018-0060</a></p>
  <p>Smith, G. F., Jones, D. R. and Tuffrey-Wijne, I., 2020. Talking about dementia: Learning together, adapting communication. London: Jessica Kingsley Publishers.</p>
  <p>Snell, M.E., Luckasson, R., Borthwick-Duffy, W.S., Bradley, V., Buntinx, W.H., Coulter, D.L., Craig, E.P.M., Gomez, S.C., Lachapelle, Y., Reeve, A. and Schalock, R.L., 2009. Characteristics and needs of people with intellectual disability who have higher IQs. Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities, 47(3), pp.220-233.</p>
  <p>Stevenson, M., Savage, B. and Taylor, B.J., 2019. Perception and communication of risk in decision making by persons with dementia. Dementia, 18(3), pp.1108-1127.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Surrey, E., Carter, C.M., Soliman, A.M., Khan, S., DiBenedetti, D.B. and Snabes, M.C., 2017. Patient-completed or symptom-based screening tools for endometriosis: a scoping review. Archives of gynecology and obstetrics, 296, pp.153-165.</p>
  <p>Sussman, T., Pimienta, R. and Hayward, A., 2021. Engaging persons with dementia in advance care planning: Challenges and opportunities. Dementia, 20(6), pp.1859-1874.</p>
  <p>Takenoshita, S., Terada, S., Inoue, T., Kurozumi, T., Yamada, N., Kuwano, R. and Suemitsu, S., 2023. Prevalence and modifiable risk factors for dementia in persons with intellectual disabilities. Alzheimer's Research &amp; Therapy, 15(1), p.125.</p>
  <p>Taylor, J.L. and Seltzer, M.M., 2011. Employment and post-secondary educational activities for young adults with autism spectrum disorders during the transition to adulthood. Journal of autism and developmental disorders, 41, pp.566-574.</p>
  <p>Tible, O.P., Riese, F., Savaskan, E. and von Gunten, A., 2017. Best practice in the management of behavioural and psychological symptoms of dementia. Therapeutic advances in neurological disorders, 10(8), pp.297-309.</p>
  <p>Treweek, S., Oxman, A.D., Alderson, P., Bossuyt, P.M., Brandt, L., Brożek, J., Davoli, M., Flottorp, S., Harbour, R., Hill, S. and Liberati, A., 2013. Developing and evaluating communication strategies to support informed decisions and practice based on evidence (DECIDE): protocol and preliminary results. Implementation Science, 8, pp.1-12.</p>
  <p>Tricco AC, Zarin W, Rios P, et al. Engaging policy-makers, health system managers, and policy analysts in the knowledge synthesis process: a scoping review. Implement Sci. 2018;13(1):31.</p>
  <p>Tricco, A. C., Lillie, E., Zarin, W., O'Brien, K. K., Colquhoun, H., Levac, D., ... and Straus, S. E., 2018. PRISMA extension for scoping reviews (PRISMA-ScR): Checklist and explanation. Annals of Internal Medicine, 169(7), 467-473.</p>
  <p>Tricco, A.C., Lillie, E., Zarin, W., O&rsquo;brien, K., Colquhoun, H., Kastner, M., Levac, D., Ng, C., Sharpe, J.P., Wilson, K. and Kenny, M., 2016. A scoping review on the conduct and reporting of scoping reviews. BMC medical research methodology, 16, pp.1-10.</p>
  <p>Tuffrey-Wijne, I. (2010). Living with learning disabilities, dying with cancer: Thirteen personal stories. London, UK: Jessica Kingsley Publishers.</p>
  <p>Tuffrey-Wijne, I., Bernal, J., Hollins, S. and Butler, G., 2016. People with intellectual disabilities and family carers talk about their experiences of living with dementia. Dementia, 15(1), 114&ndash;130.</p>
  <p>Tuffrey-Wijne, I., Goulding, L., Giatras, N., Abraham, E., Gillard, S., White, S., and Hollins, S., 2013. The barriers to and enablers of providing reasonably adjusted health services to people with intellectual disabilities in acute hospitals: evidence from a mixed-methods study. BMJ Open, 3(12), e003103.</p>
  <p>Vermeir, P., Vandijck, D., Degroote, S., Peleman, R., Verhaeghe, R., Mortier, E., Hallaert, G., Van Daele, S., Buylaert, W. and Vogelaers, D., 2015. Communication in healthcare: a narrative review of the literature and practical recommendations. International journal of clinical practice, 69(11), pp.1257-1267.</p>
  <p>Watchman, K. (2016). Investigating the lived experience of people with Down syndrome with dementia: Overcoming methodological and ethical challenges. Journal of Policy and Practice in Intellectual Disabilities, 13(2), 190&ndash;198. <a href="https://doi.org/10.1111/jppi.12167">https://doi.org/10.1111/jppi.12167</a></p>
  <p>Watchman, K., Janicki, M. P. and O'Dwyer, M., 2020. Dementia and people with intellectual disability: Insights into assessment and management. Aging Health, 16(5), 443&ndash;450.</p>
  <p>Watchman, K., Janicki, M. P., Splaine, T., and Larsen, J. A., 2019. Aging and intellectual disability. In Handbook of Aging and the Social Sciences (Eighth Edition) (pp. 411-436). Academic Press.</p>
  <p>Watchman, K., Mattheys, K., McKernon, M., Strachan, H., Andreis, F. and Murdoch, J., 2021. A person‐centred approach to implementation of psychosocial interventions with people who have an intellectual disability and dementia&mdash;A participatory action study. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities, 34(1), pp.164-177.</p>
  <p>Watchman,K.,Janicki, M.,&amp; Members of the International Summit on Intellectual Disability and Dementia. (2017). Summative report of the International Summit on Intellectual Disability and Dementia. Retrieved June 20, 2017 from <a href="http://www.learningdisabilityanddementia.org/id-dementia-summit.html">http://www.learningdisabilityanddementia.org/id-dementia-summit.html</a></p>
  <p>Werner, S., Yalon-Chamovitz, S. and Kermel Schiffman, I., 2020. Healthcare professionals' confidence in diagnosing dementia in individuals with intellectual disabilities. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities, 33(3), 573&ndash;584.</p>
  <p>Werner, S., Yalon-Chamovitz, S. and Kermel Schiffman, I., 2020. Healthcare professionals' confidence in diagnosing dementia in individuals with intellectual disabilities. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities, 33(3), 573&ndash;584.</p>
  <p>Williams, K.N., Perkhounkova, Y., Herman, R. and Bossen, A., 2017. A communication intervention to reduce resistiveness in dementia care: A cluster randomized controlled trial. The gerontologist, 57(4), pp.707-718.</p>
  <p>Wissing, M.B., Ulgiati, A.M., Hobbelen, J.S., De Deyn, P.P., Waninge, A. and Dekker, A.D., 2022. The neglected puzzle of dementia in people with severe/profound intellectual disabilities: A systematic literature review of observable symptoms. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities, 35(1), pp.24-45.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Wollney, E.N., Armstrong, M.J., Bedenfield, N., Rosselli, M., Curiel-Cid, R.E., Kitaigorodsky, M., Levy, X. and Bylund, C.L., 2022. Barriers and best practices in disclosing a dementia diagnosis: a clinician interview study. Health services insights, 15, p.11786329221141829.</p>
  <p>Wollney, E.N., Armstrong, M.J., Bedenfield, N., Rosselli, M., Curiel-Cid, R.E., Kitaigorodsky, M., Levy, X. and Bylund, C.L., 2022. Barriers and best practices in disclosing a dementia diagnosis: a clinician interview study. Health services insights, 15, p.11786329221141829.</p>
  <p>Woods, B. and Lamers, C., 2016. Psychological problems of older people. In The Handbook of Adult Clinical Psychology (pp. 918-950). Routledge.</p>
  <p>World Health Organization., 2019. International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (11th ed.).</p>
  <p>Worthington, M., 2013. Differences between phenomenological research and a basic qualitative research design.</p>
  <p>Yates, J., Stanyon, M., Samra, R. and Clare, L., 2021. Challenges in disclosing and receiving a diagnosis of dementia: a systematic review of practice from the perspectives of people with dementia, carers, and healthcare professionals. International psychogeriatrics, 33(11), pp.1161-1192.</p>
  <p>Yates, S., Chapman, M., Peplow, L. and Ross, L., 2021. Diagnosing dementia: healthcare professionals&rsquo; experiences and perceptions. Dementia, 20(5), 1639&ndash;1657.</p>
  <p>Yin, R.K., 2009. Case study research: Design and methods (Vol. 5). sage.</p>
  <p>Zhou, Q., Chen, Z.H., Cao, Y.H. and Peng, S., 2021. Clinical impact and quality of randomized controlled trials involving interventions evaluating artificial intelligence prediction tools: a systematic review. NPJ digital medicine, 4(1), p.154.</p>
  <h4>Appendices</h4>
  <h5>Appendix A: Summary matrix</h5>
  <p><strong id="docs-internal-guid-8b45e0d8-7fff-983c-29ec-b8a086dab1dd"><img style="display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXetBVtebu5409XhVEaKTNYuZ2TuPM6eQVYxtM7JVqkWc1vklPI0Hp0Tpp1WC4x-F527GyCgovGIktZDhx6oCY7PxgJ15LAo6nJH4uDYaZtgTQomOkbPD7wCyV2QWBMb5UjqTRS_3iiFKj2Pe-JEdbg?key=f6dFyFNXrJEF4j_Geuz6rw" width="540" height="864"></strong></p>
  <h5>Appendix B: Themes and codes&nbsp;</h5>
  <div dir="ltr" align="left">
  <table><colgroup><col width="215"><col width="138"><col width="271"></colgroup>
  <tbody>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>Themes&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Codes&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Factors&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
  <td rowspan="3">
  <p>Theme 1: Investigating Communication Approaches and Factors for the Diagnosis of Dementia Adults with intellectual disabilities</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Practitioners decisions</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>own beliefs on dementia, treatment efficaciousness, confidence, behavioral limitations, impairments of cognitive functioning, progression and prognosis of Alzheimer&rsquo;s disease, depressive reaction</p>
  </td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>Cultural and socioeconomic factors&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>low economic and financial instability, inadequate access to the care services, physical, social and cognitive support, inadequate help</p>
  </td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>Emotional and psychological impact&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>personality, emotion, and behavior abnormalities, training and education</p>
  </td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
  <td rowspan="2">
  <p>Theme 2: Evaluating challenges faced by practitioners in communicating with ID individuals receiving dementia diagnoses</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Diagnostic barriers</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>negative experience, shortage of time</p>
  </td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>Family and care giver involvement&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>bespoke training packages, responses to the patients&rsquo; reactions, future planning, communication, quality of life and wellbeing, disclosure of diagnosis</p>
  </td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
  <td rowspan="2">
  <p>Theme 3: areas of improvement to enhance communication among healthcare professionals and dementia patients with ID</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>Patient centred communication approaches</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>photovoice methodology, cognitive stimulation therapy, patient centred communication approaches, psychosocial interventions</p>
  </td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>ID specific communication challenges</p>
  </td>
  <td>
  <p>impairment challenges, ageing</p>
  </td>
  </tr>
  </tbody>
  </table>
  </div>
  <p>&nbsp;</p>
  <h5>Appendix C JBI Checklist&nbsp;</h5>
  <p><strong id="docs-internal-guid-4dcff5e3-7fff-542d-780b-b2526d411b61"><img style="display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXeS5UAZcOmgsaAvDS_lzzMgi9wP0hwvlYtG1hCWtRcQsV6wn-r7VPqVm_SFk3DDdW1zyNUdhRcx890WKIO1fTiYSdK2-KgdDH2Xo_ifCU0DvejWHd7orXr5F1KCyvgb74llYdDXKkqbs0uk8ZAsa-E?key=f6dFyFNXrJEF4j_Geuz6rw" width="587" height="524"></strong></p>
  <p><strong><strong id="docs-internal-guid-7f4c9444-7fff-834f-a93f-4c8dd3e1e3ba"><img style="display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXeO9SGjr77sZlL3RoCw3VWIypA2ljwOWruXQ0M-AAS4K39RTlOkFByfXwJQdvwSeXTQDiiO1m7gznY43ILRP_puSJEHLzUEg3GPDVH8SJqJqTJ1GjEOv4FEze3KpnOHuDyW9bCBnjGTrhsRQnUkDks?key=f6dFyFNXrJEF4j_Geuz6rw" width="588" height="547"></strong></strong></p>
  <h5>Appendix D PRISMA Diagram</h5>
  <p><strong id="docs-internal-guid-793dda4b-7fff-efbf-e3ae-11eb4f3dd13e"><img style="display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXctRWBCDTQlAdmCHwxpYFIld_HeggjDO41kyKHkW0SXbfvPw-Vcdl2dCtyeSqh_z_nPrVDQeXK2Y05qLil3y3o0N-ReREXggFXjKXWVo7XLvUvsxjJB1yvL_PFZwk4_MMg60HDU-fw6WVEuMaJWUDk?key=f6dFyFNXrJEF4j_Geuz6rw" width="537" height="539"></strong><br><br></p>
  <h5>Appendix E Rationale of the study&nbsp;</h5>
  <h4>Introduction</h4>
  <p>Both systematic integrative and scoping are the standard methods of evidence synthesis. The scoping review is another form of evidence synthesis that provides a broad and comprehensive mapping of the evidence by cumulatively amassing data from diverse sources (Pollock et al., 2020). It is worth noting that systematic reviews are highly regarded in underpinning evidence-based healthcare practices (Barker et al., 2016; Pearson, 2004). However, the systematic reviews are strenuous, time-consuming (Hamel et al., 2020), limited in scope and only provide answers to specific research questions (Anderson et al., 2020). Based on the literature, there are barriers to the use of EBP among HC professionals: Workplace demands, inaccessibility and lack of essential skills (Bach-Mortensen et al., 2018; Barr-Walker, 2017; Curtis et al., 2018). It is evidence that supports the healthcare needs to be relevant, solely assessed, and then explained within the context of all the evidence available to cater to the whole body of literature (Andermann et al., 2016). While both scoping reviews and systematic reviews involve a comprehensive and more sophisticated approach to searching the literature for literature synthesising to provide an answer to a particular research question, they are different in purpose as well as the intended application of the outcomes (Peters et al., 2020). While scoping reviews can address broad questions, they embrace a range of research designs and sources of unavailable literature typically excluded from systematic reviews (Aromataris and Munn, 2020; Arskey and O'Malley, 2005; Levac et al., 2010). The primary difference between a scoping review and an integrative review is rooted in the rationale and conduct of results.</p>
  <p>In contrast, the former aims to achieve considerable synthesis of the research data below the highest level of abstraction and provide a broad perspective on the problem under study in response to a formulated research question (da Silva et al., 2020). Since 2005, the scoping review has become famous for its mechanism for the rapid synthesis of evidence to be used in future healthcare practices (Pham et al.,2014; Peters et al., 2015). Scoping reviews also make evidence synthesis easy, especially for those individuals who may have limited time to conduct a review on their own (Arksey and O'Malley, 2005; Joanna Briggs Institute, 2015; Levac et al., 2010). Scoping reviews are considered highly useful in nursing and midwifery research (Pollock et al., 2020).&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Scoping reviews aim to map a comprehensive overview of the evidence rather than being limited to quantitative or qualitative synthesis of data (Peters et al., 2021). In a densely researched health landscape, scoping reviews can proficiently map the literature on a broad topic, state knowledge findings, highlight research gaps, and guide future research (Kazi et al.,2021). Scoping reviews are specifically beneficial when the critical concepts in a field are complex, broad, and have yet to be comprehensively reviewed before (Khalil et al., 2016; Levac et al., 2010; Peters et al., 2020; Pollock et al., 2020). Scoping reviews are helpful in providing clarity to underlying concepts, emphasising gaps in the research and reporting on evidence to guide practice (Peters et al.,2015). In the context of the development of some fields, scoping reviews provide much leverage in contexts where it is impossible to conduct an in-depth investigation of outcomes or effectiveness (Barker et al.,2020). These aptitudes of scoping reviews are particularly relevant to the topic of facilitating the communication of a dementia diagnosis to adults living with intellectual disability, as little is known about the subject and underlying concepts and factors. The topic under discussion is rather diverse and multifaceted &ndash; it focuses on a phenomenon that has not only been researched insufficiently but is also rather intricate. This could be explained by the fact that only a few studies were identified during the preliminary literature review process. Particularly in the field of ID and dementia in Ireland, the lack of specific practice paradigms only adds to the situation. When there are no common paradigms to follow, it is not easy to gauge the intensity of existing evidence and research agendas. Thus, the kind of study deemed most suitable for achieving the present objective was a scoping review, a method used to determine the amount of evidence available, evaluate existing research outcomes, and identify topics requiring further analysis.</p>
  <p>Replicable and transparent decision-making comes from following the most current scoping review guidance (Peters et al., 2021). Unfortunately, scoping reviews have been published which have not systematically and methodologically followed a framework, leading to the persistence of consistency deficits in the use of terminology, process, and reporting (Tricco et al., 2016; Munn et al., 2018; Khalil et al., 2020). Modifications to individual stages of scoping reviews have led to difficulties amongst researchers in choosing what adaptations to include; thus, methodological and quality inconsistencies can arise across scoping reviews, which can result in bias (Grant and Booth, 2009; Munn et al., 2018). Despite scoping reviews being in existence for almost two decades, reporting guidelines for scoping reviews exist (Arskey and O'Malley, 2005; Levac et al., 2010; The Joanne Briggs Institute, 2014). JBI guidelines (2020) are acknowledged as the most current and comprehensive guidance for conducting scoping reviews (Khalil et al., 2020; Peters et al., 2020). The Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews extension for Scoping Reviews (PRISMA) was developed by JBI in 2018. It complements JBI's guidelines and provides reviewers with a reporting checklist for their scoping review. Strict adherence to the most current reporting standards is fundamental to informing evidence-based decision-making (Peters et al.,2021). The use of PRISMA in addition to JBI guidelines (2020), enhances transparency and rigour and allows for a more standardised methodology (Peters et al., 2020; Khalil et al., 2020). This combination is viewed as best practice (Pollock et al., 2020; Mc Gowan et al.,2020) and therefore is applied to this scoping review.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>&nbsp;They encompass nine steps:-&nbsp;</p>
  <ol>
  <li>
  Define objectives and research question 2. Develop inclusion/exclusion criteria
  </li>
  <li>
  Describe the planned approach 4. Search available evidence
  </li>
  <li>
  Select evidence 6. Extract evidence
  </li>
  <li>
  Analyse available evidence 8. Present results
  </li>
  <li>
  Summarise evidence aligned with the objectives of the study (JBI, 2020).
  </li>
  </ol>
  <p>Some challenges to the evolution of high-calibre scoping reviews include a low number of researchers trained in the methodology, not enough reflection on the research question, and a lack of consideration afforded to the suitability of the approach to meet the research aims. The investigation team needed more knowledge or insight into the topic (Khalil et al., 2020). To overcome these shortcomings, the researcher consulted with an expert in dementia in ID who is experienced in conducting research, including scoping reviews on the subject. The researcher has years of experience working as a dementia ID nurse. Going forward, JBI will work to provide clear guidance on the suitability of employing SR methodology over others to answer a research question (Munn et al.,2018). A considerable amount of time was devoted to the formulation of the research question, and the mnemonic known as PCC (population, concept, context) was adopted, which helped to refine the scoping review question that reads, "What enables the communicating of a diagnosis of dementia to adults with Intellectual disability?" The application of PCC helped ascertain the suitability of the scoping review methodology to meet the research objectives (Peters et al., 2022; Pollock et al., 2020). It is unnecessary to outline outcomes or phenomena of interest in a scoping review (Peters et al., 2022).&nbsp;</p>
  <p>This scoping review aimed to map and provide a descriptive overview of the facilitators to communicating a dementia diagnosis to people with intellectual disability, identify factors, concepts and current practices facilitating the communication of a dementia diagnosis to adults with ID, and examine how research has been conducted to date to inform future research methods.</p>
  <div dir="ltr" align="left">
  <table><colgroup><col width="108"><col width="506"></colgroup>
  <tbody>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>Inclusion Criteria</p>
  <br>
  <p>Population</p>
  <br><br><br>
  <p>Concept</p>
  <br><br>
  <p>Context</p>
  <br><br>
  <p>Types of Literature</p>
  <br><br>
  <p>Language</p>
  <br>
  <p>Time span</p>
  </td>
  <td><br><br>
  <p>Adults with an intellectual disability and a diagnosis of Alzheimer's, Lewy-body, vascular, frontotemporal, early-onset and mixed dementia</p>
  <br>
  <p>What facilitates communicating a dementia diagnosis to adults with ID</p>
  <br>
  <p>Communication of a diagnosis of dementia to adults with ID in all settings such as at home, primary care setting, etc.</p>
  <br>
  <p>Papers where it is possible to extract data focusing on the facilitators to communicating a dementia diagnosis to persons with an intellectual disability.</p>
  <br>
  <p>English language</p>
  <br>
  <p>2004 onwards&nbsp;</p>
  </td>
  </tr>
  <tr>
  <td>
  <p>Exclusion criteria</p>
  <br>
  <p>Population</p>
  <br><br><br><br><br>
  <p>Concept &amp; Context</p>
  <br><br>
  <p>Types of Literature</p>
  <br>
  <p>Language</p>
  <br>
  <p>Time span</p>
  </td>
  <td><br><br>
  <p>Literature relating to those under 18's</p>
  <p>Literature relating to people who do not have a diagnosis of Alzheimer's, Lewy-body, vascular, frontotemporal, young- onset and mixed dementia</p>
  <p>literature relating to people without an ID</p>
  <br>
  <p>literature not relating to communicating a diagnosis of dementia to people with ID</p>
  <br>
  <p>Papers where it is not possible to extract data relating to the facilitators of communicating a diagnosis of dementia to persons with an intellectual disability.</p>
  <br>
  <p>Not available in English</p>
  <br>
  <p>Pre 2004</p>
  </td>
  </tr>
  </tbody>
  </table>
  </div>
  <p>The Problem-Gap-Hook disquisitional (Lingard,2015) will be used to rationalise the use of scoping review methodology to answer the research question, "What Facilitates the Communication of a Dementia Diagnosis to People with Intellectual Disability?"&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Gap- lack of synthesis of existing literature&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Not much is known about the enablers and barriers in explaining a diagnosis of dementia to an adult with intellectual disability, the type of studies conducted on this subject up to date and the influencing factors. However, there remains a limited understanding of the experience of people with dementia who have no ID. Merl et al. (2022) systematically reviewed the generic dementia literature (PWD without ID) but from a carer/healthcare professional's viewpoint and realised there was a gap in the provision of clinical support to enable PWDs to receive information about the diagnosis and called for the development of such a framework. Morton-Nance and Schafer (<a href="https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/bld.12232#bld12232-bib-0016">2012</a>) reported district and learning disability nurses lacked experience, skills, or tools to assist in the communication of a diagnosis to a person with a learning disability. While tools exist to support the disclosure of bad news to people with ID, formal guidelines and increased support were identified as further requirements (Brownrigg, 2018; Tuffrey-Wijne.,<a href="https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/full/10.1111/bld.12232#bld12232-bib-0031">2013</a>).</p>
  <p>&nbsp;A recent systematic review investigating the experiences of people with intellectual disability and dementia highlighted the scarcity of available evidence and the need for future inclusive research to gain an enhanced understanding of the subject (Jacobs et al.,2022). Dennehy et al. (2022) mapped post-diagnostic dementia support for people with intellectual disability and also highlighted the need for further research. Due to a lack of research and engagement, the experiences of people with ID and dementia remain unknown and overly dependent on proxy reporting (Watchman et al., 2017). An issue also highlighted by Brownrigg (2018) was the need for first-hand views and experiences reported in the literature.&nbsp;</p>
  <p><strong>Hook-so what it matters to solve the problem</strong></p>
  <p>Some potential adverse outcomes for not disclosing a diagnosis of dementia to people with intellectual disability include, as proposed in the literature. Withholding information about the presence of dementia from adults with intellectual disability eroded their self-determination and choices regarding options for their future course of life (Jacobs et al., 2022). The HSE National Consent Policy (2022) and the Assisted Decision-making Act (2015) describe the steps that are necessary given the presumption of capacity to identify the persons' wishes and preferences as well as the actions that need to be taken to support the development of capacity, to provide the options and to listen to the person. Informed by the principle of participation, sharing of dementia diagnosis allows patients to be involved in the decisions regarding their future care needs as well as respecting their autonomy (Dodd et al., 2017). In a study that focused on the involvement of people with ID in breaking bad news, it was established that people wanted information regarding their condition as this would enable them to understand what needs to be done regarding their illness and also wanted someone to talk about the wishes and feelings regarding the disease and dying (Tuffrey-Wijne. ,2013). Non-disclosure of a dementia diagnosis denies the person living with ID the opportunity to reflect, understand and express their emotions (Sheth, 2019; Watchman,<a href="https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/full/10.1111/jar.13063#jar13063-bib-0069">2016</a>). Sharing the diagnosis facilitates inclusion in making decisions about future support and care and promotes person-centeredness (Dodd et al., 2017). People with ID desire information on their diagnosis as this empowers them to make informed decisions about treatment and express wishes and concerns related to their illness and death (Tuffrey-Wijne.,<a href="https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/full/10.1111/bld.12232#bld12232-bib-0031">2013</a>). There is a need for accessible language, the development of practical guidance on how to live with dementia and hopeful messages aligned with the diagnosis (Lecouturier et al.,<a href="https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/full/10.1111/jar.13063#jar13063-bib-0029">2008</a>; Merl et al.,<a href="https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/full/10.1111/jar.13063#jar13063-bib-0040">2022</a>; Poyser &amp; Tickle,<a href="https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/full/10.1111/jar.13063#jar13063-bib-0047">2019</a>). Morton-Nance and Schafer (<a href="https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/bld.12232#bld12232-bib-0016">2012</a>) reported district and learning disability nurses lacked experience, skills, and tools to assist in the communication of a dementia diagnosis to a person with ID. The HSE National Consent Policy (2022) and the Assisted Decision-Making Act (2015) detail the steps which are required considering the assumption of capacity to ascertain the person's will and preferences and actions to be undertaken to build capacity, offer alternatives and hear the person's voice. Feelings of insecurity were compounded by the absence of support to help individuals comprehend why they were changing despite individuals demonstrating they held some insight that they were not the same (Jacobs et al.,2022; Watchman,<a href="https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/full/10.1111/jar.13063#jar13063-bib-0069">2016</a>). There is a need for accessible language, the development of practical guidance on how to live with dementia and hopeful messages aligned with the diagnosis (Lecouturier et al.,<a href="https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/full/10.1111/jar.13063#jar13063-bib-0029">2008</a>; Merl et al.,<a href="https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/full/10.1111/jar.13063#jar13063-bib-0040">2022</a>; Poyser &amp; Tickle,<a href="https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/full/10.1111/jar.13063#jar13063-bib-0047">2019</a>).&nbsp;</p>
  <p>The problem that arises due to a lack of synthesis&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Not disclosing a diagnosis of dementia to a person with intellectual disability precludes their relating first-hand experiences as well as participation in research (Jacobs et al.,2022). This is despite the value of personal experiences being acknowledged in the literature (G&oacute;rska et al.,<a href="https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/full/10.1111/jar.13063#jar13063-bib-0020">2018</a>; Bartlett et al.,<a href="https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/full/10.1111/jar.13063#jar13063-bib-0002">2010</a>).&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Individuals with ID have been historically neglected, and often, their opinions or preferences do not inform decision-making even in the formation stages. Since there is a lack of primary data collected directly from individuals with ID and dementia, there might be unfavourable decisions made, which would have a detrimental effect on these people (Watchman et al., 2017). Potential keywords and subject headings were developed, and thesis statements along with sources for CINAHL, Medline, PubMed, Scopus, and PsycINFO were presented to a librarian, as well as clearly described. Each strategy was followed in a bid to identify whether this would return effective results. When time constraints of both the librarian and the researcher were not a concern, completion would have increased rigour according to the PRESS 2015 Guideline Statement (McGowan et al.,2016) for electronic searching. However, a second librarian who specialised in ID literature was consulted to make sure the search was thorough and more rigorous and that the terms used in the search were sufficient. It was clearly stated that the period restricting our search was between the years 2004 and 2024. This was done to ensure that there was proper documentation of the search strategy used; hence, the number of records retrieved was noted. Central and local databases were searched. Duplicates were removed, and two researchers crosschecked the articles against the inclusion/exclusion criteria and documented the reasons for exclusion after the study title was identified. In cases of disagreement between the two reviewers, the specific instances of opposing opinions were debriefed leading to a consensus. Documents such as professional guidelines classified as grey literature were explored. Citation searching for both, retrospective and forward was also performed. The explanation of exclusion criteria with the consideration for the selection process was provided in the form of a flowchart compatible with the PRISMA flow diagram (Page et al.2021). All decision-making was clearly documented, and rationale was provided. All search records were retained for future reference to enable replication and ensure transparency.</p>
  <p><strong id="docs-internal-guid-edb98850-7fff-403a-0999-56cbd32e191f"><img style="display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXeurntaNkQqGCl5k8TywpCi09P0ijHcd2MTSEvHTikX48RD3gVEba1NARnzkZ9lnycoEpUZgiq8hFhX1K-zJDGotUUGk4Cp9hRYR7n_UqNoiKwN6GrUrt8TmiUMwy-3zZlerW1avRDkLti_XHrmhw?key=f6dFyFNXrJEF4j_Geuz6rw" width="433" height="323"></strong></p>
  <p>Patterns, Advances, Gaps, Evidence for practice and Research recommendations were applied to further structure and improved data extraction and reporting of findings (Bradbury-Jones et al., 2022). Assistive software such as NVIVO or ENDNOTE was optional due to the small number of search results; thus, Excel sufficed. Engagement and consultation with stakeholders are paramount to the relevance, context and accessibility of research (Pollock et al., 2018; Tricco et al., 2018). The benefits of including stakeholders in the process of scoping reviews augment the accessibility, meaning and knowledge of results as well as identification of priorities not identified in the literature, integration of learning and partnership working (Peters et al., 2021). To improve stakeholder participation and utility, two people with Intellectual disability will be consulted throughout the review process, and accessible versions of the findings will be produced.&nbsp;</p>
  <h4>Justification of the chosen methodology&nbsp;</h4>
  <p>A scoping review is paramount towards synthesising the body of literature regarding people with intellectual disabilities (PWID) and dementia diagnosis communication. Contrary to systematic reviews, which usually are concentrated on a particular question of research that is about the effectiveness of a given clinical intervention, scoping reviews have a broader viewpoint; they explore the area of study, its scope, its abundance, and its nature (Munn et al. 2019). At the same time, it would add to the database of dementia disclosure for PWID, which will become the purpose of the study. Since no more detailed analysis has been made on this specific subject, the scoping review could indicate what field urgently needs addressing while, at the same time, indicating the contemporary state of knowledge. This method enables a combination of research methodologies other than randomised controlled trials, thereby enabling a limited qualitative review of the study focusing on the perception of stakeholders on disclosures, communication strategies, and the overall impacts of disclosing information. Then, it will draw a gross map of the field by identifying what issues and questions still require further research after eliminating as many doubts and problems as possible. Specifically, scoping reviews employ a method that follows the following processes: screening through the studies, data extraction, and narrative synthesis that are supposed to be accurate, highly repeatable, and as inclusive as possible (Khalil et al., 2016). This offers confidence that this bias that many narrative reviews may inadvertently bring through selective quotation is not an issueScoping reviews indicate the current gap in knowledge in this area and serve as the primary input for the work which aims to define critical concepts for the problem, stakeholders, impacts, challenges, and future directions in the area of learning and caring for an independent population (Debrah et al. 2022). The plan will be able to provide information and research issues of particular interest that are pertinent to the health care of people with dementia and intellectual developmental disabilities.</p>
  <p>Whilst the disclosure of the diagnosis of dementia to any individual might be complex, specific difficulties are to be expected in case the diagnosis was made for a person with an intellectual disability. People with IDs can anticipate Alzheimer's disease at earlier ages than the ones with no impairments (Gaser et al. 2013). Yet, diagnostic investigations of dementia in this population can be problematic, considering that the symptoms may be indistinguishable from the baseline cognitive impairment or adaptive behavioural changes related to ID. Apart from that, a lot of people with ID have speech or communication problems, which sometimes lead to obstacles to the assessment of the subjective changes in cognition and functionality that can be a portent of early dementia (Woods and Lamers, 2016). This lays the foundation for timely and appropriate communication of the dementia diagnosis to persons with ID for several reasons. First, the cautious approach in dealing with the diagnosis through being straightforward but sensitive in handling patients is the proper course of action. Secondly, there may be some opportunities to plan for advanced care during the communication of the dementia diagnosis in many aspects, such as medical, financial, and lifestyle (Sussman et al. 2021). Letting the person with ID be involved in decisions earlier on helps them express their past choices and present interests while their mind is still capable of making decisions. Finally, the declaration of dementia leads to other desirable services and supports, which could be a means of prolonging the affected person's current abilities and improving the quality of their life for as long as possible. The most important advantage of early diagnosis is that carers can adapt the activities, modify the environment, and adapt the communication approaches to meet the changing demands of the individual with dementia (De Vugt and Verhey, 2013). To summarise, research that researches the best ways to give a dementia diagnosis provides a person with ID power. At the same time, it is critical information for caregivers to make plans and provision of services. Dementia diagnosis is optimised through this research, thereby improving the experience of living with dementia significantly.</p>
  <p>The rationale for using the scoping review methodology in this study is that it is ideal for mapping an extensive research domain and providing an overview of the topic area by identifying prominent themes in the literature (Arksey and O'Malley, 2005). Scoping reviews apply well in the field of research, where the subject is diverse and encompasses a broad range of aspects, as seen in the communication practices regarding dementia diagnosis in individuals with intellectual disabilities (ID) (Pham et al., 2014). Hence, in order to systematically identify these concepts and theories and to avoid missing any area of research pertinent to this study, the study will adopt a scoping review approach to accomplish its objectives and provide a descriptive rather than systematic synthesis of the identified literature. The choice of databases, such as MEDLINE, PsycINFO, CINAHL, Cochrane Library, and Google Scholar databases, is explained by the scope of the topic under consideration, which is health care (Booth et al., 2016). These databases provide a convenient way to search a large number of peer-reviewed journals and research articles in order to have a comprehensive search of the literature available on the given topic.</p>
  <p>The terms selected to search for articles regarding intellectual disabilities, dementia, and delivery of diagnosis may adversely affect the scope of the results, as well as the lack of studies in the subject field and the articles returned. This would seem to ensure that a specific focus on intellectual disabilities and dementia is incorporated into the search strategy, as opposed to considering other forms of ID or dementia that are not relevant to the individual in question. Restriction on the articles published in the English language and without placing any bounds on the date of publication is conventional to limit the range of the scoping review in order to make the process manageable (Grant and Booth, 2009). Although this method may increase language and publication bias, it contributes toward a rational organisation of the analysis and filtration of the essential wording of the studies.</p>
  <p>The omission of conference papers, editorials, and grey literature is inevitable to ensure the comprehensive review contains only reputable sources. Despite the potential benefits of identifying guidelines through grey literature, using only systematic research papers can increase the credibility and accuracy of the evidence (Tricco et al., 2018). It is critical to work through the specification of the essential facts' data charting framework, which would allow for the classification of information from the included articles and encompass patient demographics, type and disclosure method of dementia, support strategies, and the results of communication (Peters et al., 2015). Due to this structuring of files and data extraction, it becomes easy to analyse and compare findings that have been generated in various studies.</p>
  <p>The importance of using a critical appraisal tool for quantitative articles, such as the JBI checklist, is that it increases the methodological stringency of the article review process (Joanna Briggs Institute, 2017). However, when the inclusion of low-quality studies is allowed in the review, critical appraisal helps to make a list of potential research biases and limitations. In general, the specific approach of the scoping review described in the article provides a clear and comprehensive procedure for identifying and categorising the studies on communication strategies in dementia in patients with ID. As such, carrying out a synoptic conceptual mapping of themes and topics evaluation of the gaps in knowledge, this piece of work is hoped to contribute towards the formulation of clinical guidelines and procedures, as well as identify trends for future investigations in this vitally significant sphere of medicine.</p>
  <h2>Conclusion</h2>
  <p>Dementia is much more likely to occur in persons with intellectual disabilities. Nevertheless, telling a patient about their dementia may be quite a problem because of the comprehension issues in elderly patients. This communication should be made possible and convenient in a proper manner in order to enhance efficiencies. This may include simplifying instructions, using graphic displays, reinforcement, engaging the caregivers, and comprehension checks. The objective is to focus on the principles of self-determination and non-discrimination to respond to the needs of persons with intellectual disabilities to have clear information about their condition and, therefore be able to participate meaningfully in the decision-making processes regarding their health and treatment. This is an ethical imperative and human rights issue is the problem.</p>

meta_description:
  Dementia is one of the major mental health concerns, especially prevalent in patients diagnosed with intellectual disability.


slug: has-digital-media-improved-the-communication-of-political-issues
title: Has Digital Media Improved the Communication of Political Issues
academic_level: Undergraduate
subject: Political Science
type_of_paper: Essay
citation_style: APA
meta_title: Has Digital Media Improved the Communication of Political Issues
meta_keywords: political issues, digital media
canonical_url: https://www.cheap-essay-writing.co.uk/
meta_robots: index,follow
created_at: 2025-06-23 13:54:14
updated_at: 2026-01-14 15:48:47
status: published
content:
  <h2><strong>Has Digital Media Improved the Communication of Political Issues and Ideas in Australia?</strong></h2>
  <p>[Name of the Student]</p>
  <p>[Name of University]</p>
  <p>[Date]</p>
  <p>The growth of digital media has influenced societal and political norms in a modernised environment through impediments of resistance in communication. Chen (2013) depicted that the involvement of social media has increased transparency, standardised communication, and enhanced accessibility of information, irrespective of the class of economy or income group of a particular region. Since the Australian population is widespread, conventional norms of communication do not centralise society towards a common political issue, and they continue to prioritise their self-sustenance issue. However, Wilding et al. (2018) analysed that the mass usage of social media has enabled the diversified groups in Australia to focus towards the pressing political precedents and issues that can only be addressed through the unification of views of the population. As a result, political parties have indulged in the creation of a digital presence to fulfil the support requirements. Therefore, the following essay is designed to address the improvements that are contributed through social media in the communication of political issues and ideas in Australia.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Australia&rsquo;s success in being considered as a developed economy is powered by their democracy. Alodat et al. (2023) emphasised that the contribution towards democracy extensively prevails through social media platforms that enable users to share their views, grievances and opinions about a political issue. As a result, other users are able to generate an idea regarding the pressing economic and political problems faced by the population without individualising themselves for a particular grievance that results in a lack of attention towards core political issues such as corruption, wealth accumulation, gender disparity, racial diversity and acceptance within the society. However, Gauja (2021) stated that the involvement of social media has enabled the population to focus on the pressing issues that can allow betterment for macroeconomic and societal development. Furthermore, through the inclusion of social media, the transparency in the broadcast of opinions and views is backed by something other than funded groups of large-scale conventional media platforms that could be holistically biased in presenting information (Hendricks and Herrero, 2024).</p>
  <p>Primarily, digital media provides unfiltered access towards information, which can be perceived as an advantage or a grave disadvantage for a diversified population (Schroeder, 2018). In Australia, the censor boards are strengthened to address the ethical consideration of users sharing responsible content on social media; however, the policy frameworks are impeded by the legal laws on freedom of speech and practice on social media. Therefore, the lack of filtration can cause a discrepancy in the focus of the political issue. Whereas the conventional media was found to be strengthened in presenting authenticated facts with significant authentic resources before they cite news, they were legally liable to present factual information that was covered under the broadcasters' agreement with Australia. Contrarily, with the mass usage of social media, the credibility of news has decreased extensively due to the ability of users to present false news based on fabricated sources that users believe. As a result, digital media presents a two-sided contribution towards the identification of political issues.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Political issues often generate focus by an engagement of a political party that was conventionally drawn from physical participants of a particular party. However, the targeted campaigns offered by social media, particularly Meta Ads, have enabled political issues to be presented to the right audience using data analytics and audience filtration options available (Ate et al., 2023). Political parties and groups are instantly able to create viral content that is shared by the masses with the entire population network of Australia, resulting in greater attention to political issues (Arant et al., 2023). In Australia, manifestos of 40 registered political parties are published on social media where the population is able to make an informed decision for the electoral process. Otherwise, the popularity of a singular party was found to be the key reason for their democratic establishment of government. However, Alodat et al. (2023) ensured that the presence of democracy is maintained in Australia. Yet, the focus of democracy is on the competitiveness of the political party and their focus on pressing issues in Australia.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Formation of cults with conventional media platforms was significantly challenging due to a lack of authenticated belief that could not be presented by the media as authenticated information. However, the unfiltered information shared by digital platforms through the maintenance of anonymity of users has readily prevailed and catalysed the existence of cult groups (Bakir and McStay, 2022). Therefore, the idea generation process and sustainability within the society with transparent communication has yet to be progressed as initially hypothesised or expected by the stakeholders of society. As a result, the children are devoid of social media usage. They are extensively discouraged by their guardians and parents to look for information on social media due to a lack of authenticity and misguidance that could lead them to construct falsified beliefs. Contrarily, Vromen (2018) depicted that the ideas generated on social media materialised with the presence of extensive contributions from the unfiltered audience, who may be intrigued by the concept and wish to interact with the individual as the stakeholder of the idea. However, Arant et al. (2023) depicted that a presence regulatory framework is required in Australia to ensure that responsible content management is exercised within the country while prioritising the safety of information for the diversified demography of the audience.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>The availability of data filtration techniques, which have readily prevailed under the usage of social media, has enabled political groups to identify the audience that may wish to engage themselves in their political movements in Australia (Ate et al., 2023). As a result, social media has played a pivotal role in mobilising retained support for political parties, resulting in a shift of power through the optimal implementation of democracy. Since the majority of the population in Australia is literate enough to use several social media platforms, simultaneously, their interest towards political groups has maintained its focus while they are able to actively communicate with their community of supporters and strengthen their belief towards a set problem. The globalised attention towards gender disparity, elimination of patriarchy, and equality in rights of Australia are movements powered by social media that enable the political party to gain organic support for their manifesto. Otherwise, conventional parties were found to be dependent on the inclusion of hired support to register their protest on the ongoing practices of the government and society.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>The idea of positivity generated by the inclusion of social media is the accessibility of information, which has salvaged the interest of the population. Otherwise, political movements required significant attention from seminars, conventions and rallies to gain support and be visualised as contenders to compete for a change in existing policies and frameworks. However, through the involvement of social media, the need for conventional practices in registering the identification and popularity of political parties has been marginalised. As a result, digital media has readily enabled political parties to induce credibility in their manifesto without investing significant capital in the registration of their brand and its association with the population. With digital media, they are at liberty to communicate with their followers and interact with them regarding the new-found problems that they face in Australia. Therefore, their input on the inclusion of issues is credited above their brand presence in society. However, a regulatory framework and a mediating technology are required to impede the progress of digital media presence in support of existing political issues in pursuit of avoiding its resurgence towards a negative escalation that may hamper the growth perception generated by the users.&nbsp;</p>
  <h3><strong>References</strong></h3>
  <ul>
  <li>
  Alodat, A. M., Al-Qora&rsquo;n, L. F., &amp; Abu Hamoud, M. (2023). Social media platforms and political participation: A study of Jordanian youth engagement. Social Sciences, 12(7), 402.
  </li>
  <li>
  Arant, R., Hanke, K., Mittelstaedt, A., Pennington, R., Umel, A., &amp; ODAĞ, &Ouml;. (2023). The Role of Media Use in Political Mobilization: A Comparison of Free and Restrictive Countries. International Journal of Communication (19328036), 17.
  </li>
  <li>
  Ate, A. A., Chiadika, J., Ekene, S. S. &amp; Juliet E., N., 2023. Use of Social Media and Digital Strategies in Political Campaign. International Journal of Novel Research and Development (IJNRD), 8(10), pp. 1-13.
  </li>
  <li>
  Bakir, V., &amp; McStay, A. (2023). The Nature and Circulation of False Information. In Optimising Emotions, Incubating Falsehoods: How to Protect the Global Civic Body from Disinformation and Misinformation (pp. 71-102). Cham: Springer International Publishing.
  </li>
  <li>
  Chen, P. J. (2013). Australian politics in a digital age. Anu Press.
  </li>
  <li>
  Gauja, A. (2021). Digital democracy: Big technology and the regulation of politics. University of New South Wales Law Journal, The, 44(3), 959-982.
  </li>
  <li>
  Hendrickx, J., &amp; Herrero, J. V. (2024). Dissecting Social Media Journalism: A Comparative Study Across Platforms, Outlets and Countries. Journalism Studies, 1-23.
  </li>
  <li>
  Schroeder, R. (2018). Media systems, digital media and politics. UCL Press.
  </li>
  <li>
  Vromen, A. (2018). Political engagement in the Australian digital context. Papers on parliament, (69), 093-115.
  </li>
  <li>
  Wilding, D., Fray, P., Molitorisz, S., &amp; McKewon, E. (2018). The impact of digital platforms on news and journalistic content. Digital Platforms Inquiry.
  </li>
  </ul>

meta_description:
  The growth of digital media has influenced societal and political norms in a modernised environment through impediments of resistance in communication.


slug: case-study-analysis
title: Case Study Analysis
academic_level: Graduate
subject: Nursing
type_of_paper: Case Study
citation_style: APA
meta_title: Case Study Analysis
meta_keywords: case study analysis
canonical_url: https://www.cheap-essay-writing.co.uk/
meta_robots: index,follow
created_at: 2025-06-23 14:03:16
updated_at: 2026-01-14 15:48:40
status: published
content:
  <p>Student&rsquo;s name&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Student&rsquo;s number&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Date&nbsp;</p>
  <h2>Introduction&nbsp;</h2>
  <p>This assignment aims to critically examine the case study of a female old aged patient &ldquo;Elizabeth&rdquo;. In this report the pseudo name of the patient i.e. Elizabeth will be used to maintain the confidentiality rights of the patient. The NMC Guidelines, , 2018 states to maintain the safety and protection of the patients and ensuring to safeguard the rights of the patients in terms of ethical, legal and health aspects. This case study will explore the issues surrounding urinary incontinence in an older person and will critically analyse biological and social aspects of care provision. Elizabeth is a 75- year&rsquo;s old patient who was suffering from Parkinson&rsquo;s disease, and was also experiencing urinary difficulties and changes in intimacy with her husband. I evaluated this case during my placement in a current role as Parkinson&rsquo;s disease nurse and a non-medical prescriber for managing, evaluating and supporting patients and their families. Moreover, this report will also provide aspects regarding the biopsychological model and its impact on the overall health and wellbeing of the older patient. At last, the strategic approaches will be discussed that may help in improving service delivery areas for effective care to the older patients with Parkinson&rsquo;s disease.&nbsp;</p>
  <h3>Overview Of The Case Study&nbsp;</h3>
  <p>Elizabeth is a seventy-five-year-old female with Parkinson&rsquo;s disease. She attended a nurse-led clinic and we discussed her current concerns. It was identified that Elizabeth had been experiencing urinary incontinence and changes in intimacy with her husband but had been reluctant to disclose this. She had been hesitant to report these problems; thus, her scores of The Parkinson's Disease Questionnaire (PDQ-39) assessment revealed that she felt highly embarrassed and ashamed of her symptoms like bad odour, frequent urination, difficulties in memorising and Tremor in hands, arms, legs, jaw, or head. By agreeing to seek treatment at the nurse-led clinic, Elizabeth was able to express her concerns and share her problems freely with the practitioners. This helped Elizabeth to trust me as I took time to assess her and build a medical report with her. This made Elizabeth feel at ease, with open and improved communication of her sensitive issues, which enhanced her physical and psychological health assessment. This urinary incontinence such as frequency of urination, urgency, or incontinence were most probably a result of Parkinson&rsquo;s disease since the condition is known to affect bladder control. I have suggested the following techniques of managing the aforementioned symptoms, including intake of more water, or use of bedside commodes, and dopamine agonists for managing issues of PD. Also, the nurse has advised her to visit a urologist, for instance an urologist for a more comprehensive treatment on the problem. The fluctuations in intimacy with her husband were also among the key concerns raised by Elizabeth. This is not very surprising as those diagnosed with Parkinson&rsquo;s disease are bound to have their physical capability diminished and emotional health compromised. During the consultation the nurse seemed to be responsive to patient&rsquo;s emotions and clearly understood that being sick causes a lot of stress to the patient.&nbsp;</p>
  <h3>Rationale Of The Case Study&nbsp;</h3>
  <p>Parkinson&rsquo;s disease (PD) is a chronic progressive neurodegenerative disorder that affects the motor system and manifests itself in movement disorders like resting tremor, rigidity, slowness of movements and postural instability, and non-motor symptoms like urinary incontinence (Rawat and Pandey, 2022). Reportedly, in patients aged 60 years and over, PD progresses more rapidly and is associated with more severe disability than in the younger patients (Hustad et al. 2021). This is in the case of PD which can significantly alter the patient&rsquo;s quality of life by affecting their physical wellbeing. Patients with PD and incontinence should therefore receive close attention and management for various reasons like, First, the nature of the incontinence such as urge, overflow, functional and the like must be assessed clinically with a view of being in a position to prescribe for the correct remedy (Vaughan and Markland, 2020). Second, the contributory factors to incontinence might be; disease severity; cognitive function; co-morbid conditions; and pharmacological management options (Zaki et al. 2022). It also provides a systematic assessment that helps in the identification of factors that have contributed to PD condition. Then, the urinary symptoms are known to appear in advance of the motor symptoms, and hence, maybe used as an early indicator of the disease. Bladder, urodynamic studies, and routine tracking of symptoms are all useful in terms of gaining insights on progression. Moreover, urgency also leads to fall and fractures, pressure ulcers and infections, skin breakdown and urinary tract infections. A reduced ability to toilet without assistance also results in higher dependence ratings and thus increased caregiver demand.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Through critical reflection, I felt that I needed to explore this further as this was an area I did not consider as much as I should when reviewing the patient. Incontinence is rarely mentioned in public and people are frequently unwilling to seek further information, there are many misconceptions regarding the condition. Watters and Boyd , 2009 argued that healthcare professionals rarely address sex an intimacy. Additionally, Gott (2003), highlighted several survey participants who stated they had never before had the chance to talk about sex with a professional. This could be due to insufficient knowledge or confidence to discuss a sensitive subject (Garrett and Tomlin, 2015). Unfortunately, clinicians have limited time with patients. Alarmingly a staggering 94% of NHS healthcare practitioners surveyed said short appointment times put patients at risk. Over half of clinicians feared that patients felt unheard or unvalued (Hazlegreaves, 2019). The World Health Organisation (WHO, 2022) highlights the emergence of several complex health states commonly called geriatric syndromes. They are often the consequence of multiple underlying factors including urinary incontinence. The ability of older individuals to perform the things they value will not differ much from that of a younger person provided they can live these extra years in good health and in a supportive environment. The effects on elderly persons and society as a whole will be more detrimental if these extra years are mostly attributed to reductions in physical and mental ability (WHO, 2022). Unfortunately patients who report urinary symptoms are frequently denied assessment or care, which serves to perpetuate the belief that incontinence is an inevitable and incurable aspect of ageing. In order to avoid the increased risk of chronic incontinence after six months and a decreased possibility of long-term resolution, it is critical to seek timely and adequate treatment for incontinence (Farage et al, 2007).&nbsp;</p>
  <h3>Critical analysis&nbsp;</h3>
  <h4>Areas Of Improvements In Practice&nbsp;</h4>
  <p>Elizabeth had admitted to becoming obsessed with planning her day and felt her urinary difficulties affected her daily activities. Some individuals can develop maladaptive coping strategies, such as limiting fluid intake, which can exacerbate the problem or lead to dehydration. She would admit to drinking enough fluid at times, particularly if she was going out. When she did go out she was worried about odour or if anyone could see if she was wearing a pad or even worse she had an accident. She admitted to avoiding some social situations. Because social behaviours are adjusted to minimise possible embarrassment due to loss of bladder control in public, incontinence can have a significant negative impact on social function. It is more preferable to focus on a more global and individualistic approach.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>From Elizabeth&rsquo;s case, there are some key issues that may need to be addressed in the healthcare services in the UK. Firstly, more attention and care concerning mental health difficulties in compared chronic physical illnesses patients might be helpful. This appears to be the main reason why Elizabeth feels distressed and isolated due to Parkinsons and how it affects her intimacy and continence. Evidently, using higher-frequency mood check-ins and greater accessibility to psychological therapies could aid patients like Elizabeth in managing these potent side effects. Secondly, the provision of further educational materials for health care providers that would involve information concerning how to approach the subject, may contribute to the improvement of communication between the patients who seek medical advice on certain issues. With regards to the study by Walters et al. (2020) stated that there is a decline in health literacy with the progress of age mainly because of the changes in cognitive processes. Patient education means that even in medical terms, which could take a long time to explain to a patient, the information is broken down and given in a simple and easy to understand manner. This helps the elderly patients understand their condition fully. Teaching can include information on diseases and their progression, prescribed drugs, their repercussions, methods for maintaining personal hygiene, and guidelines regarding food and nutrition. It is assumed that explaining such things as the need for a catheter or facing sexual desires and problems can be challenging because of the culture, the patient belongs to or the gender differences of the patient and the healthcare provider. While, another aspect was reported by Winter et al. (2022) that the indications from participants were that capacity building of staff in intimate care discussions via dignity and empathy-orientated workshops may have the potential to facilitate increased patient reporting. Might be same cause has affected her confidence in discussing her personal issues, resulting in severity of her urinary incontinence and mental health issues. For such reasons, the study by Taberna et al. (2020) pointed out that, the enhancement of communication among the members of the various disciplines comprising the Multidisciplinary teams that may be involved in the care of a specific patient may enhance continuity as well as the assessment and meeting of multifaceted patient needs. In reference to ELizabeth, improved integration of her neurology treatment team, primary care physician, nurses, and specialty continence and intimacy care services could enhance her care plan. Another possible strategy is to ensure that the records of a patient are clear within each healthcare setting and that the information is properly shared while respecting the patient&rsquo;s confidentiality. Therefore, improvements in terms of patients&rsquo; psychological support, healthcare staff&rsquo;s communication abilities and integrated teamwork in the UK health systems would be useful for clients, such as Elizabeth, experiencing the multifaceted effects of chronic illnesses. As the population age rises, these aspects of what can be described as &lsquo;golden, empathic, and patient-centered age care&rsquo; will only grow in significance.</p>
  <h4>Potential impact of service improvements on biological, psychological and social wellbeing of the older patients</h4>
  <p>Enhancing the services for elderly patients could also make a positive difference and improve their health by fulfilling their health needs. In biological terms; improvements in the early detection, prevention, diagnosis, and management of age related diseases and disorders would enable elderly patients to lead more productive healthful lifestyles (Guzman-Martinez et al. 2021). For example, enhanced options for preventive care, cancer check-ups, and a better approach to chronic ailments like urinary incontinence, and improved availability of reactivation and physical therapy, among others, can all assist the elderly to either stabilise or increase their physical capability and decrease health issues (Ogden et al. 2012). It enables them to live independently for as long as possible and avoid being admitted to hospitals or being placed in nursing homes. Psychologically, the changes in the system and the improvements that are made in the delivery of health care services to the elderly are likely to enhance the mental health of the elderly population (Moreno et al. 2020). Additional reimbursement for supports to enable the provider, staff or facility to prepare for age changes in sensory, cognitive or mobility abilities can build confidence in the abilities of the care giver. It also reassurance to the older person that they will receive the respect and care they need and deserve. Even more social work and counselling services provide care in the regular difficulties of elderly people, such as bereavement, loneliness, health/money worries, and major life adjustments, decrease conditions such as depression. Policies/contexts that work against ageism and negative stereotyping contribute to improving seniors&rsquo; perceived worth and personal roles. Simple things such as having extra time with patients, signs and forms that are easy on the eyes for people with poor eyesight are something as small as these that make it become slower but it is a good thing (Gilbert and Van Dijk, 2012).&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Socially, the helpful services that address the ability of the elderly to move around within the community and engage in social activities reduce the feelings of loneliness that the elderly experience. Better access to local transport and helping them get amenities they need made them be able to engage in activities, membership in organisations, and relationships that make life worth living (Banister and Bowling, 2004). More funds for adult day services, community services, leisure for elderly and even technology-assisted communication even when physical mobility is challenging ensures the elderly remain socially engaged. One thing is certain; improving social, psychological, and biological care for such vulnerable populace ensures that older adults remain active in community living as this positively impact their wellness (Fern&aacute;ndez-Ballesteros, 2008). It can be stipulated that healthcare systems are under obligation to enhance access, quality and experiences for elderly patients in the later life. It can substantially assist and enhance wellness promotion for seniors in multiple spheres of their aging lives.</p>
  <p>Functionally, it is apparent through previous literature that services could be enhanced to more effectively screen Elizabeth for numerous age-related medical conditions such as urinary incontinence. They could find such problems during yearly examinations and follow up visits; moreover, they could enhance her physical well-being with the help of such amenities as pelvic floor therapy or medications. Co-ordination with her neurologist might also help in the proper medications for improving symptoms of PD that are precipitating urinary issues. If Elizabeth has better control of biological factors such as weakened bladder muscles, damage to the pelvic floor, and menopause that contribute to continence and intimacy, then she may actually have enhanced physical health. In the psychological aspect, services could help Elizabeth if there were no taboos speaking about sexual health. Therapeutic communication by nurses and doctors in explaining ways to maintain intimacy with chronic illness could offer her the approaches to outline expectations, and strengthen bond in her relationship. Elizabeth could benefit from feeling comfortable discussing certain matters without shame as it may lead to an improvement of her self-esteem. Further, a session of individual or couples counselling facilitates professional assistance in managing change due to aging and diseases (Knight, 2004). Perhaps, the personalised focus and the willingness to discuss it and address her psychological state would make her mental health better. Thus, it is clear that, in the care services, more attention should be paid to Elizabeth&rsquo;s need in companionship and relationships rather than only medical ones. Chores can be done by home health aides and they can also act as social companions to the elderly, this can be done by employing the services of an adult day program which organises group activities to ensure the elderly do not feel lonely (Sims-Gould and Martin-Matthews, 2010). It is also suggested that Elisabeth&rsquo;s husband should join support groups for caregivers as these organisations help people adapt to the changes in their lives. Engagement with other people is a crucial aspect of life which people with restricted ability to improve their psychological and physical health (Menichetti et al. 2016). Integrating social content with health care services enhances the maintenance of social relations for patients (World Health Organisation, 2018). Thus, a more comprehensive understanding of needs biopsychosocial would significantly enhance quality care for older patients such as Elizabeth as it is crucial now, as with any other aspect of life, to maintain one&rsquo;s physical health, lack shame regarding infrequent communication and need for support, as well as focus on preserving relationships with close ones in old age. Health services need to move from the more familiar disease-focused and treatment hospital-oriented approaches to include true patient-centered care.</p>
  <h4>Strategic Approaches To Improve Quality Of Life Outcomes For Older People</h4>
  <p>Analysing the care needs of a patient &ldquo;Elizabeth&rdquo;; some of the areas that can be enhanced by a well-developed strategic care plan. Like, it shows that being a patient with PD; she has to struggle with physical, emotional and social issues affecting her dignity and self-esteem. This means that policy makers should adopt a highly sensitive and patient-oriented strategy so that the patients with such health issues could get better health care assistance. First of all, Elizabeth requires specialised care for the following symptoms that are related to Parkinson&rsquo;s disease and urinary incontinence. Enhancing the diagnostic accuracy and management of Urinary incontinence is crucial in enhancing quality and longevity of life of older persons with Parkinson&rsquo;s disease in UK (Waller et al. 2021). Engaging in enhanced and more systematic care of patients with PD is the willingness to apply the NICE national clinical guidelines for managing urine control issues in these patients (NICE, 2023). Another factor that could contribute to early interventions is increased training of medical professionals to identify incontinence in PD. Enhanced integration of care by professionals from the fields of neurology, urology, geriatric medicine, and nursing specialties is also necessary to produce the most ideal treatment plans for the patient (Burhenn et al. 2016). It is therefore important to develop an individualised approach based on patient&rsquo;s needs that can also address bladder dysfunction along with motor symptoms. Using continence advisors and adding the conservative treatments such as pelvic floor muscle training while on medications can enhance the results (Ayeleke et al. 2013). Lastly, more money and efforts should be directed towards the development of new and combination pharmacological and interventional management of incontinence in PD patients. Decreasing the stigmatisation of people with bladder disorders and increasing awareness to the ways in which they can impact a person&rsquo;s life negatively but often invisibly, could inspire political mobilisation for reforming health policies and increasing research funding for this problem. This could be achieved by conducting awareness programs regarding the topic so as to ensure people have adequate information.</p>
  <p>Urinary incontinence is a very multifaceted problem, which can have an emotional impact on any elder individual. The most important thing is to focus on their needs and not to criticise them. It is necessary to indicate urinary management strategies that can be considered as safe and feasible for Elizabeth considering her reduced dexterity, such as the use of protective underwear, bed pads, or portable commodes that can be easily operated. Contrary to this, Zeng et al. (2020) stated that the cause related factors such as UTI or side effect of medications should be considered while treating old aged patients with urinary incontinence. The above case indicates that depression can worsen other health complications, thus, Elizabeth should seek counselling and emotional support to strengthen her dignity and optimism. Specifically, the author Van Niekerk et al. (2021) states that one of the potential reasons for such changes could be issues with intimacy and emotional closeness of patient with their partner, for which it is necessary to provide open and empathetic communication. Possible causes may be disease related, such as the progression of the disease, or they may be related to individual concerns, or a patient&rsquo;s ability to understand what practitioners are saying, or medication adverse effects (Tariq et al. 2018). The other issue Elizabeth may need to be reminded is that intimacy is not solely an aspect of passion. Becoming sensitive to what makes them most content, loved and supported is an important idea to follow. There is help for those who want to improve their sex life and be intimate safely and comfortably despite Parkinson&rsquo;s disease. For instance, support groups works in providing care and support to the patients are easily approachable within the communities. But over and above all of this, constant expressions of one&rsquo;s continued loyalty will help to strengthen the bond of affection. Loving family will also guide solutions along with her strength and knowledge that has been developed in her own life. Following her from time to time will make her feel that someone is keen to listen to her and care for her while they go through these difficult changes in their later years. Similarly, the study Rosenbaum et al. (2014) has supported the idea of family based approaches that involved family members, especially partners and parents to look after the patient with supoiort, care and attention. Likewise, it is assumed that the involvement of Elizabeth&rsquo;s husband can bring improvement in her mental and physical health. For instance, research by Margareta et al. (2009) demonstrates that husbands can also play useful role in enhancing their spouses urinary incontinent and sexual relationship. First, the best thing to do is to read up on her condition so that they could know what the patient is going through and what they feel. Consult with her and help her to obtain the necessary professional attention, which might be Kegel exercises, medications, or surgery. It would be wise to be understanding and not push her to engage in sexual relations when the symptoms have not cleared up. Be willing to take part in such procedures as Kegel exercise if the doctor advises on it. In addition, Park et al. (2014) supported Kegel exercise and stated that this exercises are used to improve the pelvic floor muscles which assist in controlling of urinal bladder and bowels. The muscles involved in the process include the pelvic floor muscles and the anal muscles. When these muscles are contracted and relaxed in succession, they help minimise incidences of urinary incontinence among women. Above all, it is suggested that Elizabeth&rsquo;s family members should be sensitive, calming and positive with her, and set realistic intimacy goals as they both learns to deal with this embarrassing and sensitive medical condition.&nbsp;</p>
  <h4>Legal, Ethical And Professional Issues Related To The Best Practices In The Areas Of Service Delivery&nbsp;</h4>
  <p>In case of Elizabeth, issues of health care concern health needs, as well as her preferences or any values she may uphold. Nurses are legally limited on what they can reveal about Elizabeth and therefore must respect her right to privacy under data protection laws such as the Data Protection Act in the UK. In addition to this, the study by Nelson-Nilsen, (2016) stated that the healthcare systems in the UK are obliged to follow Data Protection Act and Equality care Act 2010 to maintain equality and protection rights of the patients. Her medical information and history should not be revealed without her permission and should remain limited to her healthcare providers when necessary. Care plans must also consider legal requirements for equality, diversity and non-discrimination as any assumptions made regarding Elizabeth&rsquo;s preferences and circumstances may be unlawful due to her dementia. Ethically, there is recognition of Elizabeth&rsquo;s self-governance and self-determination in the care decisions that should take into consideration her values and views. This process entails the use of acceptable, non-emotional language to explore her unique concerns and goals in relation to urinary incontinence and relationship intimacy concerns. As per the study by Gazarian et al. (2021) put forward its findings that the care plans should respect the patients&rsquo; dignity, promote comfort and support their relationship with their partners to bring stability in their quality of life. In addressing the clients, the nurse should understand that urinary and sexual issues are sensitive areas of concern. It is important to ensure that they create a favorable atmosphere that promotes openness, trust and emotional safety during these discussions. By using the communication techniques such as questioning without imposing the answers, listening without judging and by providing with understandable choices helps both patients and the care providers to build mutual understanding (Leonardo, 2020). Consultation with other professionals such as the pelvic health physiotherapist may offer practical guidance for coping. In general, it is crucial to bring together people and work together focusing on the person. The care plan has to address the continence care needs and the therapeutic interventions in terms of continence products, lifestyle modifications, and any potential therapies alongside the important client-centred and personable perspective on Elizabeth&rsquo;s life and her interpersonal relationships. Nursing care should provide patient privacy and equality in compliance with legal requirements while honoring patient&rsquo;s rights to self-determination, dignity and values. Honesty, respect, and discretion along with the provision of the appropriate support to Elizabeth allow her to feel comfortable in tackling this challenging condition. Professional caregivers should also periodically reassess her goals and objectives and modify treatment plans accordingly.</p>
  <h2>Conclusion</h2>
  <p>This report has presented the case presented is of a 75-year-old female patient diagnosed with Parkinson&rsquo;s disease who went to a nurse-led clinic to talk about the urinary and intimacy problems she was reluctant to bring up before. The nurse was allowed to establish a good working relationship and make Elizabeth comfortable to discuss various personal health issues. Based on the findings, it was concluded that the urinary frequency, urgency and incontinence that Elizabeth suffers from are actually symptoms of Parkinson&rsquo;s disease on bladder functions. Of course, the nurse advised to make changes in the lifestyle, drink more water, use a bedside commode, and consult a urologist. Elizabeth also had concerns about sexual relations with her husband and stated that due to her physical disability and psychological state change due to Parkinson&rsquo;s, she lost intimacy with her husband. After greeting her, the nurse offered suggestions as to how they could continue to express affection while engaging in activities that met Elizabeth&rsquo;s physical limitations. In total, the nurse was receptive to listening to the patient and acknowledged the fact that stress is brought about by an illness. As suggested by the nurse, Elizabeth should consult with urologists as instructed and follow the recommendations that were made concerning her urinary problems and symptoms. Furthermore, it is suggested that the intimacy recommendations should be used by Elizabeth and her husband, although he should be ready for changes when her Parkinson&rsquo;s develops. Management is also recommended to ensure that continuity of care with the nurse is maintained to attend to any emergent issues.</p>
  <h3>References&nbsp;</h3>
  <ul>
  <li>
  Ayeleke, R. O., Hay‐Smith, E. J. C., and Omar, M. I., 2013. Pelvic floor muscle training added to another active treatment versus the same active treatment alone for urinary incontinence in women. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, (11).
  </li>
  <li>
  Banister, D., and Bowling, A., 2004. Quality of life for the elderly: the transport dimension. Transport policy, 11(2), 105-115.
  </li>
  <li>
  Bazzano, A.N., Noel, L.A., Patel, T., Dominique, C.C., Haywood, C., Moore, S., Mantsios, A. and Davis, P.A., 2023. Improving the engagement of underrepresented people in health research through equity-centered design thinking: qualitative study and process evaluation for the development of the grounding health research in design toolkit. JMIR Formative Research, 7, p.e43101.
  </li>
  <li>
  Beele, H., Smet, S., Van Damme, N., and Beeckman, D., 2018. Incontinence-associated dermatitis: pathogenesis, contributing factors, prevention and management options. Drugs and aging, 35, 1-10.
  </li>
  <li>
  Bloem, B. R., Henderson, E. J., Dorsey, E. R., Okun, M. S., Okubadejo, N., Chan, P., ... and Munneke, M. , 2020. Integrated and patient-centred management of Parkinson's disease: a network model for reshaping chronic neurological care. The Lancet Neurology, 19(7), 623-634.
  </li>
  <li>
  Burhenn, P. S., McCarthy, A. L., Begue, A., Nightingale, G., Cheng, K., and Kenis, C. , 2016. Geriatric assessment in daily oncology practice for nurses and allied health care professionals: Opinion paper of the Nursing and Allied Health Interest Group of the International Society of Geriatric Oncology (SIOG). Journal of geriatric oncology, 7(5), 315-324.
  </li>
  <li>
  Corrado, B., Giardulli, B., Polito, F., Aprea, S., Lanzano, M., and Dodaro, C. , 2020. The impact of urinary incontinence on quality of life: a cross-sectional study in the Metropolitan City of Naples. Geriatrics, 5(4), 96.
  </li>
  <li>
  Daley, D., Payne, L. P., Galper, J., Cheung, A., Deal, L., Despres, M., ... and Escorpizo, R. , 2021. Clinical Guidance to Optimize Work Participation After Injury or Illness: The Role of Physical Therapists: Clinical Practice Guidelines Linked to the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health From the Academy of Orthopaedic Physical Therapy of the American Physical Therapy Association. Journal of Orthopaedic and Sports Physical Therapy, 51(8), CPG1-CPG102.
  </li>
  <li>
  Erdos, D., 2022. The UK and the EU personal data framework after Brexit: A new trade and cooperation partnership grounded in Council of Europe Convention 108+?. Computer Law &amp; Security Review, 44, p.105639.
  </li>
  <li>
  Fern&aacute;ndez-Ballesteros, R. , 2008. Active aging: The contribution of psychology. Hogrefe Publishing GmbH.
  </li>
  <li>
  Fowler, J., Jarvis, P., and Chevannes, M. , 2021. Practical statistics for nursing and health care. John Wiley and Sons.
  </li>
  <li>
  Gazarian, P.K., Morrison, C.R., Lehmann, L.S., Tamir, O., Bates, D.W. and Rozenblum, R., 2021. Patients&rsquo; and care partners&rsquo; perspectives on dignity and respect during acute care hospitalization. Journal of patient safety, 17(5), pp.392-397.
  </li>
  <li>
  Gilbert, C., and Van Dijk, K. , 2012. When someone has low vision. Community Eye Health, 25(77), 4.
  </li>
  <li>
  Guzman-Martinez, L., Calf&iacute;o, C., Farias, G. A., Vilches, C., Prieto, R., and Maccioni, R. B. , 2021. New frontiers in the prevention, diagnosis, and treatment of Alzheimer&rsquo;s disease. Journal of Alzheimer's disease, 82(s1), S51-S63.
  </li>
  <li>
  Hustad, E., Myklebust, T. &Aring;., Gulati, S., and Aasly, J. O. , 2021. Increased mortality in young-onset Parkinson&rsquo;s disease. Journal of movement disorders, 14(3), 214.
  </li>
  <li>
  Knight, B. G. (2004). Psychotherapy with older adults. Sage.
  </li>
  <li>
  Koelen, M. A., and Van den Ban, A. W. , 2023. Health education and health promotion. BRILL.
  </li>
  <li>
  Leonardo, N., 2020. Active listening techniques: 30 practical tools to hone your communication skills. Callisto Media, Inc..
  </li>
  <li>
  Leslie, K., Moore, J., Robertson, C., Bilton, D., Hirschkorn, K., Langelier, M.H. and Bourgeault, I.L., 2021. Regulating health professional scopes of practice: comparing institutional arrangements and approaches in the US, Canada, Australia and the UK. Human Resources for Health, 19, pp.1-12.
  </li>
  <li>
  Lewis, M. M. , 2023. Leveraging Advancements in Virtual Reality Technology for the Evaluation of Neurological Disease (Doctoral dissertation, Case Western Reserve University).
  </li>
  <li>
  Margareta, N., Ann, L. and Othon, L., 2009. The impact of female urinary incontinence and urgency on quality of life and partner relationship. Neurourology and Urodynamics: Official Journal of the International Continence Society, 28(8), pp.976-981.
  </li>
  <li>
  Mason, A. and Minerva, F., 2022. Should the Equality Act 2010 be extended to prohibit appearance discrimination?. Political Studies, 70(2), pp.425-442.
  </li>
  <li>
  Matsuda, M., and Kohno, A. , 2021. Development of a blended learning system for nurses to learn the basics of psychoeducation for patients with mental disorders. BMC nursing, 20, 1-10.
  </li>
  <li>
  Menichetti, J., Cipresso, P., Bussolin, D., and Graffigna, G. , 2016. Engaging older people in healthy and active lifestyles: a systematic review. Ageing and Society, 36(10), 2036-2060.
  </li>
  <li>
  Moreno, C., Wykes, T., Galderisi, S., Nordentoft, M., Crossley, N., Jones, N., ... and Arango, C. , 2020. How mental health care should change as a consequence of the COVID-19 pandemic. The lancet psychiatry, 7(9), 813-824.
  </li>
  <li>
  Nelson-Nilsen, G.N.Y., 2016. Accessing the Implementation of EU Directive on Patient Rights to Cross-border Healthcare and its Impact on Nations Healthcare system: A comparative study of United Kingdom, Germany and The Netherlands (Master's thesis).
  </li>
  <li>
  NHS, , 2024. Oxybutynin [ONLINE]. Available at:<a href="https://www.nhs.uk/medicines/oxybutynin/"> https://www.nhs.uk/medicines/oxybutynin/</a> [accessed: 13th June 2023]
  </li>
  <li>
  NICE, , 2023. Urinary incontinence in neurological disease: assessment and management [ONLINE]. Available at:<a href="https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/cg148/documents/special-assessments-needed-to-support-people-with-incontinence-who-have-neurological-conditions-says-nice"> https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/cg148/documents/special-assessments-needed-to-support-people-with-incontinence-who-have-neurological-conditions-says-nice</a> [accessed: 13th June 2023]
  </li>
  <li>
  Ogden, L. L., Richards, C. L., and Shenson, D. , 2012. Clinical preventive services for older adults: the interface between personal health care and public health services. American Journal of Public Health, 102(3), 419-425.
  </li>
  <li>
  Park, S.H. and Kang, C.B., 2014. Effect of Kegel exercises on the management of female stress urinary incontinence: a systematic review of randomized controlled trials. Advances in Nursing, 2014(1), p.640262.
  </li>
  <li>
  Rawat, C. S., and Pandey, S. , 2022. Parkinson&rsquo;s disease&ndash;an introduction. Techniques for Assessment of Parkinsonism for Diagnosis and Rehabilitation, 1-24.
  </li>
  <li>
  Rosenbaum, P., King, S., Law, M., King, G. and Evans, J., 2014. Family-centred service: A conceptual framework and research review. Family-Centred Assessment and Intervention in Pediatric Rehabilitation, pp.1-20.
  </li>
  <li>
  Sims-Gould, J., and Martin-Matthews, A. , 2010. Strategies used by home support workers in the delivery of care to elderly clients. Canadian Journal on Aging/La revue canadienne du vieillissement, 29(1), 97-107.
  </li>
  <li>
  Sl&aring;tten, T., Mutonyi, B. R., and Lien, G. , 2020. The impact of individual creativity, psychological capital, and leadership autonomy support on hospital employees&rsquo; innovative behaviour. BMC Health Services Research, 20, 1-17.
  </li>
  <li>
  Stephen Ekpenyong, M., Nyashanu, M., Ossey-Nweze, C. and Serrant, L., 2021. Exploring the perceptions of dignity among patients and nurses in hospital and community settings: An integrative review. Journal of Research in Nursing, 26(6), pp.517-537.
  </li>
  <li>
  Taberna, M., Gil Moncayo, F., Jan&eacute;-Salas, E., Antonio, M., Arribas, L., Vilajosana, E., Peralvez Torres, E. and Mes&iacute;a, R., 2020. The multidisciplinary team (MDT) approach and quality of care. Frontiers in oncology, 10, p.85.
  </li>
  <li>
  Tariq, R.A., Vashisht, R., Sinha, A. and Scherbak, Y., 2018. Medication dispensing errors and prevention.
  </li>
  <li>
  Vaismoradi, M., Tella, S., A. Logan, P., Khakurel, J. and Vizcaya-Moreno, F., 2020. Nurses&rsquo; adherence to patient safety principles: a systematic review. International journal of environmental research and public health, 17(6), p.2028.
  </li>
  <li>
  Van Niekerk, L.M., Schubert, E. and Matthewson, M., 2021. Emotional intimacy, empathic concern, and relationship satisfaction in women with endometriosis and their partners. Journal of psychosomatic obstetrics &amp; gynecology, 42(1), pp.81-87.
  </li>
  <li>
  van Vuuren, A. J., Van Rensburg, J. A., Jacobs, L., and Hanekom, S. , 2021. Exploring literature on knowledge, attitudes, beliefs and practices towards urinary incontinence management: a scoping review. International Urogynecology Journal, 32, 485-499.
  </li>
  <li>
  Vaughan, C. P., and Markland, A. D. , 2020. Urinary incontinence in women. Annals of internal medicine, 172(3), ITC17-ITC32.
  </li>
  <li>
  Waller, S., Williams, L., Morales-Briceno, H., and Fung, V. S. , 2021. The initial diagnosis and management of Parkinson's disease. Australian journal of general practice, 50(11), 793-890.
  </li>
  <li>
  Walters, R., Leslie, S.J., Polson, R., Cusack, T. and Gorely, T., 2020. Establishing the efficacy of interventions to improve health literacy and health behaviours: a systematic review. BMC public health, 20, pp.1-17.
  </li>
  <li>
  Winter, R., Leanage, N., Roberts, N., Norman, R.I. and Howick, J., 2022. Experiences of empathy training in healthcare: a systematic review of qualitative studies. Patient education and counseling, 105(10), pp.3017-3037.
  </li>
  <li>
  World Health Organization. , 2018. Continuity and coordination of care: a practice brief to support implementation of the WHO Framework on integrated people-centred health services.
  </li>
  <li>
  Zaki, N. M., Abou-Hashem, R. M., Sweed, H. S., and Ali, S. M. , 2022. Prevalence and Associated Co-morbid Conditions of Urinary Incontinence in Frail Elderly Males. The Egyptian Journal of Hospital Medicine, 88(1), 3622-3629.
  </li>
  <li>
  Zaman, M. S., Ghahari, S., and McColl, M. A. , 2021. Barriers to accessing healthcare services for people with Parkinson&rsquo;s disease: A scoping review. Journal of Parkinson's Disease, 11(4), 1537-1553.
  </li>
  <li>
  Zeng, G., Zhu, W., Lam, W. and Bayramgil, A., 2020. Treatment of urinary tract infections in the old and fragile. World journal of urology, 38, pp.2709-2720.
  </li>
  </ul>

meta_description:
  This case study will explore the issues surrounding urinary incontinence in an older person and will critically analyse biological and social aspects of care provision.


slug: discussing-and-analysing-four-themes-to-confirm-learning
title: Discussing And Analysing Four Themes To Confirm Learning
academic_level: Undergraduate
subject: Nursing
type_of_paper: Thematic Analysis
citation_style: APA
meta_title: Discussing And Analysing Four Themes To Confirm Learning
meta_keywords: registered nurse
canonical_url: https://www.cheap-essay-writing.co.uk/
meta_robots: index,follow
created_at: 2025-06-23 14:17:17
updated_at: 2026-01-14 15:48:32
status: published
content:
  <h2>Discussing And Analysing Four Themes To Confirm Learning To Aid Practice As A Registered Nurse.</h2>
  <p>[Student ID]</p>
  <p>[Name of Institution]</p>
  <p>[Date of Submission]</p>
  <p><strong>Abstract</strong></p>
  <p><strong>Purpose: </strong>This study aimed to explore four key themes - leadership, management, supervision, and coaching - and their role in enhancing learning and facilitating the transition from student nurse to registered nurse. Confirming learning through application of theoretical knowledge is important for nursing students to successfully integrate into clinical practice.</p>
  <p><strong>Methods:</strong> A qualitative literature review was conducted using various databases. Literature published between 2015-2022 focusing on the four themes within nursing education and early career development contexts was included. Over 50 sources were thoroughly analysed using content analysis. Literature was critically examined to understand concepts, models, strategies and their influence on learning outcomes.</p>
  <p><strong>Results:</strong> Regarding leadership, exposure to various leadership styles aids socialization into the nursing role and reinforces classroom content. Transformational, situational and authentic leadership approaches stimulate lifelong learning when role modeled. For management, engaging Nurse Managers support translation of theory into practice through demonstration of soft skills. Blended human relations and systems approaches optimize the learning environment. Supervision provides an avenue to assess application abilities, with feedback-rich, collaborative models enhancing confidence. Coaching nurtures competencies through development-focused discussions and reflective practice.</p>
  <p><strong>Conclusion:</strong> Mastering abilities within these themes is integral to student nurses&rsquo; transition to registration and continuing professional growth. Leadership encourages vision-driven work and self-direction. Management approaches promoting empowerment and customized support bolster competency development. Effective supervision facilitates skills practice and progression. Coaching strengthens relational and ethical aptitudes over time. Nursing programs and practice settings would benefit from reinforcement of these interrelated themes throughout education and early careers. Further research exploring sustainable integrations is recommended.</p>
  <h3>1. Chapter 1: Introduction&nbsp;</h3>
  <p>This research is focused on assessing and exploring four main themes which ultimately assist the practice of a registered nurse. The four themes that will be addressed are leadership styles, management techniques, supervisory methods, and coaching competencies. A study of these topics from an integrative literature review will ensure that they reinforce learning and aid the student-to-registered-nurse transition. Nursing leadership features many approaches including Transformational Leadership which fosters motivation with effective vision-setting and Situational Leadership that customises its methods to individual learner needs and Authentic Leadership which prioritises ethical transparency. This dissertation thoroughly investigates the essential nature of these styles for nursing education (Hussein, 2021). Exploring these themes aims at understanding the role of leadership, management, supervision, and coaching in increasing the learning outcomes for student nurses. The nursing students acquire both theoretical knowledge and practical skills as the academic program and clinical placements proceed. On the other hand, translation of this knowledge into real professional practices requires further assistance. Developing skills that are necessary for leadership, management, coordination of care, supervision of other staff as well as skills coaching of colleagues are critical for registered nurses. For this reason, the purpose of this dissertation is to investigate how these four factors play a role in guaranteeing safe and effective nurses&rsquo; work.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>A critical analysis and synthesis of literature, models and concepts within each theme will help identify and discuss various models and terms. This will provide insight into effective approaches that can be implemented during the student experience and early career to reinforce learning. The research questions guiding this study focus on how these themes impact learning confirmation and translate to improved competencies for nursing practice. Overall, the aim is to support the transition from student to registered nurse role through an enhanced understanding of leadership, management, supervision and coaching.</p>
  <p>The impact of Leadership styles including Transformational, Situational and Authentic Leadership receives extensive attention in nursing literature concerning student learning and professional practise transitions. Approximately 110 or 44 % of participants subscribe to Transformational Leadership which boosts motivation and innovation yet creates leader dependency and burnout during dealing with pressuring situations. Despite its value in building trust Authentic Leadership demonstrates challenges when determining measurement methods and achieving consistent leadership practises in different teams. Situational Leadership presents flexibility choices yet it fails to fit all educational contexts (Gassas, 2021). They are also expected to supervise less experienced staff and support the learning needs of nursing students and new graduate nurses. Traditional nursing education programmes need alignment with NMC Educational Standards to prepare students for their expanded professional responsibilities. The standards prioritise the development of patient-centred competencies through learner-centred education while ensuring supervised practise preparation for qualified roles.</p>
  <p>There has been growing recognition within the nursing literature that strengthening components of leadership development, management training, supervision strategies, and coaching skills could help bridge the gap between academic preparation and professional practice requirements. Specifically, enhancing learning in these four key domains can help nursing students more smoothly transition into registered nurses who are confident and competent in their nursing roles (Gcawu and van Rooyen, 2022). It is vital that new graduate nurses are equipped with the necessary knowledge and abilities to not only care for patients independently but also lead teams, oversee care delivery, develop others, and advance the profession.</p>
  <p>The analysis of nursing education curriculums reveals that leadership and management principles with preceptoring and coaching content exist but lack substantial development and effective practise integration which requires NMC Practise and Academic Assessment standard alignment to provide competency-focused education and practical nursing readiness. Additionally, nursing workforce data highlights a loss of experienced nurses who could otherwise serve as mentors and preceptors to socialise new graduates into professional nursing practice (Hopeck, 2023). The COVID-19 pandemic further exacerbated preceptor shortages and stressful work environments, jeopardising the support and development of new nurses (Rashwan et al., 2023). This has serious implications for nursing leadership development, succession planning, and workforce retention.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Leadership combined with management practises and supervision methods alongside individual coaching form the base of the NMC Standards for Student Supervision and Assessment (SSSA) framework that prioritises competency-based learners along with standardised supervision. According to the NMC the positive impact of strong leadership manifests in student experiences and maintains patient safety with simultaneous advancement of professional development programmes. When nursing programmes incorporate education models that comply with these standards they prepare students to meet their professional duties successfully. (Penconek et al., 2021). This dissertation aims at presenting various perspectives on optimising learning through a value driven synthesis of literature on leadership, management, supervision, and coaching theories relevant to registered nursing.&nbsp;</p>
  <ol>
  <li>
  In what ways can leadership models and concepts enhance learning outcomes and readiness for professional nursing practice?
  </li>
  <li>
  What management strategies can be implemented during pre-registration nursing education to strengthen learning and competencies required of registered nurses?
  </li>
  <li>
  How do effective supervision techniques and coaching frameworks support learning confirmation for student nurses and newly qualified nurses joining the workforce?
  </li>
  </ol>
  <h3>2. Chapter 2: Leadership &amp; Management&nbsp;</h3>
  <h4>2.1 Leadership Models and Concepts&nbsp;</h4>
  <p>This section will discuss three core leadership models cited in nursing literature transformational leadership, situational leadership and authentic leadership. Key concepts will be compared and analysed based on selected review sources. Nursing leadership requires team leaders to guide and motivate professionals toward shared objectives through influence (Barr and Dowding, 2022), but nursing management prioritises delivery coordination and execution at both organisational and operational levels (Barr and Dowding, 2022). The leadership role supports innovation and staff engagement yet its effectiveness depends on operational efficiency which comes from effective management practises. When transformational leaders spark innovation through inspiration the absence of structured management practises makes such changes less sustainable. Nursing staff needs essential leadership together with management expertise to bring visions to life and produce superior patient outcomes according to Ellis (2021).</p>
  <h5>2.1.1 Transformational Leadership&nbsp;</h5>
  <p>Transformational leadership is defined as the leadership which inspire, motivate and encourage employees to perform exceptional in manner which can brings transformational (meaningful) change in the organisation (Cummings et al., 2021). Transformational leadership is recognised as an important model in healthcare settings due to its emphasis on inspiration and empowerment of followers (Cummings et al., 2021; Barr and Dowding, 2022; Black, 2022). Transformational leaders motivate staff by expressing compelling visions and valuing individual contributions (Cummings et al., 2021). Zhang et al. (2022) developed a caring leadership model based on transformational approaches which aims to promote a caring culture through vision-guided practice, empowerment of nurses and prioritising patient needs. Their model highlights the need for compassionate, relational leadership in nursing focused on empowering frontline staff. The use of transformational leadership has shown widespread success in healthcare because it prioritises visionary guidance and drives motivation while building employee empowerment skills (Cummings et al., 2021). Staff experience leader dependency and emotional exhaustion according to critics who analyse this leadership style (Barr and Dowding, 2022). Transformational leadership requires leaders to inspire people but this capability might become unsustainable when operating in demanding situations (Zhang et al., 2022). Critical care environments suffer from inefficiencies when decision-making lacks structure because innovative approaches and professional development operate without appropriate frameworks.</p>
  <h5>2.1.2 Situational Leadership</h5>
  <p>Situational leadership is based on the correlation between followers and leaders and present a framework to perform on given situation based on the readiness level which a follower exhibits during a function, task or organisational objective. Situational leadership theory proposes that leaders adjust their style based on follower development levels and task demands (Ellis, 2021; Black, 2022). The level of direction and support varies depending on the situation. For example, new graduates require stronger direction initially until competence increases (Ellis, 2021). Kanninen et al. (2021) acknowledge situational approaches enable consideration of contextual factors influencing professional governance. However, critics argue it does not account for characteristics of the leader or follower maturity levels over time (Black, 2022).</p>
  <h5>2.1.3 Authentic Leadership&nbsp;</h5>
  <p>Authentic leadership is displayed through high levels of self-awareness, relational transparency, balanced processing of information and internalised moral perspective (Cummings et al., 2021; Black, 2022). Leclerc et al. (2021) conducted a grounded theory study generating a human-centered leadership theory which emphasised many authentic leadership traits like compassion and empathy with a focus on relationships and emotional intelligence. Authentic leaders demonstrate behaviours consistent with personal values and build trusting relationships (Cummings et al., 2021). This leadership model found increasing support in nursing research and education. In summary, transformational, situational and authentic leadership theories offer useful frameworks for nurses. Transformational and authentic leadership models work well for nursing because of their relational approach but create difficulties when leaders depend on staff members and when team members experience burnout as well as inconsistences in demanding situations. Further research can explore integrations between leadership approaches best suited for contemporary nursing practice.</p>
  <h4>2.2 Management Models and Concepts</h4>
  <h5>2.2.1 Classical Management Theory&nbsp;</h5>
  <p>Classical management originated from Taylor's scientific management principles focused on productivity and standardisation (Parreira et al., 2021; Black, 2022). It emphasises work specialisation, control, performance measurement and top-down direction (Yoder-Wise and Sportsman, 2022). Research proposed that tasks should be separated and simplified into small, predefined motions to optimise efficiency. Time motion studies were used to determine the most effective way to perform individual job tasks (Taylor et al., 2021). However, this approach ignores the skills, knowledge and complexity involved in nursing care delivery. It fails to acknowledge that nursing requires integrating both scientific knowledge and interpersonal skills to provide holistic, patient-centred care. While principles of efficiency, division of labour and predictive planning hold merit when applied appropriately, critics argue classical views insufficiently consider the dynamic, unpredictable nature of healthcare environments and the human centred, relationship-focused aspects of nursing practice (Black, 2022; Parreira et al., 2021). The classical perspective does not accommodate the independent clinical reasoning, collaborative teamwork and emphasis on individualised patient outcomes that characterise contemporary professional nursing.</p>
  <h5>2.2.2 Human Relations Management Theory</h5>
  <p>The human relations model shifted the focus from scientific management principles to interpersonal dynamics, motivation, and relationships in the workplace (Yoder-Wise and Sportsman, 2022). Pioneering studies by Elton Mayo at the Hawthorne Works of Western Electric demonstrated that social and psychological factors highly influence worker productivity. Theories developed by Maslow and Herzberg expanded on this perspective, highlighting how addressing employees' basic and higher-level needs can improve satisfaction and performance. In the nursing context, Pariona-Cabrera et al. (2020) and Aburumman et al. (2020) found a link between empowering, human relations-based human resource practices and positive outcomes such as decreased workplace violence and turnover. This approach recognises that management needs to consider the human element by engaging with employees, addressing their diverse needs and promoting quality relationships within the work environment. However, some critics argue this perspective underplays issues of power dynamics, politics and organisational structures (Yoder-Wise and Sportsman, 2022). It is over-emphasise feel-good strategies over systemic changes needed to support staff engagement and retention in complex healthcare systems.</p>
  <h5>2.2.3 Systems Management Theory&nbsp;</h5>
  <p>Systems approach views organisations as complex open systems reliant on interdependencies between people, tasks and environment (Yoder-Wise and Sportsman, 2022). Management involves balancing inputs/outputs, integration and goal attainment (Black, 2022). Kok et al. (2023) and Wang et al. (2022) demonstrated how decentralised leadership can empower change within systems-based healthcare networks. Benefits include holistic views, flexibility and shared accountability (Harrison et al., 2021). However, critics note difficulty operationalising systemic thinking (Yoder-Wise and Sportsman, 2022). In summary, while each model offers perspectives, blending human relations and systems approaches optimise management practices for complex nursing environments dependent on people-centered, collaborative efforts to deliver high-quality, sustainable care.</p>
  <h4>2.3 Supervision of Learners&nbsp;</h4>
  <h5>2.3.1 Importance of Learner Supervision&nbsp;</h5>
  <p>Effective supervision is a crucial element for nursing students to successfully translate theoretical classroom knowledge into safe and competent practice in real-world clinical settings (Cant et al., 2021; Williamson et al., 2020). Student nurses must have supportive preceptors who can facilitate learning through hands-on demonstration, guidance of skills and procedures, and provision of timely, formative feedback to aid development (King et al., 2020; Snowdon et al., 2020). This supervision fosters students' acquisition of technical and behavioural competencies while supporting their socialisation and enculturation into the nursing profession. When supervisors invest in students, it further aids retention of this future nursing workforce (Rodr&iacute;guez-Garc&iacute;a et al., 2021; Hill et al., 2020). Providing students with appropriate levels of progressively increasing responsibility and independence, within a safe learning environment, enhances their confidence and abilities (King et al., 2020; Rodr&iacute;guez-Garc&iacute;a et al., 2021). Effective supervision is thus paramount in assisting students to make the transition from educational preparation to professional registered nursing practice. It ensures they are competent and prepared to provide safe, high-quality patient care.</p>
  <p>Various leadership frameworks were discussed in the literature in terms of their applicability to the improvement of learning results. Major models and their connections with learning are summarized. Learner-centeredness is supported in transformational leadership because this form of leadership comes with the vision to convey and due regard for one&rsquo;s talents and dreams (Zhang et al., 2022). The practicing Nurse Managers that implement such an approach allow students and new nurses to take a proactive role where they provide innovative ideas, take leadership roles and direct their practice domains using their passion (Cummings et al., 2021). They also cultivate self-motivating workers who work towards actualization of a common goal of high quality, patient centred care.</p>
  <h5>2.3.2 Effective Strategies for Learner Supervision&nbsp;</h5>
  <p>Various studies highlight supervision approaches that optimise student experiences. Collaborative learning models pair students with different competencies, encouraging reflection, guidance and mentoring between peers (Williamson et al., 2020; Hill et al., 2020). Regular formative feedback and goal setting nurtures safe, progressive autonomy in learners (Snowdon et al., 2020; Cant et al., 2021). Supervisors who clearly communicate expectations, provide timely oversight of skills practice and actively facilitate learning, promote higher satisfaction and positive placements (King et al., 2020; Rodr&iacute;guez-Garc&iacute;a et al., 2021).</p>
  <p>While peer-assisted and formative feedback strategies received support, implementing collaborative supervision requires cultural adjustment from traditional models dependent on individual preceptors (Williamson et al., 2020). Furthermore, effective supervision is reliant on organisational prioritisation through resources, workload adjustment and preceptor training/recognition (Snowdon et al., 2020; Cant et al., 2021). A standardised method can be harmful to creativity if it is imposed without tailoring it to unique individual and situational factors (King et al., 2020).</p>
  <p>&nbsp;Learning supervision plays a fundamental role in clinical placements while fulfilling the guidelines of the NMC Standards for Student Supervision and Assessment that promote teamwork among students and structured educational feedback varieties. Additional examination of built-in and sustainable supervision methods should become a priority within these oversight criteria.</p>
  <h4>2.4 Coaching Skills for Future Practice&nbsp;</h4>
  <h5>2.4.1 Definition and Importance of Coaching Skills</h5>
  <p>Coaching involves collaborative discussions among nurse managers and coaches to establish an action plan, review performance, provide feedback, and promote professional development (Morrell et al., 2020; Saifan et al., 2021). Coaching skills include empathetic communication, active listening, posing thought-provoking questions, and facilitating self-reflection (King et al., 2021; Jones et al, 2021). The transferable abilities serve as essential tools for student education combined with nurse retention and progression (King et al., 2021; Alatawi et al., 2020). When preceptors are absent students alongside new nurses will lose their confidence and struggle to make clinical decisions as well as develop professionally thus affecting both patient care quality and retention statistics.</p>
  <h5>2.4.2 Coaching Models for Future Practice&nbsp;</h5>
  <p>Many coaching frameworks are relevant to nursing. The GROW Model makes the discussion of Rationale, Reality, Options and Will/commitment as the key components (Jones et al., 2021). Solution-Focused model handles solutions rather than problems through asking questions which lead to motivation and competence (King et al., 2021; Saifan et al., 2021). The model of Evidence-Based Practice guides critical appraisal of the evidence and their practical application (Alatawi et al., 2020; Saifan et al., 2021).</p>
  <h5>2.4.3 Developing Coaching Skills in Registered Nurses&nbsp;</h5>
  <p>Although coaching is useful to learning and also to practice, nurses often fail to get formal training (Morrell et al., 2020; King et al., 2021). The escape room is an example of the creative teaching approach that ensures soft skills like communication are sharpened through simulating reality (Morrell et al. 2020). Nonetheless the obstacles are busy schedules and non-existent class applied works (De Leeuw et al., 2020; King et al., 2021). Hence, setting coaching competencies with role specific education obtains these problems (Jones et al., 2021; Saifan et al., 2021). Concurrently, preceptorship programs with coaching task descriptions and mutual support relationships laid out will do a better job in terms of knowledge transfer (King et al., 2021; Saifan et al., 2021). Continual learning process such as workshops and multi-dimensional portfolios helps to improve the expertise of coaching (King et al., 2021; Alatawi et al., 2020).</p>
  <p>&nbsp;In a nutshell, formal coaching training accompanied by working experience building programmes can make it possible for nurses to overcome the gap between theory and practice and become the advocates of the evidence-based quality in healthcare due to the professional development. This entails many advantages in health training, healthcare systems improvement and patient outcomes.</p>
  <h4>2.5 Integration of Leadership, Management, Supervision, and Coaching in Registered Nursing Practice&nbsp;</h4>
  <p>Peer coaching circles improve the autonomous skills practice with a non-judgmental framework. As careers move forward, informal mentoring relationships promote continuous learning by the reciprocal exchange of clinical expertise, research insights, leadership styles and passion for care innovation. Workplace empowerment of nurses into shared governance councils is the best example of authentic, transformational and ethical approaches that inspire vision-driven practices (Zhang et al., 2022). By providing chances for students to be mentored through coaching, professional confidence is boosted and future nursing leaders are created who are dedicated to lifelong learning.</p>
  <h4>2.6 Implications for Registered Nurse Education and Practice&nbsp;</h4>
  <p>This literature investigation have various significant implications for the improvement of both registered nurse education and the subsequent professional practice experiences. The most important thing among these is understanding that core skills in leadership, management, learner supervision and coaching deserve more emphasis and application throughout nursing career preparation and development (Ellis, 2021). Currently in pre-licensure programs, class time for subjects other than technical skills and bio-medical sciences is still limited. Nevertheless, as the needs of professional nursing keep growing into the complex systems roles, more focus should be given to the hands-on experiential learning opportunities which include the management responsibilities, leadership scenarios, peer teaching simulations and clinical supervision mentorships.</p>
  <p>&nbsp;The process of connecting classroom theory with real-life situations in a special way makes the higher order cognitive abilities and the soft skills that are needed for the smooth transition to the competent, professional practice unique. Nursing programs can be useful for students through the embedded certificate courses on topics like change management, situational leadership and innovative supervision models which are proved to be effective (Harrison et al., 2021). Working together with practice partners to design the final year capstone projects that focus on organisational assessments and proposed solutions will make the graduates more suitable for the new positions. For new graduate nurses, implications focus on making sure the support is enough for them to deal with the increased capabilities. Orientation curricula should include leadership training in the specialty-based competencies and supervision guidance beyond the procedures. Employers should be the ones to offer the other ways to acquire the specialty skills like the focused project work, the committee participation and the preceptor guidance that are going to be integrated throughout the first year instead of the condensed programs (Zhang et al., 2022). Coaching by experienced mentors is a way of building self-confidence for functioning independently while maintaining a support network of experts.</p>
  <p>The present practice of the literature integration raises several issues. Although the budget is the main problem, the easy-to-implement strategies like workshop series, mentoring circles and shadowing programs help the staff development with the least expense. The promotion of coaching through peer support teams and informal tandem supervision of students creates future generations that will be devoted to nurturing other professionals and evidence-based practices. The rotation of management duties and leadership roles on equal basis avoids the burnout and at the same time promotes the system-wide ownership and accountability. From a workforce planning perspective, the strategic placement of senior nurse executives, clinical nurse specialists and advanced practice providers into preceptor positions helps to keep the invaluable expertise that shapes the future nursing identity, values and quality standards (Parreira et al., 2021). Preceptor training on transformational, authentic styles leads to a succession of inspiring, empowered nurses who remain passionate throughout their careers. Audits of skills and customised continuing education are ways to enhance comprehensive talent throughout professional lifecycles from novices to experts.</p>
  <p>&nbsp;For the healthcare infrastructures, it is necessary to create a culture where all nurses thrive as leaders, regardless of specialty or level of practice, to achieve sustainable excellence. The organisations that are adopting shared governance are allowing the grass root innovations and quality improvements to go beyond the traditional silos through the real engagement of frontline clinical wisdom (Kanninen et al. 2021). Enabling nursing voices to be at the forefront of inter professional initiatives aimed at improving population health determinants generates combined system changes which go beyond the level of individual facilities. In conclusion, fully realised benefits discussed herein necessitate the process of re-thinking nursing career pathways as complete unified journeys where core learning is never stopped.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>According to the Francis Report (2013) nursing must implement strong leadership practises together with modern management structures to stop care errors from happening. The research showed systemic flaws developed because organisations lacked accountability measures combined with ineffective leadership which overlooked patient needs because staff engagement was low and managerial supervision was inadequate. To achieve safe compassionate high-quality care the report supported supervision improvements and structured training with leadership development that would strengthen nursing professionals' required competencies. These recommendations fit well with the NMC Standards because they help nursing students develop essential technical along with moral capabilities they will need in their professional roles (Francis, 2013; Black, 2022).</p>
  <p>This literature gives new and useful information about nursing education and workforce development. The synthesis of evidence about the selected themes makes the understanding of how to maximise the applied learning from students through the registered nurse role consolidation stronger. The results provide guidance on the way to make the courses and practice transition aids. Regarding the development of knowledge, the key leadership, management, supervision and coaching approaches that support the learning process were identified (Aburumman et al., 2020). Showing how their roles are related to each other gives a basis for the competence-based instruction that can be applied in various learning environments. The highlighting of relational styles as examples stimulates their demonstration, whereas the emphasis on customisable adaptations acknowledges the learner diversity. The knowledge of such tactics enables the teachers to construct comprehensive development plans.</p>
  <h4>2.7 Chapter Summary</h4>
  <p>&nbsp;The literature contribute to the understanding by highlighting the areas that need to be further studied. In other words, leadership is usually introduced theoretically without the chance of demonstrating it. Supervision involves cultural changes and preceptor training/recognition as well as peer-assisted models. In addition, the coaching expertise transfer depends on the overcoming of the barriers such as the facilitation. Shedding light on such problems generates the motivation for the new solutions. In reality, the accentuation of these themes results in the creation of well-rounded graduates who can practice holistically. Through the leadership skills, they can create the unit culture and cause the change. Management skills enable them to organise care and the development of others. The strict supervision helps to create safe independent skills while coaching supports the interpersonal skills of colleagues. Together, the wide-ranging competency foundation boosts nursing competence, confidence and career engagement for a long time.</p>
  <h3>3. Chapter 3: Supervision &amp; Coaching&nbsp;</h3>
  <p>Student nurses benefit from supervision and coaching methods to build their learning skills and master clinical Practise competencies for registered Practise. This analysis investigates different supervision approaches alongside coaching methods together with their impact on clinical education. This section incorporates NMC Standards for Student Supervision and Assessment (SSSA) to explain the relationship between structured supervision and coaching approaches which enhances nursing education competency development. Extensive evaluation of existing scholarly findings allows us to understand successful frameworks for sustainable supervision and expert guidance.</p>
  <h4>3.1 Leadership Themes in Confirming Learning&nbsp;</h4>
  <p>Mastery of leadership skills is increasingly important for nurses to effectively navigate contemporary healthcare systems and instil quality and safety improvements. Leadership competencies support learning across all stages of a nursing career, from education through ongoing professional development. This section will provide an in-depth analysis of the role of leadership in confirming learning for nurses, as well as how different leadership styles can enhance learning outcomes.</p>
  <h5>3.1.1 Role of Leadership in Learning&nbsp;</h5>
  <p>The reviewed literature highlighted significant ways in which developing leadership abilities aids learning for nursing students, new graduates, and experienced nurses alike. Exposure to exemplary clinical nursing leaders serves to enhance learning in several key ways. Role modelling of leadership skills and behaviours is influential in socialising students into the nursing profession and reinforcing classroom knowledge in real-world practice (Zhang et al., 2022). By observing leaders in action, students learn effective communication strategies, priority-setting techniques, teamwork and collaboration approaches, and ways to gain accountability and influence positive change (Cummings et al., 2021). Through emulating leaders, students begin to internalise these proficiencies and build self-efficacy in their own emerging abilities.</p>
  <p>Preceptors and clinical nurse managers who adopt leadership approaches in their work with students promote independent critical thinking and decision-making skills (Zhang et al., 2022). By empowering students to solve problems, articulate rationales for care plans, and see themselves as part of the nursing team, leaders foster a sense of responsibility and autonomy supportive of learning. They also guide students to set learning goals, reflect on strengths and areas for growth, and engage in self-directed study to expand their fund of knowledge (Cummings et al., 2021). New graduate nurses also benefit significantly from exposure to nursing leadership during their transition to independent practice. Interacting with a variety of leader&rsquo;s aids appreciation of differing perspectives and identification of preferred personal leadership styles (Ellis, 2021). New graduates learn to tailor communication and find an authentic leadership voice through these varied experiences. Work environments nurtured by strong nursing leadership further support new nurses by establishing safety, encouraging open communication of concerns without fear of reprisal, welcoming constructive feedback, and valuing ongoing learning (Barr and Dowding, 2022). These settings optimise nurses' confidence to deliver safe, quality care and view themselves as accountable professionals committed to advancing the field.</p>
  <p>Transitional leadership is accredited as a significant model in healthcare organization since it embraces inspirational and inducement of the followers (Barr and Dowding, 2022; Cummings et al., 2021; Black, 2022). Transformational leaders influence and inspire their workers to achieve their goals through creating captivating visions and appreciating employees&rsquo; inputs (Cummings et al., 2021). Zhang et al., (2022) proposed a caring leadership model grounded in the transformational leadership frameworks, which focus on creating a caring environment through leaders&rsquo; vision, nurses&rsquo; support and patients&rsquo; centred care. Their model reveals the timely call for the kind of caring, relational leadership for nursing that supports front line employees.</p>
  <p>Throughout nursing careers, ongoing demonstration of leadership remains pivotal in spurring continuous professional development. By role modeling passion for the profession and commitment to lifelong learning, nurse leaders motivate staff at all levels to pursue advanced certifications, further education, research projects, and quality improvement initiatives (Duffy, 2022). This endorses a culture where leadership from within is cultivated at every stage for the collective benefit of patients, the nursing workforce and healthcare system.</p>
  <h5>3.1.2 Leadership Styles and Learning Outcomes&nbsp;</h5>
  <p>Different leadership models were explored in the literature for their relevance to enhancing learning outcomes. Key models and their relationships to learning are reviewed. Transformational leadership inspires learning through conveying a motivating vision and valuing individual skills and aspirations (Zhang et al., 2022). Nurse Managers applying this approach foster environments where students and new nurses feel empowered to propose creative ideas, take on leadership roles, and shape their practice according to their passions (Cummings et al., 2021). They nurture self-starting professionals who drive towards fulfillment of a shared mission for high quality, compassionate care.</p>
  <p>Students preceptored by transformational nurses report stronger identification with the nursing role and more self-assurance applying their knowledge (Ellis, 2021). New graduates transitioning under transformational units described feeling deeply invested in their teams and patient populations due to meaningful vision-aligned work (Barr and Dowding, 2022). Long-term, transformational leadership encourages life-long learning through motivation to continually refine skills and serve patient needs better. Situational leadership involves adapting one's style based on followers' readiness levels and task intricacy (Ellis, 2021). In nursing education, this suits learning needs as students' skills and self-direction evolve over placements (Kanninen et al., 2021). Preceptors adept at situational styles tailor supervision amounts and types of guidance according to competence assessments (Black, 2022). For example, hands-on oversight increases for basic skills but shifts towards mentorship for complex critical thinking tasks as aptitudes increase.</p>
  <p>New graduate programs also adjust preceptor support levels intuitively based on comfort in various roles and specialties over the initial months of practice (Black, 2022). This customisable approach optimises learning by meeting unique developmental points, skill-building priorities, and confidence thresholds. An individualised path built through situational guidance solidifies abilities at their own pace. Authentic leadership resonates strongly within nursing due to relating to caring principles through transparency, integrity and ethical reasoning (Cummings et al., 2021). Preceptors and clinical nurse specialists modeling authentic qualities stimulate students' and new nurses' natural curiosity about leading with empathy and bringing out the best in others (Leclerc et al., 2021). They spark interest in continuous self-reflection to enhance relational and moral competencies over careers.</p>
  <p>Organisations where authentic nurse leaders champion their development inspire lifelong learning through coaching cultures (Barr and Dowding, 2022). Reflecting on feedback without defensiveness and striving to elevate one's practice through knowledge nurtures professional accountability. It confirms understanding that providing quality care requires dedication to personal and collective progression. To summarise, exposure to exemplars practicing transformational, situational and authentic styles helps internalise core leadership skills supportive of learning confirmation in nursing. Transformational leadership inspires vision-driven practices and empowerment, situational approaches adapt learning to evolving needs, and authentic qualities spark interest in developing capabilities through self-awareness, ethics and caring relationships (Duffy, 2022). Combined, a focus on nursing leadership models across programs and careers firmly anchors best practices and reinforces professional development.</p>
  <h4>3.2 Management Themes in Confirming Learning&nbsp;</h4>
  <h5>3.2.1 Role of Management in Learning&nbsp;</h5>
  <p>Management plays an important role in reinforcing learning for nursing students and staff. Effective management approaches create clinical environments supportive of knowledge application and skills development. Nurse Managers who engage with students facilitate translation of academic theories into practice through role modelling organisational and time management techniques.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>By demonstrating prioritisation, delegation, and efficient workflows, managers illustrate how concepts are operationalised (Black, 2022). Students learn important soft skills by observing how managers communicate, resolve conflicts, and motivate diverse teams towards shared goals (Yoder-Wise and Sportsman, 2022). Exposure to various management styles aids appreciation for differing perspectives and identification of preferred personal approaches. Interacting with approachable managers encourages students to develop crucial self-advocacy and problem-solving abilities for addressing concerns without fear of reprisal (Barr and Dowding, 2022).</p>
  <p>Clinical placements supervised by skilled managers offer enriched opportunities to try leadership roles, oversee projects, and gain experience in human resource responsibilities like precepting (Parreira et al., 2021). Managers who delegate age-appropriate responsibilities and provide constructive feedback on performance bolster students&rsquo; self-confidence in skills and aid transition to professional practice (Aburumman et al., 2020). For newly graduated nurses, supportive management is integral to learning as they adjust to independent roles. Preceptored orientation periods and professional development programs guided by engaged managers facilitate application of best practices, socialisation into unit culture, and preparation for specialty certifications (Harrison et al., 2021). Managers who promote mentoring relationships and continuing education sponsorship foster an organisational culture valuing ongoing learning and career advancement.</p>
  <h5>3.2.2 Management Strategies for Learning Enhancement&nbsp;</h5>
  <p>Different management models and techniques are there to maximise the learning environment. The combination of human relations and systems approaches is a factor that takes into consideration the interpersonal and contextual factors which influence the workplace satisfaction, retention and performance which are essential for learning (Kok et al., 2023; Yoder-Wise and Sportsman, 2022). Managers who use these perspectives create empowering, collaborative teams where staff from all backgrounds feel appreciated for their unique contributions. The way the management system is changed to suit the specific learning needs at different stages is also advantageous. For instance, the new graduates may be given more directive guidance which is diminished over time as the competence increases through experiential mastery (Ellis, 2021). This enables one to get personal support which is focused on the confidence and skill building needs of the individual.</p>
  <p>&nbsp;Transformational management is the management style that stimulates vision-driven practices and creativity by encouraging autonomy and innovation within the certain limits (Cummings et al., 2021). Allowing students and new nurse&rsquo;s opportunities to drive intra-unit projects based on their clinical interests or areas identified for improvement fosters investment, skill enhancement and ownership of practice (Zhang et al., 2022). Authentic management champions integrity and ethics (Barr and Dowding, 2022). Fostering transparent, non-punitive reporting cultures where errors are viewed as learning opportunities rather than misconduct encourages safe knowledge application and development. Overall, managerial styles impacting workplace culture, continuous education and customised developmental support optimises environments for applied learning and career advancement in nursing.</p>
  <h4>3.3 Supervision Themes in Confirming Learning&nbsp;</h4>
  <p>Supervision themes in confirming learning is a multidimensional factor comprising of leadership attributes and the ability of a learner to comprehend, retain and implement their learnings. Hussein (2021) determined that diversified learning approach yield differentiated results in retention, implementation and hypothesis building for theoretical development. However, in a highly specified field such as nursing, it is important the learning of an individual is effectively confirmed using testing methodologies such as supervision of implemented learning. Thus, the following section comprises of a deeper investigation on the importance of supervision in learning and techniques for supervision that benefit learning. Student nurses receive structured review through clinical supervision in their clinical placements to ensure professional competence and socialisation along with practise safety development. Cant et al., (2021) learner confirmation needs regular feedback alongside performance assessment and guided reflection during the process. The coaching process incorporates individualised mentorship with skill refinement alongside reflective learning experiences through dedicated one-on-one professional sessions (Jones et al., 2021). Through coaching students can deeply analyse their educational experiences and improve their decision-making skills and clarify their clinical judgement connected to practise. Supervision maintains clinical compliance alongside coaching which promotes individual critical thinking along with leadership abilities. According to the NMC Standards for Student Supervision and Assessment (SSSA) students experience smoother transitions towards becoming competent registered nurses through a combined supervision-coaching structure (NMC 2018).</p>
  <h5>3.3.1 Importance of Supervision in Learning&nbsp;</h5>
  <p>Supervision in learning is determined to be significant importance in pursuit to test the abilities of an individual and their application capacity to implement the new learned concepts. Since learning is a subjective field, in combination with theoretical knowledge regarding the subject, the important component is the nurses&rsquo; communication with the patient. Therefore, Leclerc et al. (2021) stated that supervision in the testing phase of nurse training is of sufficient importance, compared to training them towards a set precedent of &lsquo;Making Every Contact Count&rsquo; (MECC) or other approaches. Williamson et al. (2021) argued that the differentiated characteristics of individual, along with their personality differences, does not allow them to follow a stringent path in communication with the patients. Therefore, supervision gains significant importance as it enables the leader to mediate and navigate the method of communication embraced by an individual. Since King et al. (2021) analysed that the communication abilities of an individual are innate, unless there is an intervention made by an external force, it is important that the supervisors intervene to develop an extensive and standardised communication plan for the nurses to follow for optimal care delivery.</p>
  <p>Usage of transformational leadership in supervision is vital for understanding of students of any discipline (Black, 2022). However, Duffy (2022) and Saifan et al. (2021), both backed the argument that supervisors can intrinsically motivate learners to implement their learning and navigate the method of communication to develop a formidable connection with the patient. Contrarily, Rodr&iacute;guez‐Garc&iacute;a et al. (2021) argued that the development of connection with the patient is often mistaken as a development of an emotional bond which does not align with the NHS objective of MECC. Therefore, intervention of transformational leadership strategy in supervision is of optimal necessity which enables the learner to be inspired by pre-existing proven strategies of theoretical assumptions and practical implementation. Furthermore, Say et al. (2022) identified that the approach towards supervision in learning should comprise of guidance for the learner which enables connection of a learner and mentor. The idea of mentorship is generated by King et al. (2021) and stated that the inclusion of mentorship programs can readily enhance care delivery for the learners; meanwhile, a recurring process of supervision is ensured through the paradigm of mentorship. Therefore, it is vital that the understanding of supervision in prevailed to confirm learning.&nbsp;</p>
  <h5>3.3.2 Effective Supervision Techniques for Learning&nbsp;</h5>
  <p>Clinical supervision and mentorship programs are determined to be the most efficient methodology of supervision for learning confirmation in the field of healthcare (Ellis, 2021). De Leeuw et al. (2020) stated that the normalised behaviour of nursing practitioners involves higher concern towards communication; however, the load of theoretical knowledge and subject knowledge around them does not efficiently enable them to address communicational gaps. Therefore, clinical supervision with situational leadership, depending on the response from learner, is a vital technique for learning confirmation. The NHS, along with several established centralised medical institutions and boards have ensured that the practitioners and learners go through a mandatory time period of experiential learning before earning their license to practice. It has enabled the field to be highly specific in terms of generating qualified nurses with extensive experience before starting their practice in the field of medicine.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Nursing is a sensitive field of practice with high risks; therefore, supervision is important to ensure that the implementation conducted by learners follows a strict protocol of care delivery while emphasising on safety of the patient, as well as the society, as a holistic approach. However, the learners are focused on implementation that they may disregard the benefit of the society for benefit of a patient. As a result, supervision with situational leadership proves to be vital aid in improving learning efficiency of learners (Ellis, 2021). King et al. (2021) and Alatawi et al. (2020) were found to argue on the same line of communication where it was stated that the emotional development between a patient and the nurse is not vital for societal care delivery. Therefore, implementation plan of confirmation of learning has to be aligned with the inclusion of supervision which enables the learners to be inspired and learn the decision making process to ensure that the care delivery of the system is optimised, rather than being focused on patient-specific complications. Moreover, the specialised cases of mentally challenged individual require supervised learning to ensure that the nurses are trained in an efficient method to communicate with the patients as the theoretical knowledge and assumptions are not enough to aid their communication with challenged patients.</p>
  <h4>3.4 Coaching Themes in Confirming Learning&nbsp;</h4>
  <p>Coaching is defined by the attribute of leaders in providing guidance, feedback and clarification of practice to learners in nursing (Jones et al., 2021). However, there are diversified methods of coaching in the field of nursing due to ranging intrinsic motivation of the learners which results in the following section of the study to investigate on the role of coaching in nursing and coaching approaches undertaken by the leaders to enhance learning opportunities for the individuals. Through supervision students obtain structured feedback while mentors assess competencies and support students' development (Rodr&iacute;guez-Garc&iacute;a et al., 2021). Studies show conventional supervisory approaches perform inadequately in tailoring experiences because this Shortcomings result in students becoming disinterested and developing fewer abilities according to Hill et al (2020). Students who use peer-assisted supervision receive mentorship from experienced colleagues showing improvements in confidence levels alongside augmented communication and problem-solving competencies (Williamson et al., 2020). Some experts believe peer supervision systems do not have clear operational guidelines which causes varying feedback outcomes (Cant et al., 2021). Coaching creates three primary benefits: it helps people develop self-reflection while enhancing critical thinking and building leadership (King et al., 2021). Goals and actions within the GROW Model of coaching help learners build autonomous skills while taking full account of their professional obligations (Jones et al., 2021). The limited impact of coaching programmes depends heavily on trained coaching facilitators who work in high-stress clinical environments (Saifan et al., 2021). According to the NMC SSSA framework structured supervision benefits from coaching integration as it establishes a dual focus on both competencies and reflective development (NMC, 2018).</p>
  <h5>3.4.1 Role of Coaching in Learning&nbsp;</h5>
  <p>Coaching is determined to be an extensive exercise of experiential learning where the learners receive feedback during their clinical practice from their coach or mentors (King et al., 2021). The recurring stream of feedbacks enables the learner to implement the style of senior practitioners which has proven to be effective. Furthermore, they can provide their input regarding creativity and innovation of practice. The emphasis on MECC implemented by the senior leadership can be implemented by the learners; however, learners are at liberty to implement the effective attributes of their leaders, who coach them. Furthermore, Jones et al. (2021) identified that the perception of coaching in learning is expanded to the feasibility of practice to mitigate risks associated with novice decision making regarding nursing. Since it is a sensitive field of practice, it is vital for learners to confirm and re-affirm their decision regarding method of practice. Therefore, availability of a coach is vital for training a nurse.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Student Supervision and Assessment standards published by the NMC (SSSA, 2018) promote structured competency-based supervision approaches which drive skill progression and confirm student learning attainment. Before gaining independent practise status the standards demand students need experienced practitioner supervision to obtain ongoing feedback leading to competency completion (NMC, 2018). The guidelines require supervision methods which combine observational practises with collaborative educational strategies that grant increasing independence to supervisees (Snowdon et al., 2020). Through the Collaborative Learning in Practise (CLiP) model students can actively participate in patient care with teachers offering professional guidance at each step. Studies demonstrate that programmatic models enhance vocations skills development thereby decreasing new nurse shock experiences during transition (Hill et al., 2020). The proper implementation of these supervision models faces challenges due to heavy workloads and substandard faculty training according to Cant et al. (2021). Effective faculty education and policy actions must be implemented to close these gaps because they enable supervision that follows NMC (2018) guidelines for both structured frameworks and student-led approaches.</p>
  <p>Clinical judgement is extensively gauged through coaching where the mentor develops an intrinsic bond with the learner and understands their decision making approach (Zhang et al., 2022). The precedent of coaching enables the mentor and learner to navigate through their decision making process which internalises the risk associated with their practice and strategise a risk-averted approach which ensures optimal care delivery. De Leeuw et al. (2020) analysed that the coaching paradigm enables an individual to be supervised efficiently in confirming their learning process as they are not fully cemented in their theoretical understanding of nursing principles. Furthermore, the supervisor can aid them with feedback regarding the concept implementation which enables them to focus their path towards growth. Contrarily, it also enables the learner to build their confidence, in terms of taking independent decisions, and develop a leadership style of their own to assist the patients towards optimal recovery.&nbsp;</p>
  <h5>3.4.2 Coaching Approaches for Enhancing Learning&nbsp;</h5>
  <p>There are several coaching approaches that can prove to be of significant advantage in implementation of learning procedures such as reflective coaching, action-oriented coaching, supportive coaching, and feedback-oriented coaching (Saifan et al., 2021). Each of the preceding coaching style carry their differentiated advantages. However, reflective coaching is determined to be of significant importance due to its subjective approach and ability to adapt to diversified personalities. Reflective coaching encourages the coach to react based on the actions taken by the learner and provide them valuable feedback regarding their practice options. They motivate the learner to think about the decisions that they make during practice without actually criticising them creating a democratic environment for learners to implement their learning styles. As a result, the inclusion of reflective coaching is widely implemented across nursing system which is primarily focused on the learning implementation plan from the mentors.&nbsp;</p>
  <p>Morrell et al. (2022) found that the supportive coaching program enables an individual to cement their belief in a particular nursing practice; however, the study identified that the supportive coaching programs are not viable for challenged learners as they gain habit of practicing the wrong decisions in the field of healthcare. Therefore, Hill et al. (2020) highly focused towards the implementation of feedback-oriented coaching, exercised with situational leadership, to equip the learner with differentiated situations of the patient and their diversified emotional range in pursuit to respond to a practitioner. Contrarily, the preceding study also identified that the action-oriented coaching programs are highly versatile in implementation of learning procedures that can increase the risk associated with practice as the learners keep challenging their own decisions without cementing their approach towards practice. Thus, it is important that the inclusion reflective coaching and feedback-oriented coaching is exercised in pursuit to benefit from the feedback of experts.</p>
  <h3>4. Chapter 4: Conclusion and Recommendations&nbsp;</h3>
  <h4>4.1 Summary of Findings&nbsp;</h4>
  <p>This paper aimed to examine four main themes of leadership, management, supervision and coaching and their role in the confirmation of learning for nursing students and registered nurses. The research demonstrates how leadership alongside management styles with supervision and coaching support student nurses during their learning confirmation process and professional development pathway. Research shows that Transformational Leadership successfully motivates students and increases their confidence however its dependency on leader charisma introduces risks of burnout and operational dependence (Black, 2022). Situational Leadership shows flexible learning adjustments however critics note it leads to inconsistent results over time (Ellis, 2021). The implementation of Authentic Leadership produces relationship benefits yet faces difficulties regarding measurement precision and continuous application according to Leclerc et al. (2021). The nursing education programme requires an amalgamation of leadership styles by incorporating formal leadership training into student preparatory programmes.</p>
  <p>Strategies for management produce substantial effects on the learning outcomes of students. The combination of human relations and systems approaches delivers better competency development results while classical management approaches do not fit contemporary nursing workplace settings (Yoder-Wise and Sportsman, 2022). The NMC Standards support effective student supervision but research identifies the need for better faculty training to promote consistency in supervisory feedback (Cant et al., 2021). The GROW and solution-focused coaching frameworks establish structured learning pathways for nursing students yet their success depends largely on trained facilitators and institutional support (King et al., 2021). Leadership together with management and supervision and coaching within nursing education shapes both learning confirmation and workforce readiness. Research deficits persist when theoretical models fail to match their practical implementation. Future research needs to create standardised supervision systems that align with nursing education to guarantee leadership skills integration through entire educational programmes supporting career advancement.</p>
  <p>Several critical discoveries were made about the influence of leadership in the learning process. Strong leadership role models in clinical settings were found to confirm the theoretical concepts by demonstrating the best practices. Leaders who give students the opportunity to be in charge of their own learning and promote critical thinking hence the learning through autonomy is promoted (Parreira et al., 2021). The experience of various leadership styles helps in the discovery of the preferred approach and introduces students to the profession. A culture of lifelong learning is established when leaders encourage the pursuit of education through personal dedication to growth (Cummings et al., 2021).</p>
  <p>At the start of the pre-registration nursing programs, leadership abilities can be developed through mentored management or preceptorship roles where students take on projects, solve the problems and involve their peers. Supervising preceptors use the coaching methods to develop the emerging talents by guiding the self-reflection and goal setting. Clinical placements that are based on the collaborative supervision models also enable students to see different leadership styles as the experienced nurse&rsquo;s mentor them. Real-time feedback on communication skills and prioritisation during codes or family meetings reinforces the theoretical knowledge (Black, 2022). To the newly graduated nurses who are making a transition into the professional practice, the inclusion of the leadership development in the orientation programs that are supportive will be a factor of the retention. The preceptors who act as the role models of situational leadership and coach the authentic skills are the ones who enable the graduates to adjust to the independent roles through tailored guidance (Kanninen et al., 2021). The preceptor training that is comprehensive and focused on active listening, posing thought-provoking questions and goal setting which in turn boosts their capability to socialise the novice nurses into the organisational culture and specialty through leadership qualities.</p>
  <p>At the same time, graduate programs that are led by transformational nurse managers promote empowerment into leadership roles over time. Management training on budgeting, project management and conflict resolution offers chances for the new nurses to use situational strategies customised to their readiness levels. The results highlighted the supervision as the key to the conversion of the knowledge into the competent practice. Hands-on guidance and supervision in the placements enabled the students to demonstrate and master the technical skills. Timely feedback was the key factor that facilitated the safe independence of the students. The collaborative peer learning models and the routine goal setting were the factors that advanced the skill development. Nevertheless, supervision demanded the cultural adaptation and the preceptor training together with the workload distribution for the sake of the sustainability. Coaching became a vital future competency with skills such as active listening and thought-provoking questioning. The solution-focused, grow and evidence-based coaching frameworks were applicable to nursing. The formal coaching acquisition was done together with the preceptorship programmes and portfolios and this led to the optimisation of the expertise transferral. Nevertheless, the limitations such as the time constraints emphasised the necessity of the developmental supports that were streamlined.</p>
  <h4>4.2 Limitations and Recommendations for Future Research&nbsp;</h4>
  <p>Like any research, there are some limitations in this review that should be taken into consideration. The literature analysed was limited to sources published in English since 2015, which may not be the complete picture of the studies on these topics worldwide. Besides, most of the research was conducted in acute care nursing contexts in specific locales or specialties (Kielo-Viljamaa et al., 2022). Although the insights gained are still valid in various practice environments and locations, the localisation of implementation according to the cultural factors will be necessary.</p>
  <p>Current leadership and management theories support these findings but nursing practise benefits from additional consistency in its use of these theoretical methods. Even though transformational and authentic leadership models enjoy widespread support they do not have standardised implementation in nursing education which causes dissimilarities in student learning experiences (Cummings et al., 2021). The Francis Report (2013) highlighted how patient care system failure prevention depends on organised supervision and leadership strength which requires evidence-based leadership preparation in nursing education. Upcoming research needs to concentrate on establishing practical applications of leadership frameworks alongside supervision techniques. Research examining structured leadership development models for nursing students together with faculty training in evidence-based supervision practises would address details in hands-on expertise development. A longitudinal examination of leadership coaching effects on graduate nurse practise and retention would establish research-based support for structured educational leadership development.</p>
  <p>Given these limitations, several recommendations for future research directions emerge. First, additional literature searches expanding language parameters and timeframes could explore global best practices more comprehensively. Qualitative or mixed methods studies directly involving stakeholders across practice levels and sectors would contextualise current skill interpretation and priority-setting (Tomaszewski et al., 2020). Comparative case studies of innovative educational programs and practice models actively applying integrated themes could provide rich narratives for adaptation. Particular topics warranting further exploration include:</p>
  <ul>
  <li>
  Lived experiences of current students to understand perceived readiness for expanded capabilities and preferences for interactive learning modalities (Ando et al., 2022).
  </li>
  <li>
  New graduate perceptions of orientation supports received across leadership, management and supervision to ascertain gaps impacting confidence and retention (Masso et al. 2022).
  </li>
  <li>
  In-depth interviews with expert nurse leaders, educators and employers regarding vision and prioritisation for workforce development to align resources strategically (Shan and Wang, 2024).
  </li>
  <li>
  Longitudinal outcomes research examining whether integrated multi-theme approaches correlate with measurable competency development indicators, career satisfaction, reduced burnout and cost savings over time.
  </li>
  </ul>
  <p>Mixed methods pre-post studies evaluating the targeted educational interventions for thematic skills would help to prove the imparted benefits. Action research collaborations trialling customised multi-modal strategies customised to address organisational priorities could be a proof of the improvement of processes and patient outcomes. The variety of the leadership, management, supervision and coaching models also call for the comparative effectiveness reviews (Masso et al., 2022). Advice on the best sequencing, combinations and adaptations that suit the learner/practice levels is still scarce. In addition, the modern issues such as digital literacy, population health determinants and health equity need to be combined with these core nursing capabilities.</p>
  <h4>4.3 Conclusion</h4>
  <p>In conclusion, this dissertation establishes that leadership and management together with supervision and coaching form vital parts of nursing education which directly affect student progress and professional growth. The research shows how Transformational and Situational and Authentic Leadership bring distinct collaboration to educational settings yet universities face resistance when implementing maintenance practises uniformly. NMC Standards-based supervision approaches result in prepared nursing students yet there are current deficiencies in both faculty development initiatives and staff workloads. The GROW model and similar coaching frameworks boost self-directed learning rates yet require skilled coaches alongside institutional backing for their full utility. The integration of structured programming from all four themes becomes essential for maximising learning confirmation processes together with successful perceptual transitions to professional nursing</p>
  <h3>References</h3>
  <ul>
  <li>
  Aburumman, O., Salleh, A., Omar, K. and Abadi, M., 2020. The impact of human resource management practices and career satisfaction on employee&rsquo;s turnover intention.&nbsp;Management Science Letters,&nbsp;10(3), pp.641-652.
  </li>
  <li>
  Alatawi, M., Aljuhani, E., Alsufiany, F., Aleid, K., Rawah, R., Aljanabi, S. and Banakhar, M., 2020. Barriers of implementing evidence-based practice in nursing profession: A literature review.&nbsp;American Journal of Nursing Science,&nbsp;9(1), pp.35-42.
  </li>
  <li>
  Ando, K., Basilisco, J., Deniega, A., Gador, K., Geraldo, P.J., Gipulao, W.E.M., Redondo, M., Sumampong, M.M., Talledo, M., Villacis, F. and Taneo, J., 2022. Learning without Learning in the New Normal: College Education Students Lived Experiences in Blended Learning Modality.&nbsp;Psychology and Education: A Multidisciplinary Journal,&nbsp;2(6), pp.455-464.
  </li>
  <li>
  Barr, J. and Dowding, L., 2022. Leadership in health care. Sage.
  </li>
  <li>
  Black, B., 2022. Professional nursing-e-book: concepts &amp; challenges. Elsevier Health Sciences.
  </li>
  <li>
  Cant, R., Ryan, C. and Cooper, S., 2021. Nursing students' evaluation of clinical practice placements using the Clinical Learning Environment, Supervision and Nurse Teacher scale&ndash;A systematic review.&nbsp;Nurse Education Today,&nbsp;104, p.104983.
  </li>
  <li>
  Cant, R., Ryan, C. and Cooper, S., 2021. Nursing students' evaluation of clinical practice placements using the Clinical Learning Environment, Supervision and Nurse Teacher scale&ndash;A systematic review.&nbsp;Nurse Education Today,&nbsp;104, p.104983.
  </li>
  <li>
  Cummings, G.G., Lee, S., Tate, K., Penconek, T., Micaroni, S.P., Paananen, T. and Chatterjee, G.E., 2021. The essentials of nursing leadership: A systematic review of factors and educational interventions influencing nursing leadership. International journal of nursing studies, 115, p.103842.
  </li>
  <li>
  Dang, D., Dearholt, S.L., Bissett, K., Ascenzi, J. and Whalen, M., 2021. Johns Hopkins evidence-based practice for nurses and healthcare professionals: Model and guidelines. Sigma Theta Tau. Leclerc, L., Kennedy, K. and Campis, S., 2021. Human‐centred leadership in health care: A contemporary nursing leadership theory generated via constructivist grounded theory.&nbsp;Journal of nursing management,&nbsp;29(2), pp.294-306.
  </li>
  <li>
  De Leeuw, J.A., Woltjer, H. and Kool, R.B., 2020. Identification of factors influencing the adoption of health information technology by nurses who are digitally lagging: in-depth interview study.&nbsp;Journal of medical Internet research,&nbsp;22(8), p.e15630.
  </li>
  <li>
  Duffy, J.R., 2022.&nbsp;Quality caring in nursing and health systems: Implications for clinicians, educators, and leaders. Springer Publishing Company.
  </li>
  <li>
  Ellis, P., 2021. Leadership, management and team working in nursing.
  </li>
  <li>
  Gassas, R., 2021. Sources of the knowledge-practice gap in nursing: Lessons from an integrative review.&nbsp;Nurse education today,&nbsp;106, p.105095.
  </li>
  <li>
  Gcawu, S.N. and van Rooyen, D.R., 2022. Clinical teaching practices of nurse educators: An integrative literature review.&nbsp;Health SA Gesondheid (Online),&nbsp;27, pp.1-9.
  </li>
  <li>
  Harrison, R., Fischer, S., Walpola, R.L., Chauhan, A., Babalola, T., Mears, S. and Le-Dao, H., 2021. Where do models for change management, improvement and implementation meet? A systematic review of the applications of change management models in healthcare.&nbsp;Journal of healthcare leadership, pp.85-108.
  </li>
  <li>
  Hill, R., Woodward, M. and Arthur, A., 2020. Collaborative Learning in Practice (CLIP): Evaluation of a new approach to clinical learning.&nbsp;Nurse Education Today,&nbsp;85, p.104295.
  </li>
  <li>
  Hopeck, P., 2023. Socialized to care: Nursing student experiences with faculty, preceptors, and patients. Nursing Inquiry, p.e12596.
  </li>
  <li>
  Hussein, R., 2021. Clinical support for new graduate nurses in acute care settings: the CLASSIC Project.
  </li>
  <li>
  Jones, K.F., Paal, P., Symons, X. and Best, M.C., 2021. The content, teaching methods and effectiveness of spiritual care training for healthcare professionals: A mixed-methods systematic review.&nbsp;Journal of Pain and Symptom Management,&nbsp;62(3), pp.e261-e278.
  </li>
  <li>
  Kanninen, T., H&auml;ggman‐Laitila, A., Tervo‐Heikkinen, T. and Kvist, T., 2021. An integrative review on interventions for strengthening professional governance in nursing.&nbsp;Journal of Nursing Management,&nbsp;29(6), pp.1398-1409.
  </li>
  <li>
  Kielo-Viljamaa, E., Suhonen, R., Jalonen, L. and Stolt, M., 2022. Areas of nursing competence in acute wound care: A focus group study.&nbsp;Collegian,&nbsp;29(1), pp.44-53.
  </li>
  <li>
  King, C., Edlington, T. and Williams, B., 2020. The &ldquo;ideal&rdquo; clinical supervision environment in nursing and allied health. Journal of multidisciplinary healthcare, pp.187-196.
  </li>
  <li>
  King, R., Taylor, B., Talpur, A., Jackson, C., Manley, K., Ashby, N., Tod, A., Ryan, T., Wood, E., Senek, M. and Robertson, S., 2021. Factors that optimise the impact of continuing professional development in nursing: A rapid evidence review.&nbsp;Nurse education today,&nbsp;98, p.104652.
  </li>
  <li>
  Kleinheksel, A.J., Rockich-Winston, N., Tawfik, H. and Wyatt, T.R., 2020. Demystifying content analysis.&nbsp;American journal of pharmaceutical education,&nbsp;84(1), p.7113.
  </li>
  <li>
  Kok, E.D., Weggelaar, A.M., Reede, C., Schoonhoven, L. and Lalleman, P., 2023. Beyond transformational leadership in nursing: A qualitative study on rebel nurse leadership‐as‐practice.&nbsp;Nursing Inquiry,&nbsp;30(2), p.e12525.
  </li>
  <li>
  Masso, M., Sim, J., Halcomb, E. and Thompson, C., 2022. Practice readiness of new graduate nurses and factors influencing practice readiness: A scoping review of reviews.&nbsp;International Journal of Nursing Studies,&nbsp;129, p.104208.
  </li>
  <li>
  Morrell, B.L., Eukel, H.N. and Santurri, L.E., 2020. Soft skills and implications for future professional practice: Qualitative findings of a nursing education escape room.&nbsp;Nurse Education Today,&nbsp;93, p.104462.
  </li>
  <li>
  Nilsen, P., Seing, I., Ericsson, C., Birken, S.A. and Schildmeijer, K., 2020. Characteristics of successful changes in health care organizations: an interview study with physicians, registered nurses and assistant nurses.&nbsp;BMC health services research,&nbsp;20, pp.1-8.
  </li>
  <li>
  Paill&eacute;, P., Val&eacute;au, P. and Renwick, D.W., 2020. Leveraging green human resource practices to achieve environmental sustainability.&nbsp;Journal of Cleaner Production,&nbsp;260, p.121137.
  </li>
  <li>
  Pariona‐Cabrera, P., Cavanagh, J. and Bartram, T., 2020. Workplace violence against nurses in health care and the role of human resource management: A systematic review of the literature.&nbsp;Journal of advanced nursing,&nbsp;76(7), pp.1581-1593.
  </li>
  <li>
  Parreira, P., Santos-Costa, P., Neri, M., Marques, A., Queir&oacute;s, P. and Salgueiro-Oliveira, A., 2021. Work methods for nursing care delivery.&nbsp;International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health,&nbsp;18(4), p.2088.
  </li>
  <li>
  Penconek, T., Tate, K., Bernardes, A., Lee, S., Micaroni, S.P., Balsanelli, A.P., de Moura, A.A. and Cummings, G.G., 2021. Determinants of nurse manager job satisfaction: A systematic review.&nbsp;International Journal of Nursing Studies,&nbsp;118, p.103906.
  </li>
  <li>
  Rashwan, Z.I., Busebaia, T.J., Khonji, L.M., Eweida, R.S., Matooq, A.A. and Bayoumi, M.M., 2023. Between challenges and support: Preceptors run clinical nursing training amidst unprecedented crisis.&nbsp;International Journal of Educational Research Open,&nbsp;4, p.100260.
  </li>
  <li>
  Rodr&iacute;guez‐Garc&iacute;a, M.C., Guti&eacute;rrez‐Puertas, L., Granados‐G&aacute;mez, G., Aguilera‐Manrique, G. and M&aacute;rquez‐Hern&aacute;ndez, V.V., 2021. The connection of the clinical learning environment and supervision of nursing students with student satisfaction and future intention to work in clinical placement hospitals.&nbsp;Journal of Clinical Nursing,&nbsp;30(7-8), pp.986-994.
  </li>
  <li>
  Saifan, A., Devadas, B., Daradkeh, F., Abdel-Fattah, H., Aljabery, M. and Michael, L.M., 2021. Solutions to bridge the theory-practice gap in nursing education in the UAE: a qualitative study.&nbsp;BMC medical education,&nbsp;21, pp.1-11.
  </li>
  <li>
  Say, R., Visentin, D., Cummings, E., Carr, A. and King, C., 2022. Formative online multiple-choice tests in nurse education: An integrative review.&nbsp;Nurse education in practice,&nbsp;58, p.103262.
  </li>
  <li>
  Shan, Z. and Wang, Y., 2024. Strategic Talent Development in the Knowledge Economy: A Comparative Analysis of Global Practices.&nbsp;Journal of the Knowledge Economy, pp.1-27.
  </li>
  <li>
  Snowdon, D.A., Sargent, M., Williams, C.M., Maloney, S., Caspers, K. and Taylor, N.F., 2020. Effective clinical supervision of allied health professionals: a mixed methods study.&nbsp;BMC health services research,&nbsp;20, pp.1-11.
  </li>
  <li>
  Tomaszewski, L.E., Zarestky, J. and Gonzalez, E., 2020. Planning qualitative research: Design and decision making for new researchers.&nbsp;International journal of qualitative methods,&nbsp;19, p.1609406920967174.
  </li>
  <li>
  Wang, B.L., Batmunkh, M.U., Samdandash, O., Divaakhuu, D. and Wong, W.K., 2022. Sustainability of nursing leadership and its contributing factors in a developing economy: a study in Mongolia.&nbsp;Frontiers in Public Health,&nbsp;10, p.900016.
  </li>
  <li>
  Williamson, G.R., Kane, A., Plowright, H., Bunce, J., Clarke, D. and Jamison, C., 2020. &lsquo;Thinking like a nurse&rsquo;. Changing the culture of nursing students&prime; clinical learning: Implementing collaborative learning in practice. Nurse Education in Practice, 43, p.102742.
  </li>
  <li>
  Yoder-Wise, P.S. and Sportsman, S., 2022.&nbsp;Leading and Managing in Nursing E-Book: Leading and Managing in Nursing E-Book. Elsevier Health Sciences.
  </li>
  <li>
  Zhang, F., Peng, X., Huang, L., Liu, Y., Xu, J., He, J., Guan, C., Chang, H. and Chen, Y., 2022. A caring leadership model in nursing: a grounded theory approach. Journal of nursing management, 30(4), pp.981-992.
  </li>
  </ul>

meta_description:
  This research is focused on assessing and exploring four main themes which ultimately assist the practice of a registered nurse.


